appendix pro conv 14 03 13 - revsied font scheme... · 2013-03-26 · certificate is invalid in...
TRANSCRIPT
CONTENTS
APPENDIX 1 – Probate Certification Rules ………………………………………………………… 3
APPENDIX 2 – Reserved Instrument Certification Rules …………………………………… 49
Frameworks for both Certification Schemes …………………………………………………… 87
APPENDIX 3 – Admissions and Licensing Committee Rules ……………………………… 107
APPENDIX 4 – Authorisation Rules ………………………………………………………………… 111
APPENDIX 5 – Strategic Risk Committee Rules………………………………………………… 121
APPENDIX 6 – Code of Conduct …………………………………………………………………… 125
APPENDIX 7 – Accounts Rules ……………………………………………………………………… 131
APPENDIX 8 – First Tier Handling Requirements……………………………………………… 143
APPENDIX 9 – Investigation, Disciplinary and Appeal Rules ……………………………… 147
APPENDIX 10 – Professional Indemnity Insurance Rules ………………………………… 175
APPENDIX 11 – IPS Minimum Wording ………………………………………………………… 181
APPENDIX 12 – Compensation Fund Rules …………………………………………………… 197
3
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
APPENDIX 1
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES
4
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
PROBATE RIGHTS CERTIFICATION RULES
DEFINITIONS 1. In these Rules, except where otherwise indicated:
• “Probate Certificate” means a Probate Certificate identified in these Rules;
• “Probate Practitioner” means a person who has been granted a right to undertake probate, under the terms of the Act;
• “Certification Rules” means the Probate Rights Certification Rules; • “External Advisor” means a person appointed by IPS to carry out the role and
functions identified for them in these Rules; • “Applicant in good standing” means a person in respect of whose conduct there
is no complaint outstanding, and against whom there is no disciplinary or prior conduct record which, in the view of IPS, affects their suitability to be a Probate Practitioner;
• “CILEx” means the Chartered Institute of Legal Executives; • “Investigation, Disciplinary and Appeals Rules” means the Rules of IPS which are
in place from time to time and which govern the complaints handling, misconduct investigation and disciplinary procedures of IPS;
• “IPS” means ILEX Professional Standards Ltd; • “The Act” means the Legal Services Act 2007; and • “The Officer” means a person with responsibility for the Probate Practice Rights
Scheme. Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa.
2. Responsibility for this qualification scheme is delegated by CILEx to IPS. PROBATE PRACTICE CERTIFICATE 3. An applicant in good standing may apply to IPS to be granted a Probate Certificate.
4. The probate rights exercisable by a person holding a Probate Certificate are to
prepare any probate papers for the purposes of the law of England and Wales or in relation to any proceedings in England and Wales. Probate papers mean any papers
5
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
on which to found or oppose a grant of probate or a grant of letters of administration.
QUALIFICATION ARRANGEMENTS 5. Applicants who seek a Probate Certificate must demonstrate that they meet the
knowledge, skills and experience criteria in accordance with the knowledge, skills and experience guidelines and the Portfolio Guidelines which appear at Annexes 1 and 2 and the competence framework at Annex 3.
6. Applicants who seek a Probate Certificate must make an application in accordance
with the knowledge and experience guidelines which appear at Annex 1 and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria which appear at Annex 2.
7. An application must be made on such form as may be prescribed for the purpose by IPS and shall be accompanied by such fees as may be fixed by IPS from time to time.
8. IPS will consider the application to ensure it meets the criteria set out in the knowledge, skills and experience guidelines which appear at Annex 1 and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria which appear at Annex 2.
9. The portfolios which form part of the application will be sent to an external advisor for assessment. The external advisor will assess whether the portfolios meet the knowledge and experience guidelines and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria at Annexes 1 and 2.
10. Where the external advisor finds that the portfolios are satisfactory and meet the knowledge and experience guidelines and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria at Annexes 1 and 2, the IPS Officer will consider whether the applicant may be granted a Probate Certificate. In reaching their decision, the Officer will consider all the information provided by the applicant and may call for further information from any person or source it considers appropriate. Where the Officer has any doubt as to the suitability of the applicant they may request additional information from the applicant and/or refer the application to the Admissions and Licensing Committee for decision.
11. Where the external advisor decides that the portfolios do not meet the knowledge and experience guidelines and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria at Annexes 1 and 2 they will give reasons for their decision. The Officer will inform the applicant of the decision. The applicant may withdraw their application, amend and re-submit their application or make further representation and ask that the full application to be referred to the Admissions and Licensing Committee to consider.
12. The Admissions and Licensing Committee will decide whether or not an application should be approved. In reaching its decision, the Committee will consider all the
6
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
information provided by the applicant, and may call the applicant for interview or call for further information from any person or source it considers appropriate.
13. The Committee may: • approve the application; • decide that the applicant does not meet the criteria and indicate which of the
criteria the applicant does not meet.
14. In making any assessment or decision required by these Rules, the Admissions and Licensing Committee shall have regard to the knowledge and experience guidelines and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria at Annexes 1 and 2.
15. The Officer will notify an applicant of their decision or the decision of the Admissions and Licensing Committee.
16. Where the application has been approved, the notification shall include the Probate Certificate.
17. Where the application is unsuccessful, the notification shall set out the Committee’s reasons and any pre-conditions to the consideration of any subsequent application. Where an application is unsuccessful, the applicant may apply for reconsideration in accordance with the Admissions and Licensing Committee Rules.
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTS 18. A Probate Practitioner who seeks to practise in an entity seeking regulation by IPS
must demonstrate that they meet the knowledge, skills and experience in accounts and practice management in accordance with the knowledge, skills and experience guidelines and portfolio guidelines and the competency framework which appear at Annexes 4 and 5. They will not be authorised to be an Approved Manager in an entity until these requirements are met.
19. Where an applicant relies upon existing experience they must complete a log in accordance the portfolio guidelines. An applicant who relies upon a qualification as evidence of meeting the competency framework must provide details of that qualification and assessment. IPS will consider whether the experience or qualification relied upon demonstrates that the applicant meets the requirements of the competency framework.
20. An applicant who does not meet the knowledge, skills and experience requirements for practice management and or accounts must complete qualification courses and assessment in those areas which meet the competency frameworks at Annexes 4 and 5.
7
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
ADMISSIONS AND LICENSING COMMITTEE 21. The Admissions and Licensing Committee established under the Admissions and
Licensing Committee Rules shall be responsible for the probate rights qualification scheme.
EXTERNAL ADVISORS 22. IPS shall appoint external advisors to advise IPS and the Admissions and Licensing
Committee on issues relating to probate practice rights.
PROBATE PRACTITIONERS 23. An applicant who has been awarded a Probate Certificate will be known as a Probate
Practitioner. CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (CPD) 24. Probate Practitioners will be required to undertake Continuing Professional
Development (CPD) in accordance with the CPD Regulations issued by IPS from time to time applicable to Chartered Legal Executives.
25. Where a Probate Practitioner has failed to undertake CPD which meets the CPD Regulations or fails to provide a record of such CPD, the Officer will refer the matter to the Admissions and Licensing Committee. The Admissions and Licensing Committee will consider whether the Probate Practitioner should retain their Probate Certificate.
26. The Probate Practitioner will have the opportunity to make written representations to the Committee and a right to be heard by the Committee.
27. The Committee may decide to: • Grant an extension of up to 3 months for the Probate Practitioner to meet their
outstanding CPD requirements. The Probate Practitioner will still be required to meet their current CPD requirement in the normal way; or
• Withdraw the Probate Certificate.
28. Where a Probate Practitioner’s Certificate has been withdrawn for 12 months or more, on the basis that they have not met their CPD requirements, they will be required to make a fresh application for a Probate Certificate in accordance with these Rules.
DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES AND CODE OF CONDUCT 29. Probate Practitioners will be required to abide by the Code of Conduct of CILEx for
the time being enforced. They will also be bound by the associated regulatory arrangements in force from time to time.
8
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
30. Where a complaint is made, or an issue is brought to the attention of IPS, regarding the conduct of a Probate Practitioner, that matter will be dealt with in accordance with IPS’ Investigation, Disciplinary and Appeal Rules. Where a finding, order or decision is made against a Probate Practitioner, that finding, order or decision will be referred to the Admissions and Licensing Committee. The Admissions and Licensing Committee will decide whether the Probate Practitioner remains a fit and proper person to hold a Probate Practice Certificate. The Admissions and Licensing Committee must give reasons for its decision.
31. Rule 30 shall not apply where an order is made excluding a Probate Practitioner from registration of IPS or membership of CILEx. In such a case the Probate Practitioner’s Certificate shall be invalid from the date the exclusion from membership or registration takes effect.
32. Where the Admissions and Licensing Committee decides that the Probate Practitioner is no longer a fit and proper person to hold a Probate Certificate or their certificate is invalid in accordance with Rule 31, they must return their Certificate to IPS within 28 days of them being notified of the decision. Failure to do so will constitute a disciplinary offence. The Probate Practitioner may not exercise any probate practice rights granted to them under their Certificate after they have been notified of the decision.
33. Notwithstanding the Admissions and Licensing Committee Rules an appeal against the decision of the Admissions and Licensing Committee that a Probate Practitioner is no longer a fit and proper person to hold a Probate Certificate will be considered by a professional member and 2 lay members drawn from the panel of lay and professional members appointed to serve on IPS’ appeals body.
Probate rules
9
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
Annex 1 - KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE GUIDELINES
1. An applicant who seeks probate practice rights must satisfy the guidelines below.
2. An applicant seeking probate rights must provide the following information in an application to IPS: • A general outline of the probate practice work, including will writing and estate
administration work, where relevant, they have carried out and the total experience they have gained of will writing, probate practice and estate administration;
• Details of their typical caseload; • The number of chargeable hours they spend on will writing, estate
administration and probate activities; • The proportion or number of cases which have included preparation of papers
on which to found or oppose a grant of Probate or a grant of letters of administration;
• Details of any distinctive features of their work; and • Details of any supervisory arrangements under which they work and their own
supervisory responsibilities.
3. Applicants must demonstrate that they have the appropriate level of knowledge of practice, experience and skills in probate practice and probate law and succession to be awarded a Probate Practice Certificate in accordance with the criteria set out at Annex 3.
Competence Criteria 4. In deciding whether an applicant has adequate knowledge, skills and experience, IPS
will have regard to the competency framework set out at Annex 3.
5. Applicants will be required to demonstrate their knowledge, skills and experience in accordance with the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria set out at Annex 2.
6. In their application, portfolios and logbooks, an applicant will be expected to demonstrate that they can: • Recognise and rank items and issues in terms of relevance and importance; • Integrate information and materials from a variety of different sources; • Undertake the analysis of information in a logical and coherent way; • Make critical judgements on the merits of particular courses of action; • Present and make a reasoned choice between alternative solutions; • Act independently in planning, preparing and undertaking tasks in probate
activities; • Undertake independent research in probate practice using standard legal
information sources; and • Reflect on their learning and make constructive use of feedback.
10
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
Evaluating Experience 7. An applicant will be expected to have a range of experience across the area in which
they work. Applicants will be expected to have handled matters from the beginning to the end, including the administration of estates.
8. IPS will consider the quality and quantity of experience that an applicant has gained. In considering the quality of experience, IPS will look at various factors such as the complexity of cases handled, the nature of the matters handled and the types of issues that have arisen within them.
9. IPS will recognise that applicants could have had a break in their experience due to factors such as career breaks, job changes, maternity or paternity leave, long term illness, or disability. IPS will not discriminate directly or indirectly against an applicant whose experience has been affected in this way. However, IPS will need to ensure that an applicant has an acceptable level of experience.
10. Where an applicant has had a break in their experience, they may provide details of experience gained during a different period when they were more actively engaged in probate practice. However, the break must not have been longer than 5 years. In exceptional circumstances, applications may be accepted from applicants who have had a break longer than 5 years.
11. There may be other factors which affect an applicant’s experience in the preceding 2 years. IPS will consider details of more active periods from applicants whose experience discloses a pattern that they regard as atypical.
Probate KEG
11
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
Annex 2 - PORTFOLIO GUIDELINES AND ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
Introduction 1. An applicant seeking reserved legal activity rights must provide evidence of their:
• Knowledge and understanding of the area of law in which they seek rights, demonstrated to CILEx Level 6 standard;
• Knowledge and understanding of the area of practice in which they seek rights, demonstrated to CILEx Level 6 standard;
• Evidence of their experience in the area of law in which they seek rights; and • Skills in the legal practice area in which they seek rights.
2. Applicants must demonstrate their knowledge, skills and experience, set out at Rule 1 in accordance with the competency framework which appears at Annex 3.
Knowledge of Law and Legal Practice 3. An applicant who has successfully completed and passed an assessment in the CILEx
Level 6 examinations in the law and associated legal practice subject relevant to the area in which they seek practice rights will have demonstrated their knowledge of the law and legal practice.
4. An applicant who has obtained a qualification which is not the CILEx Level 6 qualification, but of an equivalent standard, may rely upon that as evidence of their knowledge. In determining whether to accept an alternative qualification, IPS will assess the syllabus of that qualification, date upon which the qualification was obtained and details of the assessment the applicant undertook, to determine whether an exemption may be granted. In assessing the details of the qualification, IPS will determine whether the qualification relied upon is of an equivalent standard and covered at least 50% of the syllabus of the relevant CILEx Level 6 subject(s).
5. Where an applicant does not rely upon an alternative qualification, or the qualification is deemed as not providing sufficient coverage to the same standard as the CILEx Level 6 subject(s), they may rely upon experience which has developed their knowledge of the relevant law area and/or legal practice.
6. Applicants seeking to rely upon their experience must demonstrate how they have developed their knowledge of the relevant law and/or legal practice subject area(s) through their experience. Applicants will complete portfolios of 5 cases they have handled, within the 2 years preceding the date of their application, which demonstrate the knowledge they have gained through experience.
7. Applicants will be required to select a range of cases and provide an outline of the following in respect of each portfolio: • The facts of the case; • The law arising in the case and its application to the facts of the case; • The appropriate procedural and process matters that arose in the case and how
they were dealt with;
12
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
• The evidential issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt with; • An outline of any ethical or conduct issues that arose in the case and how they
were dealt with; • The funding issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt with; • The advice the applicant provided to the client and the outcome of the matter; • Decisions the applicant had to make in the case and whether they had to take
advice on any strategic issues in the case; and • Any training or development needs the applicant identified from having dealt
with the case.
8. IPS will assess the portfolios to establish whether they demonstrate that an applicant has acquired sufficient knowledge, through experience, to the same standard as CILEx Level 6 subject. The knowledge gained must cover at least 50% of the syllabus of the CILEx Level 6 subject.
9. In making its assessment, IPS will take into account the competence criteria set out
at Annex 3 which outline the knowledge requirements for the relevant subject area. Experience 10. All applicants must provide an outline of their experience in the area of practice in
which they seek to become an authorised person for the purposes of conducting reserved legal activities.
11. Applicants must provide an outline of their experience in an application along with 3 portfolios of cases they have handled which demonstrate their experience.
12. The experience outlined in an application must set out the following information for the 2 years preceding the date of the application: • A description of cases that the applicant has handled; • A description of the applicant’s typical case load, including details about the
complexity of the case load and a summary of any difficult cases the applicant has handled;
• The number of chargeable hours spent on the practice area in which rights are sought;
• The proportion of time spent on that area of law; • A description of the range and nature of matters that the applicant has handled
in the area of practice in which rights are sought; and • Details of any distinctive features of the applicant’s work.
13. An applicant will be required to produce a portfolio of 3 cases which demonstrate
their experience in the area in which rights are sought.
14. In the portfolios, applicants must provide the following information: • The facts of the case; • The law arising in the case and its application to the facts of the case;
13
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
• The procedural and process matters that arose in the case and how they were dealt with;
• The evidential issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt with; • Any ethical or conduct issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt
with; • The funding issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt with; • The advice the applicant provided to the client and the outcome of the case; • Decisions that the applicant had to make in the case, including whether they had
to take advice on any strategic issues; and • Any training or development needs that the applicant identified from having
dealt with the case.
15. IPS will assess the outline of experience provided in the application, along with the 3 portfolios. The assessment will consider whether the applicant meets the experience requirements set out in the competency framework at Annex 3.
Skills 16. An applicant must provide evidence of their skills in the area in which they seek
reserved legal activity rights in accordance with the skills criteria for each practice and law area which appear at Annex 3.
17. An applicant may demonstrate their skills through either undertaking a skills course which meets the outcomes set out at Annex 3, or producing a log of their experience which demonstrates their skills.
18. Where an applicant seeks to rely upon a course, they must demonstrate that the course meets the outcomes set out at Annex 3.
19. An applicant who seeks to rely upon their experience as evidence of their skills must demonstrate that they meet each of the outcomes set out at Annex 3 through the production of a log book and supporting evidence. Applicants will be required to evidence in the log book the outcome that has been met and reflect upon how the outcome was met. Each outcome must be met at least once.
20. IPS will assess the log and supporting evidence provided by applicants to determine whether an applicant has demonstrated that they meet the skills criteria set out at Annex 3
Practice management and accounts 21. An applicant who relies upon their existing practical experience of practice
management and accounts must provide evidence of their knowledge, skills and experience of accounts and practice management in accordance with the competency criteria which appear at Annexes 4 and 5.
14
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
22. An applicant must demonstrate their knowledge, skills and experience through producing a log which demonstrates that they meet each of the outcomes set out at Annexes 4 and 5. The log must be supported by evidence. Applicants will be required to evidence in the log book the outcome that has been met and reflect upon how the outcome was met. Each outcome must be met at least once.
23. IPS will assess the log and supporting evidence provided by applicants to determine whether an applicant has demonstrated that they meet the competency requirements set out at Annexes 4 and 5.
15
Anne
x 3
- IN
TRO
DUCT
ION
– P
ROBA
TE P
RACT
ICE
RIGH
TS
Th
e en
try
crite
ria, l
earn
ing
outc
omes
and
evi
denc
e of
com
pete
ncy
stat
ed in
this
sche
dule
set o
ut:
• th
e le
vel o
f com
pete
ncy,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g re
quire
d to
pra
ctise
in th
e ar
ea o
f pro
bate
wor
k, th
at is
obt
aini
ng a
gra
nt o
f re
pres
enta
tion
and
rela
ted
issue
s tog
ethe
r with
will
pre
para
tion
and
esta
te a
dmin
istra
tion
• th
e el
emen
ts re
quire
d to
evi
denc
e th
at le
vel o
f com
pete
ncy,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g
• th
e le
vel o
f com
pete
ncy
requ
ired
in th
e re
leva
nt sk
ills f
or th
is ar
ea o
f pra
ctic
e –
clie
nt c
are,
rese
arch
, dra
ftin
g, le
tter
writ
ing,
in
terv
iew
ing
and
advi
sing
• th
e el
emen
ts re
quire
d to
evi
denc
e th
e re
quire
d le
vel o
f com
pete
nce
for t
hese
rele
vant
skill
s
• a
stat
emen
t of t
he st
udy
and
wor
k-ba
sed
expe
rienc
e th
at d
emon
stra
tes t
hat a
n ap
plic
ant h
as a
ttai
ned
the
requ
ired
leve
l of
com
pete
nce,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g in
all
the
requ
ired
elem
ents
Cert
ifica
tion
of p
roba
te p
ract
ice
right
s will
ens
ure
that
the
appl
ican
t has
: •
met
the
appl
icat
ion
requ
irem
ents
• an
app
ropr
iate
leve
l of e
xper
ienc
e in
the
field
of p
roba
te w
ork
in p
ract
ice
whi
ch m
ust i
nclu
de n
ot le
ss th
an 2
yea
rs re
leva
nt e
xper
ienc
e im
med
iate
ly p
rece
ding
the
appl
icat
ion
• an
app
ropr
iate
leve
l of k
now
ledg
e an
d ap
prec
iatio
n of
the
key
lega
l fea
ture
s of p
roba
te w
ork,
incl
udin
g th
e ab
ility
to a
pply
for d
iffer
ent
type
s of g
rant
of r
epre
sent
atio
n, to
pre
pare
will
s and
to a
dmin
ister
est
ates
. Whi
lst e
mph
asis
will
be
give
n to
the
aspe
cts o
f dea
ling
with
pr
oper
ty p
assin
g un
der a
will
and
/or i
ntes
tacy
, a le
vel o
f kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
othe
r way
s in
whi
ch p
rope
rty
can
devo
lve
on d
eath
is a
lso e
xpec
ted
so th
at th
e ap
plic
ant c
an n
ot o
nly
deal
with
it in
the
cont
ext o
f gra
nts a
nd e
stat
e ad
min
istra
tion
but
also
as a
n as
pect
of w
ill p
repa
ratio
n an
d an
cilla
ry a
dvic
e
• th
e ab
ility
and
exp
erie
nce
to re
sear
ch a
spec
ts o
f sta
tute
and
cas
e la
w, l
egal
pra
ctic
e, p
roce
dure
s and
doc
umen
tatio
n th
at is
cur
rent
• th
e ab
ility
and
exp
erie
nce
to in
terv
iew
clie
nts a
ppro
pria
tely
and
iden
tify
each
clie
nt’s
obj
ectiv
es a
nd d
iffer
ent m
eans
of a
chie
ving
thos
e ob
ject
ives
if o
ptio
ns a
re a
vaila
ble,
toge
ther
with
the
abili
ty a
nd e
xper
ienc
e to
adv
ise su
ch c
lient
s and
be
awar
e of
the
pers
onal
,
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
16
com
mer
cial
, fin
anci
al, t
ax a
nd o
ther
fisc
al p
riorit
ies a
nd c
onst
rain
ts (i
nclu
ding
fidu
ciar
y an
d ot
her d
utie
s ow
ed to
oth
ers a
nd th
e co
urt)
th
at m
ust b
e ta
ken
into
acc
ount
toge
ther
with
the
cost
s, b
enef
its a
nd ri
sks i
nvol
ved
in a
ny p
roce
dure
, tra
nsac
tion
or c
ours
e of
act
ion
• th
e ab
ility
and
exp
erie
nce
to p
erfo
rm th
e ta
sks r
equi
red
to a
dvan
ce p
roce
dure
s, tr
ansa
ctio
ns o
r mat
ters
, to
incl
ude
(but
not
rest
ricte
d to
), dr
aftin
g le
tter
s of a
dvic
e to
clie
nts,
dra
ftin
g an
d co
mpl
etin
g do
cum
ents
, and
com
mun
icat
ing
with
co-
prof
essio
nals,
the
Prob
ate
Regi
stry
/Cou
rt, H
er M
ajes
ty’s
Rev
enue
and
Cus
tom
s and
oth
er b
odie
s and
org
anisa
tions
• th
e ab
ility
and
exp
erie
nce
to p
repa
re w
ills a
nd a
pplic
atio
ns fo
r gra
nts o
f rep
rese
ntat
ion
and
asso
ciat
ed d
ocum
enta
tion
such
as (
but n
ot
rest
ricte
d to
) tha
t req
uire
d by
the
Prob
ate
Regi
stry
/Cou
rt o
r Her
Maj
esty
’s R
even
ue a
nd C
usto
ms n
eces
sary
to p
rogr
ess a
nd fi
nalis
e th
e ad
min
istra
tion
of a
n es
tate
• de
mon
stra
te a
leve
l of e
xper
ienc
e, k
now
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of a
ll as
pect
s of p
rofe
ssio
nal c
ondu
ct a
nd re
gula
tion
whi
ch in
clud
es
an u
nder
stan
ding
of t
he k
ey e
thic
al re
quire
men
ts c
onta
ined
in re
leva
nt c
ondu
ct ru
les a
nd o
ther
law
and
regu
latio
ns a
nd, w
here
thes
e m
ay im
pact
, be
able
to a
pply
them
in c
onte
xt.
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
Th
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n th
e rig
ht t
o un
dert
ake
prob
ate
activ
ities
seek
s to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
N
OTE
: Kn
owle
dge
Elem
ent
1 re
flect
s w
hat
is cu
rren
tly t
he r
eser
ved
activ
ity in
the
Leg
al S
ervi
ces
Act
2007
s12
and
Sc
h 2
(the
re c
alle
d ‘p
roba
te a
ctiv
ities
’);
Know
ledg
e El
emen
t 2
and
Know
ledg
e El
emen
t 3
refle
ct w
ill d
raft
ing
and
anci
llary
mat
ters
Kno
wle
dge
Elem
ent
4 re
flect
s adm
inist
ratio
n of
a d
ecea
sed’
s est
ate
and
anci
llary
mat
ters
. ST
AGE
1 EN
TRY
CRIT
ERIA
•
KNO
WLE
DGE
• U
NDE
RSTA
NDI
NG
•
has p
ract
ical
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
expe
rienc
e
Eith
er
• su
cces
sful
com
plet
ion
of C
ILEX
Lev
el 6
Pr
ofes
siona
l Hig
her D
iplo
ma
in P
roba
te
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
17
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
• EX
PERI
ENCE
Prac
tice
and
Will
s and
Suc
cess
ion
O
r •
qual
ifica
tion
and/
or e
xper
ienc
e of
an
equi
vale
nt st
anda
rd
Ex
perie
nce
whi
ch d
emon
stra
tes k
now
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of P
roba
te P
ract
ice
and
Will
s and
Suc
cess
ion
thro
ugh
the
subm
issio
n of
5 p
ortf
olio
s in
acco
rdan
ce
with
the
Port
folio
Gui
delin
es.
Exam
ples
will
be
draw
n fr
om a
ran
ge o
f ca
ses f
rom
the
appl
ican
t’s c
ase
load
.
Know
ledg
e El
emen
t 1
OBT
AIN
ING
OR
OPP
OSI
NG
A
GRAN
T O
F RE
PRES
ENTA
TIO
N
AND
ITS
PURP
OSE
IN
CAS
ES
WHE
RE T
HERE
IS A
WIL
L AN
D W
HERE
THE
RE IS
NO
T
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
th
e ty
pes
of g
rant
of r
epre
sent
atio
n an
d th
e ci
rcum
stan
ces
whe
n:
-
each
is a
ppro
pria
te
- an
app
licat
ion
for a
gra
nt o
f re
pres
enta
tion
may
be
oppo
sed
- ap
plic
atio
n m
ay b
e m
ade
to a
men
d or
re
voke
a g
rant
of r
epre
sent
atio
n.
• Th
e ty
pes o
f com
mon
gra
nts i
nclu
ding
ad
min
istra
tion
de b
onis
non
(and
an
awar
enes
s of e
xped
ited,
lim
ited
and
spec
ial
gran
ts) a
nd th
e ci
rcum
stan
ces w
hen
each
is
appr
opria
te
• Th
e pu
rpos
e an
d ef
fect
of a
gra
nt o
f re
pres
enta
tion
•
Iden
tify
whe
n a
gran
t is n
ot n
eces
sary
such
as
with
pro
pert
y no
t pas
sing
to th
e pe
rson
al re
pres
enta
tives
or p
rope
rty
that
ca
n be
dea
lt w
ith w
ithou
t a g
rant
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
18
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
• En
title
men
t to
the
app
ropr
iate
gra
nt i
n pa
rtic
ular
ca
ses
unde
r th
e ap
plic
able
st
atut
ory
prov
ision
s •
Mat
ters
af
fect
ing
the
appl
icat
ion
for
a gr
ant b
y ex
ecut
ors
and
the
appo
intm
ent o
f ad
min
istra
tors
suc
h as
tho
se r
elat
ing
to
capa
city
; m
ultip
le
appl
ican
ts;
num
ber;
renu
ncia
tion;
res
ervi
ng p
ower
; cle
arin
g of
f an
d th
e po
wer
of t
he c
ourt
to p
ass
over
an
appl
ican
t •
The
purp
ose
and
effe
ct o
f cav
eats
, ci
tatio
ns, a
nd st
andi
ng se
arch
es; p
roce
dure
fo
r the
ir iss
ue; p
roce
dure
for r
emov
al a
nd
up to
the
poin
t tha
t a m
atte
r bec
omes
co
nten
tious
•
The
circ
umst
ance
s whe
n an
app
licat
ion
may
be
mad
e fo
r a g
rant
of r
epre
sent
atio
n to
be
amen
ded
or re
voke
d an
d th
e pr
oced
ure
to d
o so
up
to th
e po
int t
hat a
m
atte
r bec
omes
con
tent
ious
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
th
e pr
actic
al s
teps
tak
en b
efor
e m
akin
g an
app
licat
ion
to
obta
in a
gra
nt o
f rep
rese
ntat
ion
• Id
entif
ying
type
of g
rant
nee
ded
and
advi
sing
prop
osed
app
lican
ts fo
r the
gra
nt
(if n
eces
sary
, hav
ing
first
iden
tifie
d
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
19
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
bene
ficia
l ent
itlem
ents
by
criti
cal a
naly
sis
of th
e w
ill o
r app
licab
le in
test
acy
rule
s); a
s re
quire
d, e
xpla
inin
g th
e fu
nctio
ns o
f a
pers
onal
repr
esen
tativ
e to
pro
pose
d ap
plic
ants
•
Taki
ng re
quire
d st
eps t
o ob
tain
any
will
and
id
entif
ying
act
ion
to d
eal w
ith p
erce
ived
“d
iffic
ultie
s”, s
uch
as lo
catin
g it
or
obta
inin
g ev
iden
ce o
f due
exe
cutio
n, o
r re
quire
men
ts if
a w
ill is
lost
, or a
ccid
enta
lly
or m
istak
enly
des
troy
ed
• Id
entif
ying
sour
ces o
f int
erim
fina
ncia
l as
sista
nce
that
may
be
avai
labl
e if
need
ed,
for e
xam
ple
by d
ecea
sed’
s dep
enda
nts a
nd
offe
ring
prac
tical
adv
ice
and
assis
tanc
e ac
cord
ingl
y
• Re
gist
erin
g, n
otify
ing
and
advi
sing
the
cons
eque
nces
of t
he d
eath
as r
equi
red;
no
tifyi
ng p
oten
tial b
enef
icia
ries o
f the
ir in
tere
st in
the
esta
te a
nd p
rogr
ess o
f the
gr
ant a
pplic
atio
n an
d ad
min
istra
tion
•
Asce
rtai
ning
and
arr
angi
ng fo
r val
uatio
n of
th
e de
ceas
ed’s
ass
ets a
nd li
abili
ties;
se
lect
ing
and
inst
ruct
ing
prof
essio
nal
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
20
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
agen
ts a
nd v
alue
rs a
s req
uire
d •
An a
war
enes
s of s
olem
n fo
rm p
roce
dure
an
d be
ing
able
to a
dvise
whe
n th
is pr
oced
ure
is ap
prop
riate
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
th
e re
quire
men
ts o
f the
cou
rt w
hen
appl
ying
for a
gra
nt o
f re
pres
enta
tion
• Th
e na
ture
, pur
pose
and
effe
ct o
f oat
hs in
su
ppor
t of a
n ap
plic
atio
n fo
r a g
rant
of
repr
esen
tatio
n an
d th
e re
quire
d co
nten
t of
each
•
Obt
aini
ng th
e in
form
atio
n to
com
plet
e an
oa
th fo
r Exe
cuto
rs o
r Adm
inist
rato
rs w
ith
will
ann
exed
or s
impl
e Ad
min
istra
tors
or
Adm
inist
rato
rs d
e bo
nis n
on so
as t
o m
eet
the
requ
irem
ents
of t
he c
ourt
whe
n m
akin
g ap
plic
atio
n; u
se o
f pro
-form
a te
mpl
ates
an
d dr
aftin
g oa
ths a
nd u
sing
the
sett
ling
faci
lity
offe
red
by th
e Re
gist
ry in
ap
prop
riate
cas
es
• Th
e ne
ed fo
r, an
d na
ture
of,
furt
her
affid
avit
evid
ence
if re
quire
d by
the
cour
t un
der t
he a
ppro
pria
te p
roba
te ru
les,
for
exam
ple
to c
onfir
m d
ue e
xecu
tion,
or
prov
e th
e co
nten
ts o
f a lo
st o
r miss
ing
will
; dr
aftin
g af
fidav
its in
app
ropr
iate
form
aft
er
obta
inin
g re
quire
d in
form
atio
n
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
21
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
• Th
e lo
dgin
g of
pap
ers a
t a P
roba
te R
egist
ry
incl
udin
g: th
e sw
orn
or a
ffirm
ed o
ath;
the
will
(if a
ny) t
oget
her w
ith c
opie
s as
requ
ired;
nec
essa
ry d
ocum
ents
to m
eet t
he
requ
irem
ents
of H
er M
ajes
ty’s
Rev
enue
an
d Cu
stom
s (HM
RC);
any
furt
her
supp
ortin
g do
cum
ents
as r
equi
red;
pa
ymen
t of p
roba
te fe
es
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of
the
requ
irem
ents
of
HMRC
on
appl
icat
ion
for
a gr
ant
of
repr
esen
tatio
n an
d su
bseq
uent
ly
durin
g th
e es
tate
ad
min
istr
atio
n
• Du
ty o
n ap
plic
ants
(and
gen
eral
ly o
n pe
rson
al re
pres
enta
tives
and
oth
ers
acco
unta
ble)
to u
nder
take
full
enqu
iries
be
fore
subm
ittin
g in
form
atio
n to
HM
RC
abou
t the
ass
ets,
liab
ilitie
s and
oth
er
mat
ters
con
cern
ing
the
esta
te a
nd th
e po
tent
ial l
iabi
lity
to in
herit
ance
tax
(IHT)
; ris
k of
pen
altie
s for
non
-com
plia
nce
with
th
is du
ty a
nd p
aym
ent o
f int
eres
t for
late
pa
ymen
t of t
ax d
ue
• Id
entif
icat
ion
of a
sset
s and
liab
ilitie
s tha
t co
mpr
ise th
e es
tate
for I
HT p
urpo
ses
incl
udin
g as
sets
not
pas
sing
to th
e pe
rson
al
repr
esen
tativ
es; t
he n
eed
to id
entif
y w
ho is
ac
coun
tabl
e fo
r the
IHT
that
is d
ue a
nd
whe
re th
e bu
rden
(inc
iden
ce) f
alls
• Id
entif
y if
an e
stat
e is
“exc
epte
d” w
ithin
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
22
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
the
mea
ning
of t
he re
leva
nt R
egul
atio
ns
• Th
e co
mpl
etio
n an
d su
bmiss
ion
of th
e re
leva
nt IH
T fo
rms a
s app
ropr
iate
to th
e ty
pe o
f est
ate,
exe
mpt
ions
and
relie
fs a
nd
the
calc
ulat
ion
and
paym
ent o
f tax
due
•
The
need
for a
nd u
se o
f oth
er IH
T re
turn
s su
ch a
s a c
orre
ctiv
e ac
coun
t and
retu
rns
nece
ssar
y fo
r inc
ome
tax
and
capi
tal g
ains
ta
x, d
ealin
g w
ith b
oth
pre-
deat
h an
d po
st-
deat
h in
com
e an
d ca
pita
l gai
ns
• Th
e fu
ndin
g of
tax
due
by u
tilisi
ng, f
or
exam
ple,
cre
dit b
alan
ces i
n de
ceas
ed’s
ba
nk a
ccou
nts,
loan
s fro
m in
stitu
tiona
l le
nder
s or b
enef
icia
ries,
or s
ale
of a
sset
s;
atte
ndin
g to
pay
men
t of t
ax d
ue o
n de
liver
y of
the
IHT
acco
unt (
or a
t oth
er
times
) usin
g av
aila
ble
met
hods
Know
ledg
e El
emen
t 2
MAK
E, A
LTER
OR
REVO
KE A
W
ILL
AND
ANCI
LLAR
Y M
ATTE
RS R
ELEV
ANT
TO T
HE
PREP
ARAT
ION
AN
D EX
ECU
TIO
N O
F TE
STAM
ENTA
RY
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
th
e st
atut
ory
requ
irem
ents
to
mak
e an
effe
ctiv
e w
ill a
nd
the
mea
ning
of t
esta
men
tary
cap
acity
and
inte
ntio
n
• Th
e st
atut
ory
rule
s rel
atin
g to
form
aliti
es
for m
akin
g a
will
(or c
odic
il) in
clud
ing
an
awar
enes
s of t
hose
for p
rivile
ged
will
s and
st
atut
ory
will
s •
The
evid
ence
requ
ired
by th
e co
urt t
o es
tabl
ish te
stam
enta
ry c
apac
ity a
nd th
e
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
23
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
DISP
OSI
TIO
NS
INCL
UDI
NG
UN
DERS
TAN
DIN
G TH
E IM
PORT
ANCE
OF
RISK
M
ANAG
EMEN
T
test
ator
’s in
tent
ion
by k
now
ing
and
appr
ovin
g th
e co
nten
ts o
f a w
ill
• Th
e ov
eral
l dut
y of
car
e ow
ed (b
oth
to th
e te
stat
or a
nd o
ther
s) to
ens
ure
a va
lid a
nd
effe
ctiv
e ex
ecut
ion
and
reco
gniti
on o
f ci
rcum
stan
ces w
here
risk
man
agem
ent i
s pa
rtic
ular
ly im
port
ant s
uch
as m
akin
g a
will
fo
r a v
ery
elde
rly o
r inf
irm te
stat
or, o
r an
unsu
perv
ised
exec
utio
n of
a w
ill
• En
surin
g ap
prop
riate
arr
ange
men
ts a
re
mad
e fo
r the
safe
cus
tody
of a
will
and
that
it
can
be lo
cate
d w
hen
requ
ired
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of
the
mea
ns b
y w
hich
a w
ill c
an b
e va
lidly
alte
red
or re
voke
d•
The
appl
icat
ion
of th
e la
w a
nd p
ract
ice
in
rela
tion
to a
ltera
tions
, add
ition
s an
d ob
liter
atio
ns to
a w
ill in
clud
ing
the
use
of
codi
cils
• Th
e w
ays a
will
can
be
revo
ked
by
dest
ruct
ion,
mar
riage
or c
ivil
part
ners
hip,
or
by
late
r tes
tam
enta
ry d
ocum
ent a
nd a
n aw
aren
ess o
f the
pos
sible
lim
itatio
ns o
n th
e ef
fect
of r
evoc
atio
n, fo
r exa
mpl
e, b
y co
nditi
onal
revo
catio
n an
d by
the
rule
s on
mut
ual w
ills
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
24
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
Know
ledg
e El
emen
t 3
TAKE
FU
LL IN
STRU
CTIO
NS
FRO
M T
HE T
ESTA
TOR
AND
PRO
VIDE
ADV
ICE
ON
THE
TE
RMS
OF
A W
ILL
(AN
D AN
CILL
ARY
MAT
TERS
) AN
D TO
TH
EN P
REPA
RE A
WIL
L W
HICH
GI
VES
EFFE
CT T
O T
HE
TEST
ATO
R’S
WIS
HES
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
th
e ex
tent
to
whi
ch a
will
is c
apab
le o
f di
spos
ing
of t
he
test
ator
’s p
rope
rty
and
how
pro
pert
y de
volv
es o
n de
ath
if it
cann
ot b
e de
alt w
ith b
y w
ill
• Th
e pr
oper
ty a
nd in
tere
sts o
f the
test
ator
ca
pabl
e of
pas
sing
by w
ill a
nd th
at w
hich
do
es n
ot; t
he m
anne
r of d
evol
utio
n of
pr
oper
ty o
n de
ath
whi
ch d
evol
ves o
utsid
e th
e te
stat
or’s
will
; act
ion
that
may
be
take
n by
a te
stat
or n
ow, s
uch
as se
verin
g a
join
t ten
ancy
, so
as to
be
able
to d
ispos
e of
pr
oper
ty b
y w
ill
• An
aw
aren
ess o
f the
ext
ent t
o w
hich
a w
ill
may
dea
l with
pro
pert
y ab
road
and
the
exte
nt to
whi
ch a
fore
ign
will
may
dea
l w
ith U
K pr
oper
ty
• Re
stric
tions
on
the
test
ator
’s a
bilit
y to
fr
eely
disp
ose
of p
rope
rty
on d
eath
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of
the
stat
utor
y ru
les
rela
ting
to t
he d
evol
utio
n of
pro
pert
y w
holly
, or i
n pa
rt, o
n an
inte
stac
y
• Th
e di
strib
utio
n of
pro
pert
y an
d en
title
men
t of s
pous
es, c
ivil
part
ners
, iss
ue
and
othe
rs in
cas
es o
f tot
al a
nd p
artia
l in
test
acy;
reco
gniti
on o
f whe
n an
d ho
w a
pa
rtia
l int
esta
cy m
ight
aris
e w
hen
ther
e is
a w
ill; r
ight
s of c
ohab
itees
(if a
ny)
• Ap
prec
iatio
n th
at th
e in
test
acy
rule
s may
m
ake
insu
ffici
ent o
r no
prov
ision
for t
hose
th
e de
ceas
ed m
ight
hav
e w
ished
to b
enef
it •
The
oper
atio
n of
the
stat
utor
y tr
usts
aris
ing
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
25
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
unde
r the
inte
stac
y ru
les a
nd th
e av
aila
bilit
y of
stat
utor
y po
wer
s; sp
ecia
l ru
les a
nd ri
ghts
app
lyin
g to
surv
ivin
g sp
ouse
s and
civ
il pa
rtne
rs
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of
the
need
to
take
ful
l ins
truc
tions
fro
m t
he t
esta
tor
on a
ra
nge
of m
atte
rs in
clud
ing
the
test
ator
’s p
rese
nt a
nd,
(if
rele
vant
), fu
ture
circ
umst
ance
s and
obj
ectiv
es
• Ta
king
inst
ruct
ions
on
a w
ide
rang
e of
fa
ctua
l iss
ues i
nclu
ding
, but
not
rest
ricte
d to
: -
the
test
ator
and
his
pres
ent a
nd fu
ture
ci
rcum
stan
ces
- th
e te
stat
or’s
im
med
iate
an
d w
ider
fa
mily
-
the
test
ator
’s d
epen
dant
s (b
oth
with
in
the
fam
ily a
nd o
utsid
e it)
-
the
test
ator
’s p
rope
rty
inte
rest
s (b
oth
pers
onal
and
bus
ines
s) in
clud
ing
thos
e pa
ssin
g ou
tsid
e th
e w
ill,
such
as
in
tere
sts
unde
r tr
usts
and
in
join
tly
owne
d pr
oper
ty
- th
e te
stat
or’s
fin
anci
al s
ituat
ion
as t
o bo
th
capi
tal
and
inco
me
incl
udin
g ex
pect
anci
es a
nd fu
ture
inte
rest
s -
any
exist
ing
or p
revi
ous
will
s (in
clud
ing
fore
ign
will
s) a
nd st
eps a
lread
y ta
ken
as
rega
rds
finan
cial
, est
ate
and
succ
essio
n pl
anni
ng s
uch
as c
reat
ing
pow
ers
of
atto
rney
or m
akin
g lif
etim
e gi
fts
- as
sess
men
t of
th
e es
tate
of
an
y
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
26
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
spou
se/c
ivil
part
ner.
• Id
entif
ying
the
test
ator
’s a
ims a
nd
obje
ctiv
es a
s reg
ards
the
disp
ositi
on o
f his
esta
te o
n de
ath
and
othe
r ter
ms o
f the
will
•
Iden
tifyi
ng si
tuat
ions
whe
re th
e ai
ms a
nd
obje
ctiv
es o
f the
test
ator
in m
akin
g pr
ovisi
on m
ight
be
met
by
arra
ngem
ents
ou
tsid
e of
any
will
•
Iden
tifyi
ng c
ircum
stan
ces w
here
the
will
or
its p
rovi
sions
mig
ht la
ter b
e op
pose
d, in
pa
rtic
ular
, but
not
rest
ricte
d to
: pot
entia
l cl
aim
s tha
t cou
ld b
e m
ade
unde
r the
In
herit
ance
(Pro
visio
n fo
r Fam
ily a
nd
Depe
ndan
ts) A
ct 1
975;
mut
ual w
ill
agre
emen
ts; e
nfor
ceab
le p
rom
ises t
o le
ave
prop
erty
to o
ther
s (co
ntra
ct o
r est
oppe
l);
clai
ms t
hat t
esta
tor l
acke
d ca
paci
ty o
r te
stam
enta
ry in
tent
ion
incl
udin
g th
at
test
ator
was
subj
ect t
o un
due
influ
ence
•
Iden
tifyi
ng a
ppro
pria
te m
easu
res a
nd
prec
autio
ns (w
here
ava
ilabl
e) to
dea
l with
ci
rcum
stan
ces a
bove
if a
risin
g
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
27
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
th
e ta
xatio
n pr
inci
ples
rel
evan
t to
will
pre
para
tion
and
asso
ciat
ed ta
x pl
anni
ng m
easu
res
• Ex
plai
n th
e pr
inci
ples
of t
he c
harg
e to
IHT
and
its c
alcu
latio
n in
clud
ing
but n
ot
rest
ricte
d to
: tra
nsfe
rs o
f val
ue; c
harg
eabl
e tr
ansf
ers;
exc
lude
d pr
oper
ty; d
ispos
ition
s no
t tra
nsfe
rs o
f val
ue o
r whi
ch a
re e
xem
pt;
pote
ntia
lly e
xem
pt tr
ansf
ers;
cha
rgea
ble
lifet
ime
tran
sfer
s; g
ifts w
ith re
serv
atio
n of
be
nefit
; occ
asio
ns o
f cha
rge
to ta
x;
com
posit
ion
of th
e IH
T es
tate
; cum
ulat
ion,
ra
tes a
nd re
liefs
; lia
bilit
y an
d bu
rden
•
Expl
ain
the
basic
prin
cipl
es o
f inc
ome
tax,
ca
pita
l gai
ns ta
x (C
GT) a
nd IH
T ap
plyi
ng to
tr
usts
(pos
t-Fi
nanc
e Ac
t 200
6) in
clud
ing
but
not r
estr
icte
d to
: inc
ome
tax
liabi
lity
of
trus
tees
and
ben
efic
iarie
s; C
GT o
n cr
eatio
n an
d su
bseq
uent
liab
ility
of t
rust
ees a
nd
bene
ficia
ries;
IHT
liabi
lity
on c
reat
ion
and
on su
bseq
uent
cha
rgea
ble
even
ts
acco
rdin
g to
the
type
of t
rust
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
th
e no
n-be
nefic
ial p
rovi
sion
s rel
evan
t to
a w
ill
• Th
e fu
nctio
ns o
f exe
cuto
rs, t
rust
ees a
nd
test
amen
tary
gua
rdia
ns a
nd th
e ch
oice
s av
aila
ble
to a
test
ator
•
The
mat
ters
to b
e ta
ken
into
acc
ount
in
impl
emen
ting
the
appo
intm
ent o
f ex
ecut
ors,
trus
tees
and
test
amen
tary
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
28
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
guar
dian
s in
a w
ill a
s is a
ppro
pria
te to
a
test
ator
’s c
ircum
stan
ces a
nd th
e te
rms o
f a
prop
osed
will
•
The
dutie
s, p
ower
s and
resp
onsib
ilitie
s of
pers
onal
repr
esen
tativ
es a
nd tr
uste
es th
at
are
impo
sed
by st
atut
e or
by
the
cour
ts
• Th
e su
itabi
lity
and
desir
abili
ty o
f ap
prop
riate
exp
ress
pro
visio
ns w
hich
m
odify
, ext
end,
exc
lude
or l
imit
the
pow
ers,
dut
ies a
nd re
spon
sibili
ties o
f pe
rson
al re
pres
enta
tives
and
trus
tees
that
w
ould
oth
erw
ise a
pply
by
defa
ult
• O
ther
com
mon
pro
visio
ns ty
pica
lly
incl
uded
in, o
r sup
port
ing,
a w
ill (s
uch
as
buria
l req
uest
s, o
rgan
don
atio
n or
a le
tter
of
wish
es)
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of
the
advi
ce t
o a
test
ator
on
the
term
s of
a w
ill a
nd
asso
ciat
ed p
lann
ing
mea
sure
s
• Id
entif
ying
the
obje
ctiv
es o
f the
test
ator
an
d pr
ovid
ing
the
test
ator
with
opt
ions
, as
appr
opria
te, f
or th
e te
rms o
f a w
ill,
cove
ring
both
ben
efic
ial a
nd n
on-b
enef
icia
l pr
ovisi
ons w
hich
are
cap
able
of m
eetin
g th
ose
obje
ctiv
es
• Id
entif
ying
oth
er m
easu
res o
pen
to th
e
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
29
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
test
ator
whi
ch m
eet t
he te
stat
or’s
ob
ject
ives
such
as a
dvisi
ng o
n th
e m
akin
g of
life
time
disp
ositi
ons o
r pro
vidi
ng fo
r su
cces
sion
plan
ning
as r
egar
ds a
bus
ines
s in
tere
st; i
f app
ropr
iate
, adv
ising
on
the
mak
ing
of a
last
ing
pow
er o
f att
orne
y •
Iden
tify
and
expl
ain
appr
opria
te
oppo
rtun
ities
for b
asic
tax
and
succ
essio
n pl
anni
ng in
life
time
and
thro
ugh
a w
ill (o
r ot
herw
ise o
n de
ath)
incl
udin
g bu
t not
re
stric
ted
to: u
se o
f exe
mpt
ions
and
relie
fs;
IHT
pote
ntia
lly e
xem
pt tr
ansf
ers;
trus
t po
licie
s and
sim
ilar p
rodu
cts;
issu
es
rela
ting
to g
ifts t
o sp
ouse
s/ci
vil p
artn
ers
and
min
ors;
use
of t
rust
s to
cont
rol u
se o
f pr
oper
ty a
nd e
ntitl
emen
t to
capi
tal a
nd
inco
me;
inte
ract
ion
with
CGT
and
inco
me
tax
• Th
e ne
ed to
adv
ise o
n th
e m
akin
g of
a w
ill
whi
ch im
plem
ents
the
test
ator
’s
inst
ruct
ions
in a
giv
en si
tuat
ion
and
acco
rdin
g to
the
test
ator
’s c
ircum
stan
ces
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
nece
ssar
y to
pro
duce
a d
raft
and
then
exe
cute
a w
ill w
hich
gi
ves
effe
ct t
o th
e te
stat
or’s
inst
ruct
ions
and
is c
onsi
sten
t
• Th
e cl
assif
icat
ion
of le
gaci
es, d
evise
s and
ot
her t
esta
men
tary
disp
ositi
ons a
nd th
e di
ffere
nce
betw
een
vest
ed o
r abs
olut
e, a
nd
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
30
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
with
the
lega
l prin
cipl
es o
f con
stru
ctio
n an
d in
terp
reta
tion
of te
stam
enta
ry d
ispo
sitio
ns
cont
inge
nt o
r lim
ited
gift
s •
The
effe
ctiv
e dr
aftin
g of
lega
cies
and
oth
er
test
amen
tary
disp
ositi
on to
take
acc
ount
of
pote
ntia
l fai
lure
thro
ugh
laps
e, a
dem
ptio
n,
abat
emen
t, fo
rfei
ture
, div
orce
, ann
ulm
ent
etc.
•
The
lega
l rul
es o
f con
stru
ctio
n an
d in
terp
reta
tion,
incl
udin
g th
ose
appl
icab
le
to a
dopt
ed a
nd il
legi
timat
e ch
ildre
n an
d ot
hers
refe
rred
to b
y de
scrip
tion,
and
how
th
ose
rule
s are
app
lied
by th
e co
urt t
o as
cert
ain
the
test
ator
’s e
xpre
ssed
inte
ntio
n in
the
will
•
Com
plia
nce
with
the
prin
cipl
es o
f goo
d w
ill
draf
ting
incl
udin
g bu
t not
rest
ricte
d to
: re
flect
ing
the
test
ator
’s in
stru
ctio
ns in
so
far a
s effe
ct c
an b
e gi
ven
to th
em; a
bilit
y to
se
lect
, use
and
ada
pt a
ppro
pria
te
prec
eden
ts a
nd te
mpl
ates
to p
rodu
ce a
co
mpl
ete
draf
t will
and
dra
ftin
g pr
ovisi
ons
“fre
ehan
d” in
the
abse
nce
of a
n ap
prop
riate
pre
cede
nt b
eing
ava
ilabl
e;
usin
g a
logi
cal s
truc
ture
and
layo
ut; u
sing
clea
r and
con
cise
lang
uage
; avo
idin
g un
cert
aint
y, a
mbi
guity
or i
ncon
siste
ncy
in
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
31
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
the
will
’s in
terp
reta
tion;
ens
urin
g th
e w
ill is
le
gally
effe
ctiv
e bo
th a
s to
form
al a
nd
esse
ntia
l val
idity
•
The
need
to u
nder
stan
d fu
lly th
e te
stat
or’s
ci
rcum
stan
ces a
nd w
ishes
in o
rder
to
prov
ide
an a
ppro
pria
tely
dra
fted
will
; se
ekin
g th
e te
stat
or’s
app
rova
l to
the
draf
t an
d if
nece
ssar
y re
finin
g th
e dr
aft t
o ta
ke
acco
unt o
f any
requ
ired
chan
ges
• Id
entif
ying
the
requ
irem
ents
for a
val
id a
nd
effe
ctiv
e ex
ecut
ion
of a
will
acc
ordi
ng to
th
e te
stat
or’s
circ
umst
ance
s inc
ludi
ng th
e m
anne
r of t
he te
stat
or’s
sign
atur
e or
that
of
som
eone
dire
cted
by
the
test
ator
to si
gn
in th
e te
stat
or’s
pre
senc
e an
d th
e ch
oice
of
witn
esse
s; Id
entif
ying
any
supp
ortin
g ac
tions
to la
ter a
ssist
in p
rovi
ng d
ue
exec
utio
n; m
akin
g an
d re
tain
ing
at a
ll tim
es
full
file
note
s of t
he w
ill m
akin
g pr
oces
s
Know
ledg
e El
emen
t 4
LAW
AN
D PR
ACTI
CE R
ELAT
ING
TO T
HE A
DMIN
ISTR
ATIO
N O
F A
DECE
ASED
’S E
STAT
E
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
th
e fu
ndam
enta
l du
ties
of p
erso
nal
repr
esen
tativ
es a
nd
exer
cise
of a
dmin
istr
ativ
e po
wer
s
• Id
entif
ying
the
stat
utor
y du
ties i
mpo
sed
on, a
nd th
e po
wer
s ava
ilabl
e to
, per
sona
l re
pres
enta
tives
and
trus
tees
; Ide
ntify
ing
dutie
s and
pow
ers i
mpo
sed
or c
onfe
rred
by
a w
ill o
r tru
st d
ocum
ent;
Iden
tifyi
ng th
ose
to w
hom
any
such
dut
ies a
re o
wed
or i
n
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
32
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
who
se fa
vour
pow
ers m
ay b
e ex
erci
sed;
Id
entif
ying
how
a b
reac
h or
abu
se o
f a d
uty
or p
ower
by
a pe
rson
al re
pres
enta
tive
or
trus
tee
can
give
rise
to li
abili
ty to
oth
ers
• Du
ty o
f per
sona
l rep
rese
ntat
ives
to g
ive
effe
ct to
the
will
thou
gh a
n an
alys
is of
its
prov
ision
s, o
r, if
appr
opria
te, t
he in
test
acy
rule
s, a
nd th
at fa
ilure
to d
o so
may
giv
e ris
e to
: adm
inist
ratio
n pr
ocee
ding
s; a
ctio
ns to
re
cove
r “lo
ss”
by e
ither
per
sona
l act
ion
agai
nst p
erso
nal r
epre
sent
ativ
es o
r tra
cing
or
per
sona
l act
ion
agai
nst r
ecip
ient
s of
esta
te a
sset
s •
Iden
tifyi
ng th
e fid
ucia
ry n
atur
e of
pa
rtic
ular
dut
ies a
nd p
ower
s by
refe
renc
e to
stat
utor
y pr
ovisi
ons a
nd re
leva
nt c
ase
law
incl
udin
g bu
t not
lim
ited
to: d
eleg
atio
n;
inve
stm
ent a
nd p
urch
ase
of la
nd;
mai
nten
ance
out
of i
ncom
e; a
dvan
cem
ent
of c
apita
l; ap
prop
riatio
n; re
ceip
ts fo
r pr
oper
ty; i
nsur
ance
; run
ning
or
part
icip
atin
g in
a b
usin
ess;
sett
ling
clai
ms
by o
r aga
inst
the
esta
te; e
xpre
ss p
ower
s,
that
is, e
xten
sions
and
mod
ifica
tions
to
stat
utor
y po
wer
s com
mon
ly fo
und
in w
ills
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
33
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
• Th
e re
quire
men
ts o
f com
plyi
ng w
ith a
ny
stat
utor
y ob
ligat
ions
rega
rdin
g th
e ha
ndlin
g an
d m
anag
emen
t of e
stat
e or
tr
ust f
unds
incl
udin
g (w
here
rele
vant
) co
mpl
ianc
e w
ith ru
les o
r reg
ulat
ions
of
regu
lato
ry b
odie
s
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
th
e pr
otec
tion
avai
labl
e to
per
sona
l re
pres
enta
tives
and
tr
uste
es a
gain
st c
laim
s
• Th
e la
w in
rela
tion
to d
utie
s, p
ower
s, a
nd
liabi
litie
s of p
erso
nal r
epre
sent
ativ
es a
nd
trus
tees
and
whe
n re
lief m
ay b
e gr
ante
d fr
om th
is lia
bilit
y, fo
r exa
mpl
e by
cou
rt
orde
r, ad
vert
ising
for c
redi
tors
and
cl
aim
ants
, ind
emni
ty fr
om b
enef
icia
ries,
re
lievi
ng p
rovi
sion
in th
e w
ill o
r by
insu
ranc
e •
Part
icul
ar si
tuat
ions
faci
ng p
erso
nal
repr
esen
tativ
es o
r tru
stee
s whe
re th
ey m
ay
seek
pro
tect
ion
incl
udin
g (b
ut n
ot
rest
ricte
d to
): iss
ues o
ver t
he c
onst
ruct
ion
and
inte
rpre
tatio
n of
the
will
; iss
ues o
ver
bene
ficia
l ent
itlem
ents
; cla
ims b
y un
know
n be
nefic
iarie
s or c
redi
tors
and
miss
ing
bene
ficia
ries o
r cre
dito
rs; c
laim
s und
er th
e fa
mily
pro
visio
n le
gisla
tion
or fo
r re
ctifi
catio
n of
a w
ill; c
laim
s fro
m H
MRC
for
unpa
id ta
x su
ch a
s IHT
on
lifet
ime
gift
s;
clai
ms f
rom
oth
er c
redi
tors
incl
udin
g
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
34
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
Depa
rtm
ent f
or W
ork
and
Pens
ions
cl
aim
ing
reim
burs
emen
t of o
verp
aid
bene
fits
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of
the
colle
ctio
n an
d re
alis
atio
n of
ass
ets
and
the
paym
ent o
f de
bts a
nd te
stam
enta
ry e
xpen
ses
• Re
gist
ratio
n of
gra
nt o
f rep
rese
ntat
ion
with
as
set h
olde
rs; p
riorit
ising
the
colle
ctio
n of
su
ms d
ue to
the
esta
te a
nd th
e pa
ymen
t of
liabi
litie
s; p
ract
ical
con
stra
ints
on
real
isatio
n or
disp
osal
of e
stat
e as
sets
•
Iden
tifyi
ng se
cure
d cr
edito
rs a
nd w
heth
er
an e
stat
e is
solv
ent o
r ins
olve
nt; p
riorit
ising
pa
ymen
t of d
ebts
from
ava
ilabl
e as
sets
ac
cord
ing
to th
e te
rms o
f the
will
or a
s re
quire
d by
stat
ute
• Ad
visin
g pe
rson
al re
pres
enta
tives
as t
o th
e ab
ove
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of
the
post
-dea
th c
hang
es a
ffect
ing
dist
ribut
ion
of th
e es
tate
• Di
scla
imer
s and
var
iatio
ns o
f int
eres
ts
arisi
ng u
nder
a w
ill, i
ntes
tacy
or p
assin
g by
su
rviv
orsh
ip; I
dent
ifyin
g th
e ne
cess
ary
requ
irem
ents
acc
ordi
ng to
the
desir
ed
succ
essio
n an
d ta
x co
nseq
uenc
es
• Cl
aim
s for
fam
ily p
rovi
sion
mad
e un
der t
he
Inhe
ritan
ce (P
rovi
sion
for F
amily
and
De
pend
ants
) Act
197
5 or
rect
ifica
tion
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
35
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
unde
r Adm
inist
ratio
n of
Just
ice
Act 1
982,
ei
ther
sett
led
by n
egot
iatio
n or
as a
resu
lt of
cou
rt o
rder
and
any
tax
cons
eque
nces
•
Iden
tifyi
ng th
e be
nefit
s of n
egot
iatio
n w
here
this
may
be
rele
vant
such
as (
but n
ot
rest
ricte
d to
) disp
uted
inhe
ritan
ces o
r fa
mily
pro
visio
n cl
aim
s and
adv
ising
ac
cord
ingl
y
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
th
e ta
x lia
bilit
y of
pe
rson
al
repr
esen
tativ
es
durin
g ad
min
istr
atio
n
• Id
entif
ying
dec
ease
d’s i
ncom
e ar
ising
be
fore
dea
th a
nd in
com
e of
the
adm
inist
ratio
n pe
riod;
liab
ility
to in
com
e ta
x of
per
sona
l rep
rese
ntat
ives
and
po
sitio
n of
ben
efic
iarie
s •
Iden
tifyi
ng d
ecea
sed’
s cap
ital g
ains
mad
e in
lif
etim
e an
d di
spos
als m
ade
by p
erso
nal
repr
esen
tativ
es in
the
cour
se o
f est
ate
adm
inist
ratio
n; tr
ansf
ers b
y pe
rson
al
repr
esen
tativ
es to
“le
gate
es”;
liab
ility
to
CGT
of p
erso
nal r
epre
sent
ativ
es a
nd
posit
ion
of b
enef
icia
ries
• Fi
nalis
ing
and
disc
harg
ing
liabi
lity
for
inco
me
tax
and
CGT
of th
e de
ceas
ed a
nd
for t
he a
dmin
istra
tion
perio
d
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
36
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
• Fi
nalis
ing
and
disc
harg
ing
IHT
liabi
lity
of
dece
ased
and
the
esta
te, i
nclu
ding
but
not
lim
ited
to: n
egot
iatin
g w
ith H
MRC
ove
r pr
obat
e va
luat
ions
; cla
imin
g IH
T lo
ss re
lief
if la
nd/q
ualif
ying
inve
stm
ents
sold
at a
loss
w
ithin
per
miss
ible
per
iod
afte
r dea
th;
subm
ittin
g co
rrec
tive
acco
unts
(add
ition
al
asse
ts/li
abili
ties o
r los
s rel
ief c
laim
); ap
plyi
ng fo
r cer
tific
ates
of d
ischa
rge;
re
cove
ry o
f IHT
for t
he b
enef
it of
the
resid
uary
est
ate
from
thos
e w
ho b
ear i
ts
burd
en
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of
the
paym
ent
of
lega
cies
an
d as
cert
ainm
ent
and
dist
ribut
ion
of re
sidu
e
• Id
entif
ying
spec
ific
gift
s, g
ener
al a
nd
pecu
niar
y le
gaci
es a
nd te
rms o
f en
title
men
t; ap
plic
atio
n of
rule
s on:
ad
empt
ion
and
abat
emen
t; gi
ving
effe
ct to
th
e gi
ft o
r leg
acy
by a
ppro
pria
tion;
re
ceip
ts; p
ositi
on w
here
ben
efic
iary
is a
m
inor
; tim
e an
d m
anne
r of p
aym
ent;
entit
lem
ent t
o in
tere
st a
nd in
com
e •
Payi
ng a
dmin
istra
tion
expe
nses
: re
ason
able
fune
ral e
xpen
ses;
lega
l cos
ts
and
rem
uner
atio
n un
der a
cha
rgin
g cl
ause
; fe
es o
f oth
er p
rofe
ssio
nals;
pay
men
t of
lega
cies
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
37
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
• As
cert
aini
ng re
sidue
for d
istrib
utio
n an
d pr
epar
atio
n of
est
ate
acco
unts
for
resid
uary
ben
efic
iarie
s or r
esid
uary
tr
uste
es
• Tr
ansf
er a
nd a
ssen
t of a
sset
s by
pers
onal
re
pres
enta
tives
to b
enef
icia
ries o
r ves
ting
in tr
uste
es a
ppro
pria
te to
term
s of t
he w
ill
or in
test
acy
and
the
natu
re o
f the
ass
et;
rece
ipt a
nd d
ischa
rge
of p
erso
nal
repr
esen
tativ
es b
y be
nefic
iarie
s or t
rust
ees
EN
TRY
EXPE
RIEN
CE
ALL
APPL
ICAN
TS
• Pr
obat
e pr
actic
e ex
perie
nce
in th
e 2
year
s pre
cedi
ng th
e ap
plic
atio
n
•
Gene
ral d
escr
iptio
n of
pro
bate
wor
k ca
rrie
d ou
t •
Desc
riptio
n of
typi
cal c
ase
load
•
An in
dica
tion
of c
harg
eabl
e ho
urs s
pent
on
prob
ate
wor
k in
eac
h of
the
last
2 y
ears
•
The
prop
ortio
n of
tim
e sp
ent o
n pr
obat
e w
ork
• De
tails
of t
he su
perv
isory
arr
ange
men
ts
unde
r whi
ch th
e ap
plic
ant w
orks
and
/or
thei
r sup
ervi
sory
resp
onsib
ilitie
s
The
appl
ican
t is
requ
ired
to d
emon
stra
te
thei
r ex
perie
nce
of
Prob
ate
Prac
tice
thro
ugh
the
subm
issio
n of
3 p
ortf
olio
s in
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
38
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
acco
rdan
ce w
ith th
e Po
rtfo
lio G
uide
lines
. Ex
ampl
es w
ill b
e dr
awn
from
a r
ange
of
case
s fro
m th
e ap
plic
ant’s
cas
e lo
ad.
ST
AGE
2 Q
UAL
IFIC
ATIO
N C
RITE
RIA:
SK
ILLS
In o
rder
to
obta
in a
ccre
dita
tion
the
appl
ican
t ne
eds t
o de
mon
stra
te th
e ou
tcom
es b
y ei
ther
:
• at
tend
ance
on
a co
urse
, or
• th
roug
h w
ork
expe
rienc
e an
d by
sa
tisfy
ing
the
qual
ifica
tion
crite
ria.
•
Clie
nt C
are
and
Lega
l Res
earc
h Ei
ther
•
succ
essf
ul c
ompl
etio
n of
CIL
EX L
evel
6
Prof
essio
nal H
ighe
r Dip
lom
as in
the
skill
s of
Lega
l Res
earc
h an
d Cl
ient
Car
e
Or
• qu
alifi
catio
n an
d/or
exp
erie
nce
of a
n eq
uiva
lent
stan
dard
Expe
rienc
e w
hich
dem
onst
rate
s how
they
m
eet e
ach
of th
e ou
tcom
es in
Ele
men
ts 1
an
d 2
set o
ut b
elow
. Ex
ampl
es w
ill b
e dr
awn
from
a ra
nge
of
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
39
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
case
s fro
m th
e ap
plic
ant’s
cas
e lo
ad.
Guid
ance
on
this
can
be fo
und
in th
e Po
rtfo
lio G
uide
lines
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
Skill
s Ele
men
t 1
CLIE
NT
CARE
Dem
onst
rate
goo
d pr
actic
e in
inte
rvie
win
g an
d ad
visi
ng
•
Und
erst
andi
ng o
f suc
cess
ful c
lient
in
terv
iew
ing
•
Iden
tify
inte
rvie
ws w
hich
the
appl
ican
t co
nsid
ers t
o be
succ
essf
ul a
nd id
entif
y w
hat m
ade
them
succ
essf
ul. T
his m
ay b
e ev
iden
ced
by d
emon
stra
ting
abili
ty to
: •
Prep
are
for t
he in
terv
iew
and
app
ly a
st
ruct
ured
app
roac
h to
it
• Gr
eet t
he in
terv
iew
ee a
ppro
pria
tely
and
m
aint
ain
the
inte
rvie
wee
’s c
onfid
ence
•
Use
app
ropr
iate
list
enin
g, q
uest
ioni
ng
and
feed
back
tech
niqu
es
• Be
sens
itive
to d
iver
sity
and
othe
r re
leva
nt is
sues
and
han
dle
any
emot
iona
lly d
istre
ssed
clie
nt in
a
sens
itive
and
pro
fess
iona
l man
ner
• Gi
ve a
ppro
pria
te a
dvic
e w
hen
requ
ired
(incl
udin
g th
e ne
ed to
take
furt
her
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
40
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
inst
ruct
ions
or u
nder
take
rese
arch
be
fore
doi
ng so
) •
Keep
a fu
ll an
d ac
cura
te re
cord
of t
he
inte
rvie
w
• Cl
ose
the
inte
rvie
w a
ppro
pria
tely
and
de
al w
ith a
ny fo
llow
-up
issue
s as
requ
ired.
•
Dem
onst
rate
the
abili
ty to
giv
e an
d co
mm
unic
ate
clea
r, ac
cura
te a
nd p
ract
ical
ad
vice
bot
h or
ally
and
in w
ritin
g on
m
atte
rs re
latin
g to
pro
bate
act
iviti
es. T
his
may
be
evid
ence
d by
abi
lity
to:
• O
btai
n al
l rel
evan
t inf
orm
atio
n an
d id
entif
y th
e cl
ient
’s o
bjec
tives
•
Give
cle
ar a
dvic
e on
all
rele
vant
mat
ters
ar
ising
•
Whe
re n
eces
sary
, ref
er th
e cl
ient
to
othe
r pro
fess
iona
ls be
tter
abl
e to
dea
l w
ith th
e iss
ues
• Id
entif
y th
e op
tions
ava
ilabl
e an
d ex
plai
n th
e ad
vant
ages
and
di
sadv
anta
ges o
f eac
h of
thos
e op
tions
•
Enab
le a
nd a
ssist
the
clie
nt to
reac
h a
deci
sion
base
d on
app
ropr
iate
adv
ice
• Gi
ve c
lear
, app
ropr
iate
and
acc
urat
e ad
vice
rega
rdin
g co
sts,
disb
urse
men
ts
and
fund
ing
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
41
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
• Se
ek a
ppro
pria
te in
stru
ctio
ns a
nd g
ive
clea
r adv
ice
rega
rdin
g th
e ne
xt st
eps t
o be
take
n in
the
mat
ter
• De
al a
ppro
pria
tely
with
any
div
ersit
y or
ot
her i
ssue
s tha
t mig
ht a
rise
• Ke
ep a
n ac
cura
te re
cord
of t
he a
dvic
e gi
ve a
nd th
e in
form
atio
n on
whi
ch th
at
advi
ce w
as b
ased
.
Dem
onst
rate
goo
d pr
actic
e in
lega
l writ
ing
Prov
ide
evid
ence
of
le
gal
writ
ing
whi
ch
dem
onst
rate
s un
ders
tand
ing
of t
he f
ollo
win
g ke
y ar
eas o
f goo
d pr
actic
e:
• Ac
cura
te, s
ucci
nct,
com
plet
e an
d pr
ecise
w
ritin
g •
Awar
enes
s of t
he n
eed
to u
se ‘p
lain
En
glish
’ and
writ
ing
usin
g co
rrec
t gra
mm
ar
and
spel
ling
• Th
e us
e of
lega
l Eng
lish
is us
ed o
nly
whe
n ne
cess
ary
and
is ap
prop
riate
ly e
xpla
ined
•
Judi
ciou
s use
of s
truc
ture
to c
lear
ly a
nd
logi
cally
set o
ut in
form
atio
n •
Prov
ide
evid
ence
to d
emon
stra
te th
e sy
nthe
sis o
f a v
arie
ty o
f sou
rces
to p
rovi
de
advi
ce to
the
clie
nt
• Pr
ovid
e ev
iden
ce o
f use
of a
ppro
pria
te
com
mun
icat
ion,
incl
udin
g us
e of
ap
prop
riate
tone
and
styl
e, to
sens
itive
ly
man
age
clie
nt e
xpec
tatio
ns.
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
42
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
Dem
onst
rate
kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
pr
ofes
sion
al c
ondu
ct is
sues
aris
ing
in p
ract
ice
• Ex
plai
n w
here
the
appl
ican
t will
find
the
rule
s of p
rofe
ssio
nal c
ondu
ct w
hich
affe
ct
thei
r pra
ctic
e of
the
law
•
Iden
tify
situa
tions
in w
hich
an
ethi
cal i
ssue
m
ay h
ave
arise
n in
the
appl
ican
t’s p
ract
ice
and
how
they
dea
lt w
ith th
ose
situa
tions
•
Iden
tify
any
prof
essio
nal o
rgan
isatio
ns th
at
exist
with
in th
e ap
plic
ant’s
are
a of
pra
ctic
e an
d ex
plai
n be
nefit
s of m
embe
rshi
p
Dem
onst
rate
kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
th
e im
port
ance
of c
lient
car
e in
lega
l pra
ctic
e •
Expl
ain
the
cond
uct r
ules
rela
ting
to c
lient
ca
re a
nd e
vide
nce
use
of th
e ru
les i
n pr
actic
e •
Evid
ence
use
of c
lient
car
e le
tter
s and
co
mpl
aint
man
agem
ent h
andl
ing
• De
mon
stra
te u
nder
stan
ding
of t
he n
eed
for
good
clie
nt c
are
to b
enef
it th
e bu
sines
s
Skill
s Ele
men
t 2
LEGA
L RE
SEAR
CH
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
and
be
able
to
: 1
anal
yse
the
scop
e an
d co
mpl
exity
of
situ
atio
ns
whi
ch n
eed
lega
l res
earc
h 2
ev
alua
te le
gal r
esea
rch
sour
ces
•
Iden
tify
situa
tions
in w
hich
the
need
for
lega
l res
earc
h ha
s aris
en in
the
appl
ican
t’s
wor
k •
Expl
ain
the
step
s the
app
lican
t und
erto
ok
to id
entif
y re
leva
nt so
urce
s of i
nfor
mat
ion
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
43
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
3
perf
orm
app
ropr
iate
lega
l res
earc
h 4
an
alys
e th
e la
w in
rela
tion
to p
ract
ical
pro
blem
s 5
reco
rd a
nd e
valu
ate
info
rmat
ion
6 sy
nthe
sise
rese
arch
to p
rese
nt a
dvic
e.
and
how
they
det
erm
ined
the
relia
bilit
y,
accu
racy
and
cur
renc
y of
the
info
rmat
ion
disc
over
ed
• Ex
plai
n th
eir u
nder
stan
ding
of p
rimar
y an
d se
cond
ary
sour
ces a
nd h
ow th
ese
sour
ces
can
be u
sed
to e
nsur
e th
ey h
ave
suffi
cien
tly re
sear
ched
the
prob
lem
•
Iden
tify
rele
vant
stat
utes
, cas
e la
w a
nd
othe
r sou
rces
from
thei
r res
earc
h •
Expl
ain
how
the
appl
ican
t prio
ritise
d an
d an
alys
ed th
e re
sear
ch a
nd u
sed
this
to
bett
er u
nder
stan
d th
e iss
ues r
aise
d in
the
lega
l mat
ter
• De
mon
stra
te th
e ap
plic
ant’s
synt
hesis
of
the
rese
arch
mat
eria
ls to
pro
vide
a
stru
ctur
ed a
nd a
ccur
ate
repo
rt
• Sh
ow h
ow th
e ap
plic
ant e
valu
ated
the
rese
arch
ens
urin
g th
at it
is c
ompr
ehen
sive
and
sens
itive
to th
e ne
eds o
f the
reci
pien
t
Skill
s Ele
men
t 3
DRAF
TIN
G
Prob
ate
Pape
rs
•
Draf
t and
com
plet
e pr
obat
e pa
pers
; tha
t is p
aper
s w
hich
are
to fo
und
or o
ppos
e a
gran
t of
repr
esen
tatio
n
Prep
arin
g an
d am
endi
ng
as
requ
ired
docu
men
ts t
o fo
und
or o
ppos
e a
gran
t of
pr
obat
e or
gra
nt o
f let
ters
of a
dmin
istra
tion
to
incl
ude
(but
not
rest
ricte
d to
):
• Th
e oa
th
• HM
RC a
ccou
nts a
nd su
ppor
ting
sche
dule
s
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
44
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
• Su
ppor
ting
evid
ence
as r
equi
red
(affi
davi
ts
or st
atem
ents
) •
Renu
ncia
tions
•
Appl
icat
ions
for c
avea
ts, c
itatio
ns a
nd
stan
ding
sear
ches
•
Oth
er a
pplic
atio
ns p
ursu
ant t
o th
e no
n-co
nten
tious
pro
bate
rule
s •
Cove
ring
lett
ers i
n su
ppor
t.
Will
s
• Dr
aft a
nd c
ompl
ete
will
s and
anc
illar
y do
cum
ents
Prep
arin
g an
d am
endi
ng
as
requ
ired
docu
men
ts r
elat
ing
to t
he p
repa
ratio
n of
will
s to
incl
ude
(but
not
rest
ricte
d to
):
• W
ills a
nd c
odic
ils
• Le
tter
s of w
ishes
•
Cove
ring
lett
ers t
o cl
ient
s •
Inst
ruct
ions
for e
xecu
tion
of a
will
or c
odic
il •
Lett
ers t
o ot
hers
anc
illar
y to
will
pr
epar
atio
n su
ch a
s med
ical
pra
ctiti
oner
s,
acco
unta
nts a
nd o
ther
pro
fess
iona
ls.
Ad
min
istr
atio
n of
Est
ates
• Dr
aft a
nd c
ompl
ete
docu
men
ts re
quire
d in
the
adm
inist
ratio
n of
an
esta
te
Prep
arin
g an
d am
endi
ng a
s re
quire
d (in
clud
ing
but n
ot re
stric
ted
to):
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
45
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
• St
atut
ory
notic
es
• Le
tter
s to
asse
t hol
ders
and
doc
umen
ts
nece
ssar
y to
real
ise a
sset
s •
Tax
retu
rns a
nd in
form
atio
n fo
r be
nefic
iarie
s •
Asse
nts,
tran
sfer
s and
oth
er d
ocum
ents
to
tran
sfer
title
•
Post
-dea
th d
iscla
imer
s and
var
iatio
ns
• Es
tate
and
(whe
re re
leva
nt) t
rust
acc
ount
s •
Lett
ers t
o pe
rson
al re
pres
enta
tives
and
tr
uste
es, b
enef
icia
ries,
cre
dito
rs a
nd
othe
rs.
Sk
ills E
lem
ent 4
M
ANAG
ING
PRO
BATE
AC
TIVI
TIES
• De
mon
stra
te a
n ab
ility
to p
lan
and
man
age
prob
ate
activ
ities
effe
ctiv
ely
• Al
loca
te ti
me
and
reso
urce
s app
ropr
iate
ly
• Ad
opt a
nd m
aint
ain
an a
ppro
pria
te c
ase
stra
tegy
•
Be a
war
e of
pro
cedu
ral r
equi
rem
ents
and
tim
e lim
its in
clud
ing
rele
vant
dire
ctio
ns,
rule
s and
regu
latio
ns
• Ac
tivel
y m
anag
e ca
se fi
les t
o m
eet
expe
ctat
ions
of c
lient
s and
ben
efic
iarie
s w
hene
ver p
ossib
le in
clud
ing
the
timel
y pr
ovisi
on o
f int
erim
pay
men
ts if
requ
ired
• Pr
oper
ly c
ompl
y w
ith a
ll re
leva
nt
acco
untin
g re
quire
men
ts re
latin
g to
the
hand
ling
of fu
nds.
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
46
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
•
Dem
onst
rate
an
abili
ty to
ass
embl
e al
l mat
eria
ls re
leva
nt to
the
mat
ter i
n ha
nd, i
n ac
cord
ance
with
its
requ
irem
ents
• Id
entif
y re
leva
nt la
w a
nd p
roce
dura
l rul
es
• Id
entif
y an
d ef
ficie
ntly
loca
te a
nd c
olla
te a
ll re
leva
nt d
ocum
ents
•
Iden
tify
the
need
to u
pdat
e in
form
atio
n as
re
quire
d by
the
rele
vant
law
and
pro
cedu
re
• Co
mm
issio
n re
port
s, v
alua
tions
and
oth
er
info
rmat
ion
from
exp
erts
such
as a
gent
s an
d va
luer
s •
Reco
gnise
the
need
to a
ct w
ithou
t und
ue
dela
y in
the
prep
arat
ion
of d
ocum
ents
in
clud
ing
(but
not
rest
ricte
d to
) will
s
• De
mon
stra
te a
n ab
ility
to in
stru
ct o
ther
pro
fess
iona
ls •
Appr
ecia
te th
e na
ture
and
func
tion
of
diffe
rent
type
s of e
xper
ts a
nd a
gent
s re
leva
nt to
pro
bate
act
iviti
es
• Id
entif
y w
hen
it is
appr
opria
te to
inst
ruct
an
exp
ert o
r age
nt in
clud
ing
whe
n a
spec
ialis
t leg
al o
pini
on is
requ
ired
• Be
fam
iliar
with
the
avai
labl
e re
gist
ers,
da
taba
ses a
nd o
rgan
isatio
ns th
roug
h w
hich
an
app
ropr
iate
exp
ert o
r age
nt m
ay b
e id
entif
ied
and
loca
ted
• U
nder
stan
d an
y re
leva
nt st
atut
ory
requ
irem
ents
to e
nsur
e th
at a
n ex
pert
or
agen
t is i
nstr
ucte
d pr
oper
ly a
nd is
suita
bly
qual
ified
and
exp
erie
nced
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
47
Le
arni
ng O
utco
mes
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
• Id
entif
y w
hen
it is
appr
opria
te to
del
egat
e w
ork
and
any
rele
vant
law
or p
roce
dure
w
hich
may
lim
it th
e rig
ht o
r pow
er to
de
lega
te
• Ag
ree
an a
ppro
pria
te fe
e fo
r wor
k to
be
carr
ied
out b
y an
exp
ert o
r age
nt
• Dr
aft i
nstr
uctio
ns to
an
expe
rt o
r age
nt
• De
al w
ith a
ny e
xper
t or a
gent
in a
pr
ofes
siona
l man
ner
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
PROBATE CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 1
49
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
APPENDIX 2
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES
50
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
RESERVED INSTRUMENT ACTIVITY CERTIFICATION RULES
DEFINITIONS 1. In these Rules, except where otherwise indicated:
• “Conveyancing Certificate” means: a Conveyancing Practice Rights Certificate identified in these Rules.
• Conveyancing Practitioner” means a person who has been granted a right to
undertake reserved instrument activities, under the terms of the Act;
• “Certification Rules” means the reserved instrument activity certification rules; • “External Advisor” means a person appointed by IPS to carry out the role and
function identified for them in these Rules; • “Applicant in good standing” means a person in respect of whose conduct there
is no complaint outstanding, and against whom there is no disciplinary record which, in the view of IPS, affects their suitability to be a Conveyancing Practitioner;
• “CILEx” means the Chartered Institute of Legal Executives; • “Investigation, Disciplinary and Appeals Rules” means the Rules of IPS which are
in place from time to time and which govern the complaints handling and disciplinary procedures of IPS;
• “IPS” means ILEX Professional Standards Ltd; • “The Act” means the Legal Services Act 2007; and • “The Officer” means a person with responsibility for the Conveyancing Practice
Rights Scheme. Words importing the male gender include the female gender and vice versa; and words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa.
2. Responsibility for this qualification scheme is delegated by CILEx to IPS. CONVEYANCING PRACTICE CERTIFICATE 3. An applicant in good standing may apply to IPS to be granted a Conveyancing
Practice Rights Certificate (Conveyancing Certificate). The Conveyancing Certificate will authorise a person to exercised reserved instrument rights.
51
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
4. The reserved instrument rights exercisable by a person holding a Conveyancing Certificate are to: a) Prepare any instrument of transfer or charge for the purposes of the Land
Registration Act 2002; b) Make an application or lodge a document for registration under that Act; c) Prepare any other instrument relating to real or personal estate for the purposes
of the law of England and Wales or instrument relating to Court proceedings in England and Wales.
Instrument includes a contract for the sale or other disposition of land (except a
contract to grant a short lease), but does not include a) A will or other testamentary instrument, b) An agreement not intended to be executed as a Deed, other than a contract
that is included by virtue of the preceding provisions of this sub paragraph, c) A letter or Power of Attorney, or d) A transfer of stock containing no trust or limitation of the transfer. “A short lease” means a lease referred to in Section 54(2) of the Law of Property Act 1925.
QUALIFICATION ARRANGEMENTS 5. Applicants who seek a Conveyancing Certificate must demonstrate that they meet
the knowledge, skills and experience criteria in accordance with the knowledge, skills and experience guidelines which appear at Annex 1 and the portfolio guidelines which appear at Annex 2 and the competency framework at Annex 3.
6. An application must be made on such form as may be prescribed for the purpose by IPS and shall be accompanied by such fees as may be fixed by IPS from time to time.
7. IPS will consider the application to ensure it meets the criteria set out in the knowledge, skills and experience guidelines which appear at Annex 1 and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria which appear at Annex 2.
8. The portfolios which form part of the application will be sent to an external advisor for assessment. The external advisor will assess whether the portfolios meet the knowledge and experience guidelines and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria at Annexes 1 and 2.
9. Where the external advisor finds that the portfolios are satisfactory and meet the knowledge and experience guidelines and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria at Annexes 1 and 2, the IPS Officer will consider the application. The Officer will consider whether the applicant may be granted a Conveyancing Certificate. In reaching their decision, the Officer will consider all the information provided by the applicant and may call for further information from any person or source it considers
52
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
appropriate. Where the Officer has any doubt as to the suitability of the applicant they may request additional information from the applicant and/or refer the application to the Admissions and Licensing Committee for decision.
10. Where the external advisor decides that the portfolios do not meet the knowledge and experience guidelines and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria at Annexes 1 and 2 they will give reasons for their decision. The Officer will inform the applicant of the decision. The applicant may withdraw their application, amend and re-submit their application or make further representation and ask that the full application to be referred to the Admissions and Licensing Committee to consider.
11. The Admissions and Licensing Committee will decide whether or not an application should be approved. In reaching its decision, the Committee will consider all the information provided by the applicant, and may call the applicant for interview or call for further information from any person or source it considers appropriate.
12. The committee may: • Approve the application; • Decide that the applicant does not meet the criteria and indicate which of the
criteria the applicant does not meet.
13. In making any assessment or decision required by these Rules, the Admissions and Licensing Committee shall have regard to the knowledge and experience guidelines and the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria at Annexes 1 and 2.
14. The Officer will notify an applicant of their decision or the decision of the Admissions and Licensing Committee.
15. Where the application has been approved, the notification shall include the Conveyancing Certificate.
16. Where the application is unsuccessful, the notification shall set out the Committee’s reasons and any pre-conditions to the consideration of any subsequent application. Where an application is unsuccessful, the applicant may apply for reconsideration in accordance with the Admissions and Licensing Committee Rules.
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTS 17. A Conveyancing Practitioner who seeks to practise in an entity seeking regulation by
IPS must demonstrate that they meet the knowledge, skills and experience in accounts and practice management in accordance with the knowledge, skills and experience guidelines and portfolio guidelines and the competency frameworks which appear at Annexes 4 and 5. They will not be authorised to be an Approved Manager in an entity until these requirements are met.
18. Where an applicant relies upon existing experience they must complete a log in accordance the portfolio guidelines. An applicant who relies upon a qualification as
53
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
evidence of meeting the competency framework must provide details of that qualification and assessment. IPS will consider whether the experience or qualification relied upon demonstrates that the applicant meets the requirements of the competency framework.
19. An applicant who does not meet the knowledge, skills and experience requirements for practice management and or accounts must complete qualification courses and assessment in those areas which meet the competency frameworks at Annexes 4 and 5.
ADMISSIONS AND LICENSING COMMITTEE 20. The Admissions and Licensing Committee established under the Admissions and
Licensing Committee Rules shall be responsible for the Reserved Instrument Rights Qualification Scheme.
EXTERNAL ADVISORS 21. IPS shall appoint external advisors to advise IPS and the Admissions and Licensing
Committee on issues relating to conveyancing practice rights. CONVEYANCING PRACTITIONER 22. An applicant who has been awarded a Conveyancing Certificate will be known as a
Conveyancing Practitioner. CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (CPD) 23. Conveyancing Practitioners will be required to undertake Continuing Professional
Development (CPD) in accordance with the CPD Regulations issued by IPS from time to time applicable to Chartered Legal Executives.
24. Where a Conveyancing Practitioner has failed to undertake CPD which meets the CPD Regulations or fails to provide a record of such CPD, the Officer will refer the matter to the Admissions and Licensing Committee. The Admissions and Licensing Committee will consider whether the Conveyancing Practitioner should retain their Conveyancing Certificate.
25. The Conveyancing Practitioner will have the opportunity to make written representations to the Committee and a right to be heard by the Committee.
54
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
26. The Committee may decide to: • Grant an extension of up to 3 months for the Conveyancing Practitioner to meet
their outstanding CPD requirement. The Conveyancing Practitioner will still be required to meet their current CPD requirements in the normal way; or
• Withdraw the Conveyancing Practice Certificate.
27. Where a Conveyancing Practitioner’s Certificate has been withdrawn for 12 months or more, on the basis that they have not met their CPD requirements, they will be required to make a fresh application for a Conveyancing Certificate in accordance with the Rules.
DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES AND CODE OF CONDUCT 28. Conveyancing Practitioners will be required to abide by the Code of Conduct of CILEx
for the time being enforced. They will also be bound by the associated regulatory arrangements in force from time to time.
29. Where a complaint is made, or an issue is brought to the attention of IPS, regarding the conduct of a Conveyancing Practitioner, that matter will be dealt with in accordance with IPS’ Investigation, Disciplinary and Appeal Rules. Where a finding, order or decision is made against a Conveyancing Practitioner, that finding, order or decision will be referred to the Admissions and Licensing Committee. The Admissions and Licensing Committee will decide whether the Conveyancing Practitioner remains a fit and proper person to hold a Conveyancing Certificate. The Admissions and Licensing Committee must give reasons for its decision.
30. Rule 29 shall not apply where an order is made excluding a Conveyancing Practitioner from registration of IPS or membership of CILEx. In such a case the Conveyancing Practitioner’s Certificate shall be invalid from the date the exclusion from membership or registration takes effect.
31. Where the Admissions and Licensing Committee decides that the Conveyancing Practitioner is no longer a fit and proper person to hold a Conveyancing Practice Certificate or their certificate is invalid in accordance with Rule 30, they must return their Certificate to IPS within 28 days of being notified of the decision. Failure to do so will constitute a disciplinary offence. The Conveyancing Practitioner may not exercise any Conveyancing Practice rights granted to them under their certificate after they have been notified of the decision.
32. Notwithstanding the Admissions and Licensing Committee Rules an appeal against the decision of the Admissions and Licensing Committee that a Conveyancing Practitioner is no longer a fit and proper person to hold a Conveyancing Certificate will be considered by a professional member and 2 lay members drawn from the panel of lay and professional members appointed to serve on IPS’s appeals body.
Reserved instrument certification
55
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
Annex 1 - KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE GUIDELINES
1. An applicant who seeks conveyancing reserved instrument practice rights must satisfy the guidelines below.
2. An applicant seeking conveyancing rights must provide the following information in an application devised by IPS: • A general outline of the conveyancing practice work they have carried out and
the total experience they have gained of conveyancing practice; • Details of their typical caseload; • The number of chargeable hours they spent on conveyancing work; • The proportion or number of cases which they have handled; • Details of any distinctive features of their work; and • Details of any supervisory arrangements under which they work and their own
supervisory responsibilities.
3. Applicants must demonstrate that they have the appropriate level of knowledge, experience and skills in conveyancing practice and land law to be awarded a Conveyancing Certificate in accordance with the criteria set out at Annex 3.
Competence Criteria
4. In deciding whether an applicant has adequate knowledge, skills and experience, IPS
will have regard to the competency framework set out at Annex 3.
5. Applicants will be required to demonstrate their knowledge, skills and experience in accordance with the portfolio guidelines and assessment criteria set out at Annex 2.
6. In their application, portfolios and logbooks, an applicant will be expected to demonstrate that they can: • Recognise and rank items and issues in terms of relevance and importance; • Integrate information and materials from a variety of different sources; • Undertake the analysis of information in a logical and coherent way; • Make critical judgements on the merits of particular courses of action; and • Present and make a reasoned choice between alternative solutions. • Act independently in planning, preparing and undertaking tasks in
conveyancing activities; • Undertake independent research in conveyancing practice using standard
legal information sources; and • Reflect on their learning and make constructive use of feedback.
Evaluating Experience 7. An applicant will be expected to have a range of experience across the area in which
they work. Applicants will be expected to have handled cases from the beginning to the end.
56
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
8. IPS will consider the quality and quantity of experience that an applicant has gained. In considering the quality of experience, IPS will look at various factors such as the complexity of transactions handled, the nature of the transactions handled and the types of issues that have arisen within them.
9. IPS will recognise that applicants could have had a break in their experience due to factors such as career breaks, job changes, maternity or paternity leave, long term illness, or disability. IPS will not discriminate directly or indirectly against an applicant whose experience has been affected in this way. However, IPS will need to ensure that an applicant has an acceptable level of experience.
10. Where an applicant has had a break in their experience, they may provide details of experience gained during a different period when they were more actively engaged in conveyancing practice. However, the break must not have been longer than 5 years. In exceptional circumstances, applications may be accepted from applicants who have had a break longer than 5 years.
11. There may be other factors which affect an applicant’s experience in the preceding 2 years. IPS will consider details of more active periods from applicants whose experience discloses a pattern that they regard as atypical.
Reserved instrument KSE
57
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
Annex 2 - PORTFOLIO GUIDELINES AND ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
Introduction 1. An applicant seeking reserved legal activity rights must provide evidence of their:
• Knowledge and understanding of the area of law in which they seek rights, demonstrated to CILEx Level 6 standard.
• Knowledge and understanding of the area of practice in which they seek rights, demonstrated to CILEx Level 6 standard.
• Evidence of their experience in the area of law in which they seek rights. • Skills in the legal practice area in which they seek rights.
2. Applicants must demonstrate their knowledge, skills and experience, set out at Rule 1 in accordance with the competency framework which appears at Appendix 3.
Knowledge of Law and Legal Practice 3. An applicant who has successfully completed and passed an assessment in the CILEx
Level 6 examinations in the law and associated legal practice subject relevant to the area in which they seek practice rights will have demonstrated their knowledge of the law and legal practice.
4. An applicant who has obtained a qualification which is not the CILEx Level 6 qualification, but of an equivalent standard, may rely upon that as evidence of their knowledge. In determining whether to accept an alternative qualification, IPS will assess the syllabus of that qualification, date upon which the qualification was obtained and details of the assessment the applicant undertook, to determine whether an exemption may be granted. In assessing the details of the qualification, IPS will determine whether the qualification relied upon is of an equivalent standard and covered at least 50% of the syllabus of the relevant CILEx Level 6 subject(s).
5. Where an applicant does not rely upon an alternative qualification, or the qualification is deemed as not providing sufficient coverage to the same standard as the CILEx Level 6 subject(s), they may rely upon experience which has developed their knowledge of the relevant law area and/or legal practice.
6. Applicants seeking to rely upon their experience must demonstrate how they have developed their knowledge of the relevant law and/or legal practice subject area(s) through their experience. Applicants will complete portfolios of 5 cases they have handled, within the 2 years preceding the date of their application, which demonstrate the knowledge they have gained through experience.
7. Applicants will be required to select a range of cases and provide an outline of the following in respect of each portfolio: • The facts of the case; • The law arising in the case and its application to the facts of the case; • The appropriate procedural and process matters that arose in the case and how
they were dealt with; • The evidential issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt with;
58
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
• An outline of any ethical or conduct issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt with;
• The funding issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt with; • The advice the applicant provided to the client and the outcome of the matter; • Decisions the applicant had to make in the case and whether they had to take
advice on any strategic issues in the case; and • Any training or development needs the applicant identified from having dealt
with the case.
8. IPS will assess the portfolios to establish whether they demonstrate that an applicant has acquired sufficient knowledge, through experience, to the same standard as the CILEx Level 6 in the subject. The knowledge gained must cover at least 50% of the syllabus of the CILEx Level 6 subject.
9. In making its assessment, IPS will take into account the competence criteria set out
at Annex 3 which outline the knowledge requirements for the relevant subject area. Experience 10. All applicants must provide an outline of their experience in the area of practice in
which they seek to become an authorised person for the purposes of conducting reserved legal activities.
11. Applicants must provide an outline of their experience in an application along with 3 portfolios of cases they have handled which demonstrate their experience.
12. The experience outlined in an application must set out the following information for the 2 years preceding the date of the application: • A description of cases that the applicant has handled; • A description of the applicant’s typical case load, including details about the
complexity of the case load and a summary of any difficult cases the applicant has handled;
• The number of chargeable hours spent on the practice area in which rights are sought;
• The proportion of time spent on that area of law; • A description of the range and nature of matters that the applicant has handled
in the area of practice in which rights are sought; • Details of any distinctive features of the applicant’s work; and • Details of any supervisory arrangements under which the applicant works and
any supervisory responsibilities they have.
13. An applicant will be required to produce a portfolio of 3 cases which demonstrate their experience in the area in which rights are sought.
14. In the portfolios, applicants must provide the following information: • The facts of the case; • The law arising in the case and its application to the facts of the case;
59
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
• The procedural and process matters that arose in the case and how they were dealt with;
• The evidential issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt with; • Any ethical or conduct issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt
with; • The funding issues that arose in the case and how they were dealt with; • The advice the applicant provided to the client and the outcome of the case; • Decisions that the applicant had to make in the case, including whether they had
to take advice on any strategic issues; and • Any training or development needs that the applicant identified from having
dealt with the case.
15. IPS will assess the outline of experience provided in the application, along with the 3 portfolios. The assessment will consider whether the applicant meets the experience requirements set out in the competency framework at Annex 3.
Skills 16. An applicant must provide evidence of their skills in the area in which they seek
reserved legal activity rights in accordance with the skills criteria for each practice and law area which appear at Annex 3.
17. An applicant may demonstrate their skills through either undertaking a skills course which meets the outcomes set out at Annex 3, or producing a log of their experience which demonstrates their skills.
18. Where an applicant seeks to rely upon a course, they must demonstrate that the course meets the outcomes set out at Annex 3.
19. An applicant who seeks to rely upon their experience as evidence of their skills must demonstrate that they meet each of the outcomes set out at Annex 3 through the production of a log book and supporting evidence. Applicants will be required to evidence in the log book the outcome that has been met and reflect upon how the outcome was met. Each outcome must be met at least once.
20. IPS will assess the log and supporting evidence provided by applicants to determine whether an applicant has demonstrated that they meet the skills criteria set out at Annex 3
Practice management and accounts 21. An applicant who relies upon their existing practical experience of practice
management and accounts must provide evidence of their knowledge, skills and experience of accounts and practice management in accordance with the competency criteria which appear at Annexes 4 and 5.
60
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
22. An applicant must demonstrate their knowledge, skills and experience through producing a log which demonstrates that they meet each of the outcomes set out at Annexes 4 and 5. The log must be supported by evidence. Applicants will be required to evidence in the log book the outcome that has been met and reflect upon how the outcome was met. Each outcome must be met at least once.
23. IPS will assess the log and supporting evidence provided by applicants to determine whether an applicant has demonstrated that they meet the competency requirements set out at Annexes 4 and 5.
61
Anne
x 3
- IN
TRO
DUCT
ION
– C
ON
VEYA
NCI
NG
PRAC
TICE
RIG
HTS
Th
e en
try
crite
ria, l
earn
ing
outc
omes
and
evi
denc
e of
com
pete
ncy
stat
ed in
this
sche
dule
set o
ut:
• th
e le
vel o
f com
pete
ncy,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g re
quire
d to
pra
ctise
in th
e ar
ea o
f res
iden
tial a
nd/o
r com
mer
cial
con
veya
ncin
g
• th
e el
emen
ts re
quire
d to
evi
denc
e th
at le
vel o
f com
pete
ncy,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g
• th
e le
vel o
f com
pete
ncy
requ
ired
in th
e re
leva
nt sk
ills f
or th
is ar
ea o
f pra
ctic
e –
clie
nt c
are,
rese
arch
, dra
ftin
g, le
tter
writ
ing,
ne
gotia
tion,
inte
rvie
win
g an
d ad
visin
g
• th
e el
emen
ts re
quire
d to
evi
denc
e th
e re
quire
d le
vel o
f com
pete
nce
for t
hese
rele
vant
skill
s
• a
stat
emen
t of t
he st
udy
and
wor
k-ba
sed
expe
rienc
e th
at d
emon
stra
tes t
hat a
n ap
plic
ant h
as a
ttai
ned
the
requ
ired
leve
l of
com
pete
nce,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g in
all
the
requ
ired
elem
ents
.
Cert
ifica
tion
of C
onve
yanc
ing
Prac
tice
Righ
ts w
ill e
nsur
e th
at th
e ap
plic
ant h
as:
• m
et th
e ap
plic
atio
n re
quire
men
ts
• an
app
ropr
iate
leve
l of e
xper
ienc
e in
the
field
of c
onve
yanc
ing
wor
k in
pra
ctic
e w
hich
mus
t inc
lude
not
less
than
2 y
ears
rele
vant
ex
perie
nce
imm
edia
tely
pre
cedi
ng th
e ap
plic
atio
n
• an
app
ropr
iate
leve
l of k
now
ledg
e an
d ap
prec
iatio
n of
the
key
lega
l fea
ture
s of a
Con
veya
ncin
g tr
ansa
ctio
n, in
clud
ing
the
abili
ty to
de
duce
and
inve
stig
ate
title
to re
gist
ered
and
unr
egist
ered
, fre
ehol
d an
d le
aseh
old
land
, act
for m
ortg
agee
s, e
xcha
nge
cont
ract
s,
com
plet
e a
tran
sact
ion
and
deal
with
pos
t com
plet
ion
form
aliti
es
• th
e ab
ility
, and
exp
erie
nce,
to re
sear
ch a
spec
ts o
f sta
tute
and
cas
e la
w, l
egal
pra
ctic
e, p
roce
dure
s and
doc
umen
tatio
n th
at is
cur
rent
• th
e ab
ility
, and
exp
erie
nce,
to in
terv
iew
clie
nts a
ppro
pria
tely
and
iden
tify
the
clie
nt’s
obj
ectiv
es a
nd d
iffer
ent m
eans
of a
chie
ving
thos
e ob
ject
ives
, the
opt
ions
ava
ilabl
e, to
geth
er w
ith th
e ab
ility
, and
exp
erie
nce,
to a
dvise
such
clie
nts a
nd b
e aw
are
of th
e fin
anci
al, f
iscal
an
d ot
her p
riorit
ies a
nd c
onst
rain
ts to
be
take
n in
to a
ccou
nt to
geth
er w
ith th
e co
sts,
ben
efits
and
risk
s inv
olve
d in
any
pro
cedu
re,
tran
sact
ion
or c
ours
e of
act
ion
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
62
• th
e ab
ility
, and
exp
erie
nce,
to p
erfo
rm th
e ta
sks r
equi
red
to a
dvan
ce p
roce
dure
s, tr
ansa
ctio
ns o
r mat
ters
, to
incl
ude
(but
not
rest
ricte
d by
), dr
aftin
g le
tter
s of a
dvic
e to
clie
nts,
dra
ftin
g an
d co
mpl
etin
g do
cum
ents
and
form
s, c
omm
unic
atin
g w
ith c
o-pr
ofes
siona
ls, l
ende
rs,
the
Land
Reg
istry
, loc
al a
utho
ritie
s, a
nd o
ther
bod
ies a
nd o
rgan
isatio
ns
• th
e ab
ility
, and
exp
erie
nce
to d
raft
and
am
end
all r
elev
ant d
ocum
enta
tion
incl
udin
g (b
ut n
ot re
stric
ted
to) c
ontr
acts
and
opt
ions
for t
he
sale
of l
and,
agr
eem
ents
for l
ease
, lea
ses,
tran
sfer
s, S
tam
p Du
ty L
and
Tax
form
s and
oth
er a
ncill
ary
docu
men
tatio
n ne
cess
ary
to
prog
ress
, com
plet
e an
d fin
alise
the
tran
sact
ion
• th
e ab
ility
, and
exp
erie
nce,
to a
dvise
and
con
duct
neg
otia
tion
in th
ose
field
s with
in th
is pr
actic
e ar
ea w
here
this
may
be
rele
vant
such
as
(but
not
rest
ricte
d to
) mat
ters
affe
ctin
g tit
le a
nd c
ontr
actu
al a
nd le
ase
prov
ision
s.
• de
mon
stra
te a
leve
l of e
xper
ienc
e, k
now
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of a
ll as
pect
s of p
rofe
ssio
nal c
ondu
ct a
nd re
gula
tion
whi
ch in
clud
es
an u
nder
stan
ding
of t
he k
ey e
thic
al re
quire
men
ts c
onta
ined
in th
e re
leva
nt c
ondu
ct ru
les a
nd o
ther
law
and
regu
latio
ns a
nd w
here
th
ese
may
impa
ct a
nd b
e ab
le to
app
ly th
em in
con
text
.
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
63
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
STAG
E 1
ENTR
Y CR
ITER
IA
• KN
OW
LEDG
E U
NDE
RSTA
NDI
NG
EX
PERI
ENCE
•
Has p
ract
ical
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd e
xper
ienc
e
KNO
WLE
DGE
AND
UN
DERS
TAN
DIN
G
Eith
er
•
succ
essf
ul c
ompl
etio
n of
CIL
EX L
evel
6
Prof
essio
nal H
ighe
r Dip
lom
as in
Lan
d La
w a
nd
Conv
eyan
cing
O
r
Has
supp
lied
evid
ence
of
qual
ifica
tion
of a
n eq
uiva
lent
st
anda
rd
Or
•
Whe
re th
e ap
plic
ant d
oes n
ot h
old
the
rele
vant
CI
LEx
Leve
l 6 L
and
Law
or C
onve
yanc
ing
exam
inat
ion
(or e
quiv
alen
t), t
hey
are
requ
ired
to
dem
onst
rate
thei
r kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
Lan
d La
w a
nd C
onve
yanc
ing
(and
Lan
dlor
d an
d Te
nant
whe
re a
ppro
pria
te) t
hrou
gh th
e su
bmiss
ion
of 5
por
tfol
ios
• Ex
ampl
es w
ill b
e dr
awn
from
a ra
nge
of c
ases
fr
om th
e ap
plic
ant’s
cas
e lo
ad. G
uida
nce
on th
is ca
n be
foun
d in
the
Port
folio
Gui
delin
es.
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
64
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
Elem
ent 1
LA
ND
LAW
Dem
onst
rate
kn
owle
dge,
un
ders
tand
ing
and
appl
icat
ion
of
the
diffe
renc
e be
twee
n re
al a
nd p
erso
nal p
rope
rty
•
The
dist
inct
ion
betw
een
real
and
per
sona
l pro
pert
y,
the
abili
ty to
iden
tify,
fixt
ures
and
fitt
ings
/con
tent
s, to
und
erst
and
whe
n pr
oper
ty d
oes a
nd d
oes n
ot p
ass
with
the
land
•
The
doct
rine
of re
lativ
ity o
f titl
e an
d th
e re
leva
nce
of
poss
essio
n •
The
diffe
rent
type
s of t
itle
in la
nd.
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
the
type
s of
le
gal a
nd e
quita
ble
inte
rest
s tha
t aris
e in
land
•
The
diffe
renc
e be
twee
n th
e re
gist
ered
and
un
regi
ster
ed la
nd re
gim
es, t
he c
ircum
stan
ces i
n w
hich
com
pulso
ry o
r vol
unta
ry re
gist
ratio
n of
un
regi
ster
ed la
nd a
rises
, the
syst
em o
f reg
istra
tion,
cu
rtai
n an
d in
dem
nity
prin
cipl
es
• Th
e di
ffere
nces
bet
wee
n th
e ty
pes o
f titl
e th
at c
an b
e he
ld in
land
(inc
ludi
ng fr
eeho
ld, l
ease
hold
and
co
mm
onho
ld)
• Th
e cl
asse
s of t
itle
that
can
be
held
in la
nd
• Th
e le
gal a
nd e
quita
ble
esta
tes a
nd in
tere
sts t
hat c
an
be h
eld
in la
nd a
nd th
e re
med
ies a
vaila
ble
reco
gnise
d by
law
and
equ
ity in
clud
ing
rele
vant
legi
slatio
n an
d ca
se la
w a
nd th
e re
lativ
e ad
vant
ages
and
di
sadv
anta
ges o
f leg
al a
nd e
quita
ble
right
s •
The
form
aliti
es re
quire
d fo
r the
exp
ress
cre
atio
n of
le
gal a
nd e
quita
ble
inte
rest
s in
land
incl
udin
g re
leva
nt le
gisla
tion
and
case
law
.
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
the
lega
l and
eq
uita
ble
rule
s and
form
aliti
es re
latin
g to
the
crea
tion
and
prot
ectio
n of
th
ird p
arty
righ
ts a
nd in
tere
sts o
ver l
and
• Si
tuat
ions
whe
re in
tere
sts i
n la
nd c
an b
e cr
eate
d by
pr
oprie
tary
est
oppe
l, th
e le
gal i
mpl
icat
ions
of s
uch
right
s and
the
rem
edie
s and
def
ence
s to
such
cla
ims
• Th
e le
gal a
nd e
quita
ble
rule
s and
form
aliti
es re
latin
g to
the
crea
tion
(incl
udin
g pr
escr
iptio
n), r
egist
ratio
n,
dete
rmin
atio
n an
d ex
tingu
ishin
g of
eas
emen
ts a
nd
prof
its
• Th
e le
gal a
nd e
quita
ble
rule
s and
form
aliti
es re
latin
g
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
65
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
to th
e cr
eatio
n, m
odifi
catio
n an
d ex
tingu
ishin
g of
fr
eeho
ld p
erso
nal,
posit
ive
and
nega
tive
cove
nant
s in
land
and
whe
ther
a su
cces
sor i
n tit
le is
bou
nd b
y a
free
hold
per
sona
l, ne
gativ
e an
d/or
pos
itive
co
vena
nts a
nd th
e re
med
ies a
nd d
efen
ces f
or a
br
each
of c
oven
ant
• Th
e st
atut
ory
prov
ision
s rel
atin
g to
adv
erse
po
sses
sion
clai
ms i
n re
latio
n to
regi
ster
ed a
nd
unre
gist
ered
land
, the
righ
ts o
f the
ow
ner t
o ev
ict a
tr
espa
sser
on
regi
ster
ed a
nd u
nreg
ister
ed la
nd a
nd
the
time
limits
and
fact
ors w
hich
a c
laim
ant n
eeds
to
prov
e to
est
ablis
h a
succ
essf
ul c
laim
for a
dver
se
poss
essio
n •
The
rule
s and
form
aliti
es re
latin
g to
the
prot
ectio
n of
th
ird p
arty
righ
ts in
regi
ster
ed a
nd u
nreg
ister
ed la
nd
incl
udin
g (b
ut n
ot li
mite
d to
): o
Ho
w th
ird p
arty
inte
rest
s can
be
prot
ecte
d in
re
gist
ered
land
by
regi
stra
tion,
or w
heth
er
they
are
ove
rrid
ing,
how
cer
tain
third
par
ty
inte
rest
s in
regi
ster
ed la
nd c
an b
e ov
erre
ache
d in
clud
ing
rele
vant
legi
slatio
n an
d ca
se la
w
o
How
cer
tain
third
par
ty in
tere
sts a
re
prot
ecte
d by
regi
stra
tion
as L
and
Char
ges,
ot
hers
pro
tect
ed b
y ho
ldin
g th
e or
igin
al ti
tle
deed
s and
how
a p
urch
aser
for v
alue
may
ta
ke fr
ee o
f cer
tain
third
par
ty in
tere
sts
affe
ctin
g th
e la
nd b
eing
pur
chas
ed in
clud
ing
any
rele
vant
rem
edie
s and
def
ence
s in
clud
ing
rele
vant
legi
slatio
n an
d ca
se la
w
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
the
law
re
latin
g to
trus
ts o
f lan
d
• Th
e fo
rmal
ities
for t
he c
reat
ion
of e
xpre
ss tr
usts
of
land
•
The
lega
l rul
es re
latin
g to
the
crea
tion
of re
sulti
ng
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
66
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
and
cons
truc
tive
trus
ts in
land
• So
le a
nd c
o-ow
ners
hip
and
the
diffe
renc
e be
twee
n ho
ldin
g th
e eq
uita
ble
esta
te in
a jo
int t
enan
cy o
r a
tena
ncy
in c
omm
on, a
lloca
ting
dist
inct
shar
es in
land
, se
vera
nce
of a
join
t ten
ancy
, and
dev
olut
ion
of ti
tle
on th
e de
ath
of a
co-
owne
r and
sole
ow
ner
• Th
e rig
hts a
nd p
ower
s of t
rust
ees a
nd b
enef
icia
ries o
f a
trus
t of l
and
conf
erre
d by
rele
vant
legi
slatio
n •
The
stat
utor
y ru
les a
nd ru
les a
pplie
d by
the
judi
ciar
y w
hen
dete
rmin
ing
the
lega
l and
ben
efic
ial o
wne
rshi
p of
land
. De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of t
he l
aw
rela
ting
to m
ortg
ages
• Th
e le
gal r
ules
and
form
aliti
es re
latin
g to
the
crea
tion
of v
alid
lega
l and
equ
itabl
e m
ortg
ages
, the
man
ner i
n w
hich
a m
ortg
agee
clie
nt c
an b
e pr
otec
ted
in b
oth
regi
ster
ed a
nd u
nreg
ister
ed la
nd, t
he le
gal r
ules
re
latin
g to
the
prio
rity
of le
gal a
nd e
quita
ble
mor
tgag
es, t
he ri
ghts
of t
he m
ortg
agor
and
m
ortg
agee
and
the
lega
l rul
es re
latin
g to
a m
ortg
agee
en
forc
ing
it’s s
ecur
ity th
roug
h th
e po
wer
of s
ale.
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of t
he n
atur
e of
leas
ehol
d es
tate
s and
land
lord
and
tena
nt la
w
• Ex
plan
atio
n of
the
natu
re o
f a le
aseh
old
esta
te
(incl
udin
g be
ing
subj
ect t
o an
d gr
ante
d ou
t of a
su
perio
r titl
e)
• Th
e ru
les a
nd fo
rmal
ities
rela
ting
to th
e cr
eatio
n of
le
gal a
nd e
quita
ble
leas
es in
bot
h re
gist
ered
(in
clud
ing
the
Land
Reg
istry
’s re
gist
ratio
n re
quire
men
ts) a
nd u
nreg
ister
ed la
nd a
nd th
e di
ffere
nce
betw
een
a le
ase
and
unde
r-le
ase
• Th
e di
ffere
nce
betw
een
an ‘o
ld’ a
nd a
‘new
’ lea
se a
nd
the
lega
l rul
es re
latin
g to
the
enfo
rcea
bilit
y of
leas
e co
vena
nts b
etw
een
the
orig
inal
par
ties t
o a
leas
e (la
ndlo
rd, t
enan
t and
gua
rant
or) a
ny su
bseq
uent
ow
ners
(pur
chas
er o
f the
reve
rsio
n an
d as
signe
e), a
nd
agai
nst t
hird
par
ties.
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
67
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
Elem
ent 2
. RE
SIDE
NTI
AL C
ON
VEYA
NCI
NG
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
com
plyi
ng
with
the
corr
ect r
ules
and
pro
cedu
res a
ccor
ding
to th
e La
nd R
egis
trat
ion
Act
2002
in
rela
tion
to d
ealin
gs w
ith r
egis
tere
d la
nd a
nd t
he L
and
Char
ges A
cts i
n de
alin
g w
ith u
nreg
iste
red
land
• U
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of th
e la
w, r
ules
, and
La
nd R
egist
ry p
roce
dure
rela
ting
to th
e pr
actic
e of
la
nd re
gist
ratio
n in
rela
tion
to c
onve
yanc
ing
tran
sact
ions
•
Deal
ing
with
trig
ger a
nd fi
rst r
egist
ratio
ns
• U
nder
stan
d an
d ex
plai
n th
e di
ffere
nt c
lass
es o
f Lan
d Ch
arge
and
how
cer
tain
third
par
ty ri
ghts
can
be
prot
ecte
d by
regi
stra
tion
as a
Lan
d Ch
arge
to
dete
rmin
e w
heth
er a
righ
t is b
indi
ng o
n a
purc
hase
r De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of th
e di
ffere
nt
type
s of t
itles
in la
nd th
at c
an b
e he
ld in
Eng
land
and
Wal
es
• Th
e di
ffere
nces
bet
wee
n th
e ty
pes o
f titl
e th
at c
an b
e he
ld in
land
(inc
ludi
ng fr
eeho
ld, l
ease
hold
and
co
mm
onho
ld)
• Th
e cl
asse
s of t
itle
that
can
be
held
in la
nd a
nd th
e pr
oced
ure
unde
r whi
ch th
ese
may
be
upgr
aded
un
der r
elev
ant l
egisl
atio
n an
d La
nd R
egist
ry
proc
edur
e
• Th
e le
gal a
nd e
quita
ble
esta
tes a
nd in
tere
sts t
hat c
an
be h
eld
in la
nd a
nd th
e re
med
ies a
vaila
ble
reco
gnise
d by
rele
vant
legi
slatio
n an
d au
thor
ity a
nd th
e re
lativ
e ad
vant
ages
and
disa
dvan
tage
s of l
egal
and
equ
itabl
e rig
hts
• Th
e fo
rmal
ities
requ
ired
for t
he e
xpre
ss c
reat
ion
of
lega
l and
equ
itabl
e in
tere
sts i
n la
nd in
clud
ing
legi
slatio
n an
d ca
se la
w
• Ex
plai
ning
sole
and
co-
owne
rshi
p an
d th
e di
ffere
nce
betw
een
hold
ing
a le
gal a
nd e
quita
ble
esta
te in
a
join
t ten
ancy
and
a te
nanc
y in
com
mon
, adv
ising
cl
ient
s on
the
mos
t app
ropr
iate
form
of j
oint
ow
ners
hip,
allo
catin
g di
stin
ct sh
ares
in la
nd, b
eing
ab
le to
det
erm
ine
dep
endi
ng o
n ci
rcum
stan
ces t
he
mos
t app
ropr
iate
form
of c
o-ow
ners
hip
for t
he c
lient
, be
ing
able
to se
ver a
join
t ten
ancy
, and
det
erm
inin
g th
e de
volu
tion
of ti
tle o
n th
e de
ath
of a
sole
and
co-
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
68
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
owne
r and
the
docu
men
tatio
n an
d fo
rms r
equi
red
to
prov
e su
ch d
evol
utio
n •
Expl
aini
ng h
ow la
nd c
an b
e tr
ansf
erre
d, le
t or
char
ged
incl
udin
g bu
t not
lim
ited
to w
here
the
owne
r ha
s die
d, lo
st c
apac
ity, i
s ins
olve
nt o
r ban
krup
t, or
is
abse
nt
Dem
onst
rate
kn
owle
dge,
un
ders
tand
ing
and
appl
icat
ion
of
title
de
duct
ion
and
inve
stig
atio
n of
fre
ehol
d an
d le
aseh
old,
reg
iste
red
and
unre
gist
ered
land
• De
duct
ion
of ti
tle to
bot
h re
gist
ered
and
unr
egist
ered
fr
eeho
ld a
nd le
aseh
old
land
and
an
abili
ty to
follo
w
the
proc
edur
e un
der t
he L
aw S
ocie
ty’s
Con
veya
ncin
g Pr
otoc
ol to
det
erm
ine
whi
ch d
ocum
enta
tion
shou
ld
be in
clud
ed in
the
cont
ract
bun
dle
for t
he a
bove
ty
pes o
f titl
e •
Raisi
ng a
nd d
raft
ing
stan
dard
pre
-con
trac
t enq
uirie
s fo
r reg
ister
ed a
nd u
nreg
ister
ed fr
eeho
ld a
nd
leas
ehol
d la
nd u
nder
the
Law
Soc
iety
’s C
onve
yanc
ing
Prot
ocol
and
raisi
ng a
nd re
plyi
ng to
non
-sta
ndar
d pr
e-co
ntra
ct e
nqui
ries a
nd re
quisi
tions
bas
ed o
n a
exam
inat
ion
of th
e tit
le
• De
term
ine
and
perf
orm
the
rele
vant
pre
-con
trac
t se
arch
es re
quire
d fo
r a p
artic
ular
pro
pert
y ba
sed
on
its lo
catio
n an
d an
exa
min
atio
n of
the
title
•
The
need
to e
nsur
e co
mpl
ianc
e w
ith b
oth
plan
ning
an
d bu
ildin
g re
gula
tions
app
rova
l, th
e en
forc
emen
t pe
riods
and
the
rem
edie
s and
/or s
olut
ions
for a
br
each
of s
uch
oblig
atio
ns (i
nclu
ding
inde
mni
ty
insu
ranc
e) w
here
ther
e is
such
a c
ontr
aven
tion
•
In re
latio
n to
a c
lient
’s pr
opos
ed b
uild
ings
wor
ks
and/
or c
hang
e of
use
to a
dvise
a c
lient
on
the
plan
ning
and
bui
ldin
g re
gula
tions
regi
me
and
the
need
to in
form
the
lend
er
• Th
e ne
ed fo
r a B
uild
mar
k sc
hem
e in
rela
tion
to n
ew
resid
entia
l pro
pert
ies,
the
requ
irem
ents
und
er th
e Le
nder
s Han
dboo
k, th
e pe
riod
of c
over
pro
vide
d, th
e
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
69
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
rem
edie
s whi
ch a
clie
nt h
as w
hen
a de
fect
aris
es
• Be
ing
able
to a
ct fo
r a c
lient
pur
chas
ing
a pr
oper
ty
‘off
plan
’. •
To b
e ab
le to
iden
tify
‘pro
blem
s’/d
efec
ts in
rela
tion
to a
title
and
/or s
earc
h re
sults
and
to in
dent
ify a
nd
advi
se a
clie
nt a
nd le
nder
on
rele
vant
solu
tions
an
d/or
whe
ther
not
to p
roce
ed w
ith th
e pu
rcha
se
• Th
e di
ffere
nt ty
pes o
f titl
e in
dem
nity
insu
ranc
e av
aila
ble
and
arra
ngin
g su
ch c
over
whe
n ne
cess
ary
•
To b
e ab
le to
dra
ft a
repo
rt o
n tit
le to
the
clie
nt
prov
idin
g th
e cl
ient
with
all
of th
e re
leva
nt
info
rmat
ion
abou
t the
tran
sact
ion
and
prov
idin
g ad
vice
as t
o w
heth
er th
e cl
ient
shou
ld p
roce
ed a
nd
on th
e op
tions
ava
ilabl
e to
ove
rcom
e an
y pr
oble
ms
or d
efec
ts in
title
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of c
ontr
act l
aw
and
the
stan
dard
pro
visi
ons
of s
ale
and
spec
ial c
ondi
tions
for
cont
ract
s an
d op
tions
for
the
sal
e of
bot
h fr
eeho
ld a
nd le
aseh
old
land
and
the
co
ntra
ctua
l rem
edie
s for
bre
ach
of c
ontr
act
• To
adh
ere
to th
e fo
rmal
ities
for c
reat
ing
a bi
ndin
g co
ntra
ct a
nd o
ptio
n fo
r the
sale
of l
and
incl
udin
g ad
herin
g to
the
form
aliti
es c
reat
ed b
y re
leva
nt
legi
slatio
n •
To d
eter
min
e th
e di
ffere
nce
betw
een
full
title
, lim
ited
title
and
no
title
gua
rant
ee u
nder
rele
vant
le
gisla
tion
and
the
situa
tions
in w
hich
eac
h ty
pe o
f tit
le g
uara
ntee
will
be
give
n •
Und
erst
and
the
stru
ctur
e of
the
stan
dard
pro
visio
ns
and
spec
ial c
ondi
tions
of t
he S
tand
ard
Cond
ition
s of
Sale
s (cu
rren
t edi
tion)
(the
Sta
ndar
d Co
nditi
ons)
and
ho
w th
ese
may
be
varie
d by
the
use
of a
dditi
onal
sp
ecia
l con
ditio
ns a
ccor
ding
to th
e tr
ansa
ctio
n •
To d
eter
min
e th
e ap
prop
riate
man
ner i
n w
hich
the
depo
sit sh
ould
be
held
in e
ach
tran
sact
ion
• To
be
able
to e
xcha
nge
cont
ract
s in
any
give
n sit
uatio
n an
d de
term
ine
the
appr
opria
te L
aw S
ocie
ty
form
ula
to u
sed
in si
ngle
and
cha
in tr
ansa
ctio
ns
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
70
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
• Ex
plai
n ho
w a
con
trac
t can
be
mad
e co
nditi
onal
•
To e
xpla
in th
e la
w re
latin
g to
opt
ions
for t
he sa
le o
f la
nd a
nd th
e ne
ed to
pro
tect
cer
tain
opt
ions
by
regi
stra
tion
• Ex
plai
n th
e le
gal a
nd c
ontr
actu
al c
onse
quen
ces o
f la
te c
ompl
etio
n an
d m
isrep
rese
ntat
ion:
o
Ex
plai
n th
e re
med
ies a
vaila
ble
unde
r the
co
mm
on la
w, s
tatu
te a
nd th
e St
anda
rd
Cond
ition
s in
rela
tion
to a
del
ayed
co
mpl
etio
n by
eith
er th
e bu
yer o
r the
selle
r, th
e re
med
ies a
nd p
roce
dure
ava
ilabl
e to
bo
th p
artie
s o
To
exp
lain
the
law
rela
ting
to
misr
epre
sent
atio
n th
e re
med
ies a
vaila
ble
unde
r the
Sta
ndar
d Co
nditi
ons o
f sal
e an
d re
leva
nt le
gisla
tion
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
the
law
and
pr
actic
e re
latin
g to
resi
dent
ial l
ease
hold
tran
sact
ions
• Th
e la
w re
latin
g to
resid
entia
l lea
ses a
nd le
ases
gr
ante
d ou
t of a
supe
rior t
itle,
the
diffe
renc
e be
twee
n a
leas
e an
d an
und
erle
ase
and
adhe
ring
to
the
form
aliti
es fo
r the
cre
atio
n of
a v
alid
leas
e or
un
derle
ase
incl
udin
g th
e La
nd R
egist
ry’s
re
quire
men
ts re
latin
g to
regi
stra
ble
leas
es
• Th
e st
ruct
ure
of a
long
resid
entia
l lea
se in
clud
ing
pres
crib
ed c
laus
es fo
r reg
ister
ed le
ases
and
pr
ovisi
ons o
f a re
siden
tial l
ease
•
Dete
rmin
ing
the
suita
bilit
y of
the
prov
ision
s of a
re
siden
tial l
ease
from
a te
nant
’s, l
andl
ord’
s and
le
nder
’s p
oint
of v
iew
incl
udin
g, b
ut n
ot li
mite
d to
re
pairi
ng o
blig
atio
ns, i
nsur
ance
, gro
und
rent
, use
r, se
rvic
e ch
arge
, ext
ent o
f the
dem
ise, e
asem
ents
gr
ante
d an
d re
serv
ed, t
he p
rovi
sion
of se
rvic
es,
land
lord
’s co
vena
nt fo
r qui
te e
njoy
men
t, w
heth
er
ther
e is
a re
quire
men
t to
tran
sfer
shar
es in
a
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
71
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
man
agem
ent c
ompa
ny to
the
assig
nee
• To
det
erm
ine
from
the
prov
ision
s of a
leas
e w
heth
er
a la
ndlo
rd’s
con
sent
is re
quire
d fo
r alie
natio
n or
for
any
of th
e te
nant
’s p
ropo
sals
and
the
effe
ct o
f re
leva
nt st
atut
ory
prov
ision
s •
To a
dher
e to
a le
nder
’s a
dditi
onal
requ
irem
ents
re
latin
g to
regi
ster
ed a
nd u
nreg
ister
ed le
aseh
old
land
co
ntai
ned
in in
stru
ctio
ns in
the
Coun
cil o
f Mor
tgag
e Le
nder
s Han
dboo
k an
d m
ortg
age
offe
r •
An u
nder
stan
ding
of t
he ri
ghts
and
qua
lifyi
ng c
riter
ia
for r
esid
entia
l lea
seho
lder
s to
singl
y or
to c
olle
ctiv
ely
purc
hase
the
free
hold
and
the
right
s and
qua
lifyi
ng
crite
ria th
at in
divi
dual
resid
entia
l lea
seho
lder
s hav
e to
ext
end
the
term
of a
leas
e.
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
the
rul
es
and
prac
tise
rela
ting
to t
he c
reat
ion
and
prot
ectio
n of
eas
emen
ts a
nd
cove
nant
s (in
clud
ing
thei
r reg
istr
atio
n)
• To
det
erm
ine
whe
ther
suita
ble
ease
men
ts a
re in
ex
isten
ce o
r will
be
rese
rved
and
/or g
rant
ed w
hen
tran
sfer
ring
the
who
le o
r par
t of a
title
and
leas
ehol
d in
tere
sts i
n re
latio
n (b
ut n
ot li
mite
d to
) acc
ess,
serv
ice
arra
ngem
ents
in re
latio
n to
util
ities
the
right
to
conn
ect t
o an
d/or
inst
all u
tiliti
es, t
he ri
ght t
o re
pair
and
suita
ble
arra
ngem
ents
in re
latio
n to
mai
nten
ance
an
d th
e pa
ymen
t of a
ny se
rvic
e ch
arge
(inc
ludi
ng th
e di
fficu
lty o
f enf
orci
ng p
ositi
ve (n
on-le
aseh
old)
co
vena
nts i
n re
latio
n to
such
pay
men
ts)
• To
det
erm
ine
whe
ther
suita
ble
posit
ive
and
nega
tive
cove
nant
s are
in e
xist
ence
or w
ill n
eed
to b
e cr
eate
d or
mod
ified
bas
ed o
n th
e ne
eds o
f the
clie
nts w
hen
tran
sfer
ring
the
who
le o
r par
t of a
title
•
To fo
llow
the
corr
ect p
roce
dure
for r
egist
erin
g ea
sem
ents
and
cov
enan
ts in
bot
h re
gist
ered
and
un
regi
ster
ed la
nd.
Dem
onst
rate
kn
owle
dge,
un
ders
tand
ing
and
appl
icat
ion
of
the
requ
irem
ents
of l
ende
rs a
nd th
e fo
rmal
ities
for c
reat
ing
valid
mor
tgag
es
• U
nder
stan
ding
of t
he fo
rmal
ities
rela
ting
to th
e cr
eatio
n of
a v
alid
mor
tgag
e
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
72
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
: •
Und
erst
andi
ng o
f the
mai
n ty
pes o
f mor
tgag
e su
rvey
s av
aila
ble
and
thei
r sui
tabi
lity
depe
ndin
g on
the
clie
nt’s
inst
ruct
ions
•
The
abili
ty to
act
for a
mor
tgag
ee in
a sa
le a
nd
purc
hase
and
a re
mor
tgag
e tr
ansa
ctio
n in
bot
h re
gist
ered
and
unr
egist
ered
free
hold
and
leas
ehol
d la
nd b
y pe
rfec
ting
thei
r cha
rge
incl
udin
g, b
ut n
ot
limite
d to
follo
win
g in
stru
ctio
ns in
the
Coun
cil o
f M
ortg
age
Lend
ers H
andb
ook
and
mor
tgag
e of
fer,
inve
stig
atin
g tit
le to
ens
ure
ther
e is
a go
od a
nd
mar
keta
ble
title
, red
eem
ing
exist
ing
char
ges o
n a
sale
or
rem
ortg
age,
dea
ling
with
the
prio
rity
of m
ortg
ages
w
hen
actin
g fo
r a se
cond
or s
ubse
quen
t mor
tgag
ee
Dem
onst
rate
kn
owle
dge,
un
ders
tand
ing
and
appl
icat
ion
of
the
proc
edur
e an
d st
eps
to b
e pe
rfor
med
dur
ing
pre-
com
plet
ion
and
com
plet
ion
in a
res
iden
tial c
onve
yanc
ing
tran
sact
ion
in b
oth
regi
ster
ed
and
unre
gist
ered
free
hold
and
leas
ehol
d la
nd
• To
per
form
the
corr
ect p
re-c
ompl
etio
n st
eps i
n
conv
eyan
cing
tran
sact
ions
incl
udin
g pr
epar
ing
the
rele
vant
prio
rity
sear
ches
for r
egist
ered
and
un
regi
ster
ed la
nd
• Fo
llow
the
corr
ect f
orm
aliti
es fo
r the
eng
ross
men
t, ex
ecut
ion
and
com
plet
ion
(dat
ing
of d
ocum
enta
tion)
by
indi
vidu
als,
com
pani
es a
nd a
ttor
neys
•
For b
oth
free
hold
and
leas
ehol
d re
gist
ered
and
un
regi
ster
ed tr
ansa
ctio
ns d
eter
min
e w
hich
do
cum
ents
nee
d to
be
hand
ed o
ver b
y th
e se
ller’s
la
wye
r on
com
plet
ion
and
deal
ing
with
logi
stic
s suc
h as
the
arra
ngem
ents
for t
he c
lient
s col
lect
ing
the
keys
•
Follo
win
g th
e co
rrec
t pro
cedu
res t
o di
scha
rge
the
clie
nt’s
exi
stin
g m
ortg
age
• Fo
llow
ing
good
pra
ctic
e fo
r com
plet
ion
by a
dher
ing
to th
e La
w S
ocie
ty’s
Cod
e fo
r Com
plet
ion
by P
ost
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
73
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
the
pos
t co
mpl
etio
n pr
oced
ures
an
d st
eps
to
be
follo
wed
to
pe
rfec
t a
purc
hase
r’s a
nd/o
r len
der’s
title
in re
gist
ered
and
unr
egist
ered
land
• To
det
erm
ine
whe
ther
Sta
mp
Duty
Lan
d Ta
x is
paya
ble
in re
latio
n to
a tr
ansa
ctio
n an
d to
follo
w th
e co
rrec
t pro
cedu
re in
subm
ittin
g th
e co
rrec
t for
ms
and
mak
ing
paym
ent a
nd th
e pe
nalti
es th
at a
pply
for
late
pay
men
t/su
bmiss
ion
• Fo
llow
ing
the
corr
ect p
roce
dure
to re
gist
er th
e tr
ansa
ctio
n an
d/or
cha
rge
at th
e La
nd R
egist
ry, w
ithin
th
e re
leva
nt ti
me
limits
that
app
ly a
nd a
n un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e co
nseq
uenc
es o
f fai
ling
to
regi
ster
title
with
in th
e re
leva
nt ti
me
limits
Elem
ent 3
. CO
MM
ERCI
AL C
ON
VEYA
NCI
NG
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
iden
tifyi
ng
and
advi
sing
on
the
prac
tical
, com
mer
cial
and
lega
l con
side
ratio
ns w
hen
carr
ying
out
Com
mer
cial
Pro
pert
y Co
nvey
anci
ng o
f bot
h re
gist
ered
and
un
regi
ster
ed fr
eeho
ld a
nd le
aseh
old
land
(inc
ludi
ng th
e gr
ant o
f a le
ase
or u
nder
leas
e)
• To
be
able
to d
educ
e an
d in
vest
igat
e tit
le to
re
gist
ered
(inc
ludi
ng id
entif
ying
and
car
ryin
g ou
t re
leva
nt se
arch
es) a
nd u
nreg
ister
ed fr
eeho
ld a
nd
leas
ehol
d co
mm
erci
al p
rope
rty
• To
raise
and
repl
y to
stan
dard
(inc
ludi
ng th
e CP
SEs)
an
d no
n-st
anda
rd p
re-c
ontr
act e
nqui
ries a
nd
requ
isitio
ns b
ased
on
an e
xam
inat
ion
of th
e tit
le
• To
be
able
to id
entif
y an
d ad
vise
on
the
prac
tical
, co
mm
erci
al a
nd le
gal c
onsid
erat
ions
whe
n de
alin
g w
ith a
cqui
sitio
ns o
f com
mer
cial
land
incl
udin
g
gree
nfie
ld a
nd b
row
nfie
ld si
tes
• To
be
awar
e of
the
mai
n ty
pes o
f bui
ldin
g co
ntra
ct,
to b
e ab
le to
iden
tify
the
part
ies i
nvol
ved
in a
co
nstr
uctio
n pr
ojec
t (th
e pr
ofes
siona
l tea
m) a
nd th
eir
role
s , th
e lia
bilit
y of
the
team
to th
ird p
artie
s,
over
view
of t
he p
rote
ctio
ns fo
r thi
rd p
artie
s inc
ludi
ng
colla
tera
l war
rant
ies
• Th
e ne
ed to
ens
ure
com
plia
nce
with
bot
h pl
anni
ng
and
build
ing
regu
latio
ns a
ppro
val,
an a
war
enes
s of
the
stat
utor
y pr
ovisi
ons i
nclu
ding
the
enfo
rcem
ent
perio
ds a
nd th
e re
med
ies a
nd/o
r sol
utio
ns fo
r a
brea
ch o
f suc
h ob
ligat
ions
(inc
ludi
ng in
dem
nity
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
74
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
insu
ranc
e) w
here
ther
e is
such
a c
ontr
aven
tion
• In
rela
tion
to a
clie
nt’s
prop
osed
dev
elop
men
t or
build
ings
wor
ks a
nd/o
r cha
nge
of u
se to
adv
ise a
cl
ient
on
the
plan
ning
and
bui
ldin
g re
gula
tions
re
gim
e an
d th
e ne
ed to
info
rm th
e le
nder
•
To u
nder
stan
d en
viro
nmen
tal l
iabi
litie
s in
the
cont
ext
of c
omm
erci
al p
rope
rty
tran
sact
ions
, to
be a
ble
to
expl
ain
how
to id
entif
y an
d de
al w
ith c
onta
min
ated
la
nd a
nd a
ppre
ciat
e th
e us
e of
con
trac
tual
pr
otec
tions
to e
xclu
de o
r app
ortio
n lia
bilit
y fo
r re
med
ial w
ork
and
to b
e ab
le to
iden
tify
the
prov
ision
s in
a co
mm
erci
al le
ase
whi
ch m
ay im
pose
en
viro
nmen
tal l
iabi
litie
s on
a te
nant
•
To u
nder
stan
d th
e di
ffere
nt ty
pes o
f con
trac
t tha
t m
ay b
e us
ed to
acq
uire
com
mer
cial
pro
pert
y an
d th
e st
anda
rd a
nd sp
ecia
l con
ditio
ns o
f suc
h co
ntra
cts t
hat
com
mer
cial
pro
pert
y ca
n be
sold
by
(incl
udin
g th
e St
anda
rd C
omm
erci
al P
rope
rty
Cond
ition
s (cu
rren
t ed
ition
)) an
d th
e pr
ovisi
ons t
hat m
ust b
e in
clud
ed to
pr
otec
t the
clie
nt se
ller a
nd b
uyer
•
To u
nder
stan
d th
e st
ruct
ure
and
prov
ision
s of
anci
llary
doc
umen
tatio
n us
ed to
cre
ate
an in
tere
st in
co
mm
erci
al la
nd in
clud
ing
but n
ot li
mite
d to
ag
reem
ents
for l
ease
, opt
ions
to b
uy, c
ondi
tiona
l co
ntra
cts,
ove
rage
agr
eem
ents
, etc
. •
To u
nder
stan
d th
e VA
T im
plic
atio
ns o
f a p
urch
ase
and
deve
lopm
ent o
f com
mer
cial
pro
pert
y an
d th
e co
rrec
t pro
cedu
re to
be
follo
wed
whe
re V
AT is
ch
arge
able
whe
n ac
ting
for b
oth
the
buye
r and
selle
r •
To b
e ab
le to
iden
tify
‘pro
blem
s’/d
efec
ts in
rela
tion
to a
title
and
/or s
earc
h re
sults
and
to id
entif
y an
d ad
vise
a c
lient
selle
r/pu
rcha
ser a
nd le
nder
on
rele
vant
solu
tions
(inc
ludi
ng in
dem
nity
insu
ranc
e)
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
75
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
and/
or w
heth
er n
ot to
pro
ceed
with
the
tran
sact
ion
• To
be
able
to d
raft
a re
port
on
title
/leas
e to
the
clie
nt
prov
idin
g th
e cl
ient
with
all
of th
e re
leva
nt
info
rmat
ion
abou
t the
tran
sact
ion
and
prov
idin
g ad
vice
as t
o w
heth
er th
e cl
ient
shou
ld p
roce
ed a
nd
on th
e op
tions
ava
ilabl
e to
ove
rcom
e an
y pr
oble
ms
or d
efec
ts in
title
•
To u
nder
stan
d th
e pr
ovisi
ons o
f and
dra
ft a
nd
exec
ute
deed
s tha
t cre
ate
lega
l and
/or e
quita
ble
inte
rest
s in
land
incl
udin
g bu
t not
lim
ited
to tr
ansf
ers,
as
signm
ents
, lea
ses,
subl
ease
s, m
ortg
ages
and
to b
e ab
le to
mak
e va
lid a
men
dmen
ts to
such
doc
umen
ts
• To
per
form
the
corr
ect p
re-c
ompl
etio
n st
eps i
n a
com
mer
cial
con
veya
ncin
g tr
ansa
ctio
n in
clud
ing
prep
arin
g th
e re
leva
nt p
riorit
y se
arch
es
• To
be
able
to c
ompl
ete
com
mer
cial
con
veya
ncin
g tr
ansa
ctio
ns in
clud
ing
follo
win
g th
e La
w S
ocie
ty’s
Co
de fo
r Com
plet
ion
by P
ost a
nd p
repa
ring
the
docu
men
ts to
be
prov
ided
on
com
plet
ion
• To
be
able
to fo
llow
the
corr
ect p
ost c
ompl
etio
n pr
oced
ures
to p
erfe
ct th
e cl
ient
’s ti
tle, i
nclu
ding
but
no
t lim
ited
to p
ayin
g SD
LT a
nd fo
llow
ing
the
corr
ect
proc
edur
e to
regi
ster
title
at t
he L
and
Regi
stry
and
/or
upgr
ade
the
title
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
act
ing
for
both
a la
ndlo
rd a
nd te
nant
in c
omm
erci
al le
ase
tran
sact
ions
• To
und
erst
and
the
dist
inct
ion
betw
een
a le
ase
and
licen
ce, l
ease
hold
tenu
re a
nd th
e an
atom
y of
a
com
mer
cial
leas
e •
The
liabi
lity
of p
artie
s to
a co
mm
erci
al le
ase
(land
lord
, ten
ant a
nd g
uara
ntor
) inc
ludi
ng p
rivity
of
cont
ract
and
est
ate,
rele
vant
legi
slatio
n, g
uara
ntee
s an
d re
leas
e of
gua
rant
ors;
stre
ngth
of t
enan
t’s
cove
nant
, int
erpr
etin
g gu
aran
tee
prov
ision
s in
a co
mm
erci
al le
ase
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
76
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
• To
und
erst
and
and
deal
with
issu
es o
f lea
ses o
f par
t in
clud
ing
adeq
uate
ly d
efin
ing
the
prop
erty
, ser
vice
ch
arge
pro
visio
ns fr
om th
e la
ndlo
rd’s
and
tena
nt’s
vi
ew, a
ncill
ary
docu
men
tatio
n •
The
abili
ty to
dra
ft a
com
mer
cial
leas
e, su
blea
se a
nd
anci
llary
doc
umen
tatio
n in
clud
ing
but n
ot li
mite
d to
lic
ence
s, a
nd to
seek
to a
men
d te
rms a
ccor
ding
to
the
obje
ctiv
es o
f the
land
lord
or t
enan
t clie
nt a
nd to
be
abl
e to
adv
ise y
our l
andl
ord
and
tena
nt c
lient
on
spec
ific
part
s of a
com
mer
cial
leas
e an
d m
akin
g re
leva
nt a
men
dmen
ts in
clud
ing
prov
ision
s on:
o
Re
pair
and
deco
ratio
n, li
miti
ng te
nant
’s
repa
iring
obl
igat
ions
, app
lyin
g th
e re
leva
nt
stat
utor
y pr
ovisi
ons i
n re
latio
n to
a b
reac
h of
repa
iring
cov
enan
t, ad
visin
g on
and
am
endi
ng re
pairi
ng/d
ecor
atin
g pr
ovisi
ons,
an
d en
forc
emen
t of r
epai
ring
oblig
atio
ns
o
Insu
ranc
e in
clud
ing
insu
red
and
unin
sure
d ris
ks, r
ent s
uspe
nsio
n, te
rmin
atio
n,
insu
ranc
e pr
ovisi
ons r
elat
ing
to le
ase
of p
art,
and
advi
sing
on a
nd a
men
ding
insu
ranc
e pr
ovisi
ons
o
rest
rictin
g us
er a
nd a
ltera
tions
, app
lyin
g le
gisla
tion
rele
vant
to c
hang
e of
use
and
al
tera
tions
and
the
sanc
tions
for b
reac
h,
plan
ning
con
sent
for c
hang
e of
use
and
al
tera
tions
, am
endi
ng u
ser a
nd a
ltera
tion
prov
ision
s and
dra
ftin
g an
cilla
ry
docu
men
tatio
n su
ch a
s lic
ence
s o
Al
iena
tion
(incl
udin
g as
signm
ent,
subl
ettin
g an
d ot
her d
ealin
g), i
dent
ifica
tion
of ‘o
ld’ a
nd
‘new
’ lea
ses,
leas
e pr
ovisi
ons a
ffect
ing
alie
natio
n, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
lyin
g
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
77
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
rele
vant
legi
slatio
n, a
men
ding
alie
natio
n pr
ovisi
ons,
dra
ftin
g an
cilla
ry d
ocum
enta
tion,
an
d re
med
ies f
or u
nrea
sona
bly
with
hold
ing
cons
ent
o
Rent
revi
ew, t
he c
omm
on ty
pes o
f rev
iew
pr
ovisi
ons a
nd p
rovi
sions
of a
n op
en m
arke
t re
nt re
view
, mak
ing
amen
dmen
ts to
rent
re
view
pro
visio
ns, a
nd a
dvisi
ng c
lient
s on
the
mec
hani
cs o
f a re
nt re
view
•
To In
terp
ret a
nd a
dvise
on
the
term
s of a
bus
ines
s le
ase
whe
n ac
ting
for a
pur
chas
er o
f a re
vers
iona
ry
inte
rest
(i.e
. an
inve
stor
) •
Und
erst
andi
ng o
f th
e ra
nge
of m
etho
ds b
y w
hich
a
busin
ess
leas
e m
ay
be
term
inat
ed
incl
udin
g th
e pr
inci
ple
of
secu
rity
of
tenu
re
unde
r re
leva
nt
legi
slatio
n (t
he A
ct),
to b
e ab
le to
follo
w th
e, re
new
al
and
term
inat
ion
proc
edur
e un
der
the
Act,
to b
e ab
le
to p
repa
re r
elev
ant
notic
es u
nder
the
Act
; an
d to
pr
ogre
ss n
egot
iatio
ns fo
r th
e re
new
al o
r te
rmin
atio
n of
a
busin
ess
leas
e un
der
the
Act;
fo
rfei
ture
; su
rren
der;
and
brea
k cl
ause
s (in
terp
retin
g an
d ad
visin
g of
the
exe
rcise
of
a br
eak
clau
se i
n a
com
mer
cial
le
ase)
, an
d dr
aftin
g an
cilla
ry
docu
men
tatio
n (in
clud
ing
but
not
limite
d no
tices
, fo
rms a
nd d
eeds
of s
urre
nder
) EN
TRY
EXPE
RIEN
CE
ALL
APPL
ICAN
TS
• co
nvey
anci
ng e
xper
ienc
e in
the
2 ye
ars p
rece
ding
the
appl
icat
ion
• Ge
nera
l des
crip
tion
of c
onve
yanc
ing
wor
k ca
rrie
d ou
t •
Desc
riptio
n of
typi
cal c
ase
load
•
An in
dica
tion
of c
harg
eabl
e ho
urs s
pent
on
conv
eyan
cing
wor
k in
eac
h of
the
last
2 y
ears
•
The
prop
ortio
n of
tim
e sp
ent o
n co
nvey
anci
ng w
ork
• De
tails
of t
he su
perv
isory
arr
ange
men
ts u
nder
whi
ch
the
appl
ican
t wor
ks a
nd/o
r the
ir su
perv
isory
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
78
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
resp
onsib
ilitie
s •
The
appl
ican
t is r
equi
red
to d
emon
stra
te h
is ex
perie
nce
of C
onve
yanc
ing
thro
ugh
the
subm
issio
n of
3 p
ortf
olio
s in
acco
rdan
ce w
ith th
e Po
rtfo
lio
Guid
elin
es.
•
Exam
ples
will
be
draw
n fr
om a
rang
e of
cas
es fr
om
the
appl
ican
t’s c
ase
load
.
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
79
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
STAG
E 2
QU
ALIF
ICAT
ION
CR
ITER
IA:
SKIL
LS
Appl
ican
ts m
ust d
emon
stra
te th
e fo
llow
ing
skill
s.
• Cl
ient
Car
e an
d Le
gal R
esea
rch
Appl
ican
ts m
ust
prov
ide
an e
xam
ple
to e
vide
nce
thei
r sk
ills i
n th
ese
elem
ents
Ei
ther
•
succ
essf
ul c
ompl
etio
n of
CIL
EX L
evel
6 P
rofe
ssio
nal
High
er D
iplo
mas
in th
e sk
ills o
f Leg
al R
esea
rch
and
Clie
nt C
are
O
r •
qual
ifica
tion
of a
n eq
uiva
lent
stan
dard
•
Whe
re th
e ap
plic
ant d
oes n
ot h
old
the
rele
vant
CIL
Ex
Leve
l 6 L
egal
Res
earc
h or
Clie
nt C
are
(or e
quiv
alen
t)
qual
ifica
tion,
he
shou
ld p
rovi
de a
por
tfol
io o
f evi
denc
e an
d lo
gboo
k w
hich
dem
onst
rate
s mee
ting
each
of t
he
outc
omes
set o
ut in
Ele
men
ts 1
and
2 b
elow
in
acco
rdan
ce w
ith th
e Po
rtfo
lio G
uide
lines
.
• Ex
ampl
es w
ill b
e dr
awn
from
a ra
nge
of c
ases
from
the
appl
ican
t’s c
ase
load
.
Elem
ent 1
CL
IEN
T CA
RE
Dem
onst
rate
kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
go
od
prac
tice
in
inte
rvie
win
g an
d ad
visi
ng
• Ex
plai
n su
cces
sful
clie
nt in
terv
iew
ing
• De
mon
stra
te in
terv
iew
s whi
ch th
e ap
plic
ant c
onsid
ers
to b
e su
cces
sful
and
iden
tify
wha
t mad
e th
em
succ
essf
ul. T
his m
ay b
e ev
iden
ced
by d
emon
stra
ting
an
abili
ty to
: •
Prep
are
for t
he in
terv
iew
and
app
ly a
stru
ctur
ed
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
80
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
appr
oach
to it
• Gr
eet t
he in
terv
iew
ee a
ppro
pria
tely
and
mai
ntai
n th
e in
terv
iew
ee’s
con
fiden
ce
• U
se a
ppro
pria
te li
sten
ing,
que
stio
ning
and
fe
edba
ck te
chni
ques
•
Be se
nsiti
ve to
div
ersit
y an
d ot
her r
elev
ant i
ssue
s an
d ha
ndle
any
em
otio
nally
dist
ress
ed c
lient
in a
se
nsiti
ve a
nd p
rofe
ssio
nal m
anne
r •
Give
app
ropr
iate
adv
ice
whe
n re
quire
d (in
clud
ing
the
need
to ta
ke fu
rthe
r ins
truc
tions
or u
nder
take
re
sear
ch b
efor
e do
ing
so)
• Ke
ep a
full
and
accu
rate
reco
rd o
f the
inte
rvie
w
• Cl
ose
the
inte
rvie
w a
ppro
pria
tely
and
dea
l with
any
fo
llow
-up
issue
s as r
equi
red.
•
Dem
onst
rate
the
abili
ty to
giv
e an
d co
mm
unic
ate
clea
r, ac
cura
te a
nd p
ract
ical
adv
ice
both
ora
lly a
nd in
writ
ing
on m
atte
rs re
latin
g to
con
veya
ncin
g ac
tiviti
es. T
his m
ay
be e
vide
nced
by
an a
bilit
y to
: •
Obt
ain
all r
elev
ant i
nfor
mat
ion
and
iden
tify
the
clie
nt’s
obj
ectiv
es
• Gi
ve c
lear
adv
ice
on a
ll re
leva
nt m
atte
rs a
risin
g •
Whe
re n
eces
sary
, ref
er th
e cl
ient
to o
ther
pr
ofes
siona
ls be
tter
abl
e to
dea
l with
the
issue
s •
Iden
tify
the
optio
ns a
vaila
ble
and
expl
ain
the
adva
ntag
es a
nd d
isadv
anta
ges o
f eac
h of
thos
e op
tions
•
Enab
le a
nd a
ssist
the
clie
nt to
reac
h a
deci
sion
base
d on
app
ropr
iate
adv
ice
• Gi
ve c
lear
, app
ropr
iate
and
acc
urat
e ad
vice
re
gard
ing
cost
s, d
isbur
sem
ents
and
fund
ing
• Se
ek a
ppro
pria
te in
stru
ctio
ns a
nd g
ive
clea
r adv
ice
rega
rdin
g th
e ne
xt st
eps t
o be
take
n in
the
mat
ter
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
81
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
Dem
onst
rate
goo
d pr
actic
e in
lega
l writ
ing
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
pro
fess
iona
l co
nduc
t is
sues
aris
ing
in p
ract
ice
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
impo
rtan
ce o
f clie
nt
care
in le
gal p
ract
ice
• De
al a
ppro
pria
tely
with
any
div
ersit
y or
oth
er
issue
s tha
t mig
ht a
rise
• Ke
ep a
n ac
cura
te re
cord
of t
he a
dvic
e gi
ve a
nd th
e in
form
atio
n on
whi
ch th
at a
dvic
e w
as b
ased
.
Prov
ide
evid
ence
of
le
gal
writ
ing
whi
ch
dem
onst
rate
s un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e fo
llow
ing
key
area
s of g
ood
prac
tice:
•
accu
rate
, suc
cinc
t, co
mpl
ete
and
prec
ise w
ritin
g •
awar
enes
s of t
he n
eed
to u
se ‘p
lain
Eng
lish’
and
writ
ing
usin
g co
rrec
t gra
mm
ar a
nd sp
ellin
g •
the
use
of le
gal E
nglis
h is
used
onl
y w
hen
nece
ssar
y an
d is
appr
opria
tely
exp
lain
ed
• ju
dici
ous u
se o
f str
uctu
re to
cle
arly
and
logi
cally
set o
ut
info
rmat
ion
• Pr
ovid
e ev
iden
ce to
dem
onst
rate
the
synt
hesis
of a
va
riety
of s
ourc
es to
pro
vide
adv
ice
to th
e cl
ient
•
Prov
ide
evid
ence
of u
se o
f app
ropr
iate
com
mun
icat
ion,
in
clud
ing
use
of a
ppro
pria
te to
ne a
nd st
yle,
to
sens
itive
ly m
anag
e cl
ient
exp
ecta
tions
•
Expl
ain
whe
re th
e ap
plic
ant w
ill fi
nd th
e ru
les o
f pr
ofes
siona
l con
duct
whi
ch a
ffect
thei
r pra
ctise
of t
he
law
•
Iden
tify
situa
tions
in w
hich
an
ethi
cal i
ssue
may
hav
e ar
isen
in th
eir p
ract
ice
and
how
they
dea
lt w
ith th
ose
situa
tions
•
Iden
tify
any
prof
essio
nal o
rgan
isatio
ns th
at e
xist
with
in
thei
r are
a of
pra
ctic
e an
d ex
plai
n be
nefit
s of
mem
bers
hip
• Ex
plai
n th
e SR
A or
CIL
Ex e
quiv
alen
t rul
es re
latin
g to
cl
ient
car
e an
d ev
iden
ce y
our u
se o
f the
rule
s on
prac
tice
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
82
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
: •
Evid
ence
use
of c
lient
car
e le
tter
s and
com
plai
nt
man
agem
ent h
andl
ing
• De
mon
stra
te u
nder
stan
ding
of t
he n
eed
for g
ood
clie
nt
care
to b
enef
it th
e bu
sines
s
Elem
ent 2
LE
GAL
RESE
ARCH
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of a
nd b
e ab
le to
: 1
anal
yse
the
scop
e an
d co
mpl
exity
of
situ
atio
ns w
hich
nee
d le
gal r
esea
rch
2
eval
uate
lega
l res
earc
h so
urce
s 3
pe
rfor
m a
ppro
pria
te le
gal r
esea
rch
4
anal
yse
the
law
in re
latio
n to
pra
ctic
al p
robl
ems
5 re
cord
and
eva
luat
e in
form
atio
n 6
synt
hesi
se re
sear
ch to
pre
sent
adv
ice
• Id
entif
y sit
uatio
ns in
whi
ch th
e ne
ed fo
r leg
al re
sear
ch
has a
risen
in w
ork
• Ex
plai
n th
e st
eps t
he a
pplic
ant u
nder
took
to id
entif
y re
leva
nt so
urce
s of i
nfor
mat
ion
and
how
they
de
term
ined
the
relia
bilit
y, a
ccur
acy
and
curr
ency
of t
he
info
rmat
ion
disc
over
ed
• Ex
plai
n un
ders
tand
ing
of p
rimar
y an
d se
cond
ary
sour
ces
and
how
thes
e so
urce
s can
be
used
to e
nsur
e th
e ap
plic
ant h
as su
ffici
ently
rese
arch
ed th
e pr
oble
m
• Id
entif
y re
leva
nt st
atut
es, c
ase
law
and
oth
er so
urce
s fr
om th
eir r
esea
rch
• Ev
iden
ce h
ow th
ey p
riorit
ised
and
anal
ysed
the
rese
arch
an
d us
ed th
is to
bet
ter u
nder
stan
d th
e iss
ues r
aise
d in
th
e le
gal m
atte
r •
Evid
ence
thei
r syn
thes
is of
the
rese
arch
mat
eria
ls to
pr
ovid
e a
stru
ctur
ed a
nd a
ccur
ate
repo
rt
• Ev
iden
ce h
ow th
e ap
plic
ant e
valu
ated
the
rese
arch
en
surin
g th
at it
is c
ompr
ehen
sive
and
sens
itive
to th
e ne
eds o
f the
reci
pien
t
Elem
ent 3
IN
TERV
IEW
ING,
ADV
ISIN
G AN
D CO
MM
UN
ICAT
ING
INTE
RVIE
WIN
G•
An a
bilit
y to
con
duct
effe
ctiv
e in
terv
iew
s with
the
clie
nts a
cros
s a
rang
e of
con
veya
ncin
g m
atte
rs
• Pr
epar
e fo
r an
initi
al in
terv
iew
and
app
ly a
stru
ctur
ed
appr
oach
to it
•
Gree
t the
inte
rvie
wee
app
ropr
iate
ly
• U
se a
ppro
pria
te li
sten
ing,
que
stio
ning
and
feed
back
te
chni
ques
•
Mai
ntai
n ra
ppor
t with
the
inte
rvie
wee
. •
Be se
nsiti
ve to
div
ersit
y iss
ues
• Ke
ep a
full
and
accu
rate
reco
rd o
f the
inte
rvie
w
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
83
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
ADVI
SIN
G &
CO
MM
UN
ICAT
ING
• To
giv
e an
d co
mm
unic
ate
clea
r acc
urat
e an
d pr
actic
al a
dvic
e bo
th o
rally
and
in w
ritin
g on
mat
ters
rela
ting
to th
e to
a
conv
eyan
cing
tran
sact
ion
to a
clie
nt o
n th
e la
w, p
roce
dure
and
on
the
optio
ns a
vaila
ble
• Cl
ose
the
inte
rvie
w a
ppro
pria
tely
•
Clea
rly id
entif
y th
e ne
xt st
eps t
o be
take
n by
the
inte
rvie
wer
and
inte
rvie
wee
• O
btai
n al
l rel
evan
t inf
orm
atio
n to
iden
tify
the
clie
nt’s
ob
ject
ives
•
Give
cle
ar a
dvic
e on
all
rele
vant
mat
ters
aris
ing
• Id
entif
y th
e op
tions
ava
ilabl
e an
d ex
plai
n th
e pr
os a
nd
cons
of e
ach
of th
ose
optio
ns
• En
able
the
clie
nt to
mak
e de
cisio
ns o
n th
e tr
ansa
ctio
n ba
sed
on a
ppro
pria
te a
dvic
e
• Gi
ving
cle
ar, a
ppro
pria
te a
nd a
ccur
ate
advi
ce
rega
rdin
g co
sts a
nd fu
ndin
g •
Seek
app
ropr
iate
inst
ruct
ions
and
giv
e cl
ear a
dvic
e re
gard
ing
the
next
step
s to
be ta
ken
• De
al a
ppro
pria
tely
with
any
div
ersit
y iss
ues t
hat a
rise
• Pr
oduc
ing
an a
ccur
ate
reco
rd o
f the
adv
ice
give
n
Elem
ent 4
CO
STS
& F
UN
DIN
G
• An
aw
aren
ess o
f the
impo
rtan
ce o
f the
clie
nt h
avin
g su
ffici
ent
fund
s in
plac
e to
com
plet
e an
y co
nvey
ance
• Cl
ear a
nd a
ccur
ate
calc
ulat
ion
of a
ll of
the
cost
s the
cl
ient
will
incu
r dur
ing
a co
nvey
anci
ng tr
ansa
ctio
n in
clud
ing,
but
not
lim
ited
to th
e pu
rcha
se p
rice,
lega
l co
sts p
lus V
AT, c
ost o
f all
disb
urse
men
ts, a
ny
notif
icat
ion
fees
, and
any
stam
p du
ty la
nd ta
x th
at
need
s to
be p
aid
• A
clea
r cal
cula
tion
of th
e fu
nds a
vaila
ble
to th
e cl
ient
ta
king
into
acc
ount
any
con
ditio
ns a
ttac
hed
to a
m
ortg
age
offe
r and
whe
ther
thes
e w
ill b
e su
ffici
ent t
o co
mpl
ete
the
purc
hase
•
The
abili
ty to
pro
vide
gen
eric
adv
ice
on th
e m
ain
type
s of
mor
tgag
e fin
ance
ava
ilabl
e fo
r fun
ding
a p
urch
ase
• Aw
aren
ess o
f the
rang
e of
opt
ions
and
adv
ice
that
can
be
giv
en to
clie
nts w
here
ther
e is
a sh
ortf
all a
nd th
e pr
os a
nd c
ons a
ssoc
iate
d w
ith e
ach
optio
n
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
84
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
: •
The
prod
uctio
n of
a c
lear
and
succ
inct
com
plet
ion
stat
emen
t •
To a
dvise
on
the
tax
impl
icat
ions
of V
AT a
nd/o
r CGT
on
a co
nvey
anci
ng tr
ansa
ctio
n •
To a
rran
ge fo
r the
tran
sfer
of f
unds
on
com
plet
ion
by
draw
ing
dow
n th
e m
onta
ge fu
nds,
arra
ngin
g fo
r a
tele
grap
hic
tran
sfer
to th
e ve
ndor
’s so
licito
r El
emen
t 5
PRO
FESS
ION
AL C
ON
DUCT
AN
D ET
HICS
• An
aw
aren
ess o
f and
adh
eren
ce to
the
prof
essio
nal c
ondu
ct
rule
s, re
leva
nt la
w a
nd e
thic
s rel
atin
g to
con
veya
ncin
g pr
actic
e
• An
aw
aren
ess o
f pro
fess
iona
l obl
igat
ions
in a
div
erse
ra
nge
of si
tuat
ions
in re
spec
t of m
atte
rs re
latin
g to
su
bsta
ntiv
e la
w a
nd th
e ru
les o
f pro
fess
iona
l con
duct
in
conv
eyan
cing
tran
sact
ions
. •
An a
war
enes
s of t
he o
blig
atio
ns o
wed
to th
e cl
ient
, le
nder
, oth
er la
wye
rs, a
nd o
ther
third
par
ties i
n re
spec
t of
mon
ey la
unde
ring
legi
slatio
n an
d re
gula
tion
and
com
plyi
ng w
ith su
ch re
gula
tion.
•
To b
e ab
le to
iden
tify
and
deal
app
ropr
iate
ly w
ith
conf
licts
of i
nter
est t
hat a
rise
or m
ay a
rise
durin
g a
conv
eyan
cing
tran
sact
ion
arisi
ng b
etw
een
the
appl
ican
t an
d th
e cl
ient
, bet
wee
n on
e or
mor
e cl
ient
s, th
e cl
ient
an
d th
e le
nder
and
bet
wee
n th
e cl
ient
and
any
rele
vant
th
ird p
arty
incl
udin
g ap
plic
atio
n of
rele
vant
cas
e la
w
and
legi
slatio
n.
• Ev
iden
ce u
se o
f clie
nt c
are
lett
ers a
nd c
ompl
aint
m
anag
emen
t han
dlin
g •
An u
nder
stan
ding
of t
he b
ase
for t
he g
ivin
g of
pr
ofes
siona
l und
erta
king
s to
clie
nts,
the
lend
ers,
oth
er
law
yers
and
third
par
ties i
n co
nvey
anci
ng tr
ansa
ctio
ns;
the
impl
icat
ions
of g
ivin
g su
ch u
nder
taki
ngs;
the
cons
eque
nces
of b
reac
hing
such
und
erta
king
s and
de
mon
stra
tion
of th
e ap
prop
riate
use
of u
nder
taki
ngs i
n
conv
eyan
cing
tran
sact
ions
•
Adhe
renc
e to
the
stat
utor
y ru
les a
nd p
roce
dure
s in
rela
tion
to a
ctin
g fo
r clie
nts i
n de
alin
g w
ith sp
ecifi
ed
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
85
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
inve
stm
ents
in c
onve
yanc
ing
tran
sact
ions
(inc
ludi
ng, b
ut
not l
imite
d to
shar
e tr
ansf
ers,
insu
ranc
e, m
ortg
ages
) an
d w
heth
er th
e fir
m c
an a
ct u
nder
and
exc
lusio
n an
d/or
an
exem
ptio
n
Elem
ent 6
M
ANAG
ING
CON
VEYA
NCI
NG
WO
RK
FILE
HAN
DLIN
G•
An a
bilit
y to
pla
n an
d m
anag
e a
conv
eyan
cing
tran
sact
ion
effe
ctiv
ely
DEAL
ING
WIT
H O
THER
PRO
FESS
ION
ALS
• An
abi
lity
to d
eal w
ith a
nd in
stru
ct o
ther
pro
fess
iona
ls
• Al
loca
ting
time
and
reso
urce
s app
ropr
iate
ly,
• Be
ing
awar
e of
all
lega
l and
pro
cedu
ral r
equi
rem
ents
•
To a
ctiv
ely
man
age
a w
ide
rang
e an
d nu
mbe
r of
mat
ters
to e
nsur
e th
at th
ey p
rogr
ess i
n a
timel
y m
anne
r •
To d
iaris
e an
d be
aw
are
of a
ll de
adlin
es
•
To b
e ab
le to
com
mun
icat
e an
d de
al p
rofe
ssio
nal w
ith
othe
r pro
fess
iona
ls an
d th
ird p
artie
s ora
lly a
nd in
w
ritin
g.
• To
be
able
to in
stru
ct e
xper
ts in
clud
ing:
•
Appr
ecia
te th
e na
ture
and
func
tion
of d
iffer
ent
type
s of e
xper
ts re
leva
nt to
con
veya
ncin
g pr
actic
e •
Iden
tify
whe
re a
n ex
pert
will
nee
d to
be
inst
ruct
ed
durin
g a
conv
eyan
cing
tran
sact
ion
(suc
h as
a
surv
eyor
) •
Iden
tify
and
suita
bly
qual
ified
/exp
erie
nced
exp
ert
• Ag
ree
an a
ppro
pria
te fe
e fo
r the
exp
ert’s
wor
k •
Draf
t a le
tter
of i
nstr
uctio
n to
the
expe
rt
El
emen
t 7
LEGA
L W
RITI
NG
AND
DRAF
TIN
G
EFFE
CTIV
E LE
TTER
WRI
TIN
G
To w
rite
lett
ers
to c
o-pr
ofes
siona
ls, c
lient
s, a
nd o
ther
pa
rtie
s tha
t are
: •
accu
rate
, suc
cinc
t, co
mpl
ete
and
prec
ise w
ritin
g •
use
‘pla
in E
nglis
h’ a
nd w
ritin
g us
ing
corr
ect g
ram
mar
an
d sp
ellin
g •
lega
l Eng
lish
is us
ed o
nly
whe
n ne
cess
ary
and
is ap
prop
riate
ly e
xpla
ined
•
judi
ciou
s use
of s
truc
ture
to c
lear
ly a
nd lo
gica
lly se
t out
in
form
atio
n
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
86
Entr
y Le
vel C
ompe
tenc
ies
Lear
ning
Out
com
eTh
e en
try
requ
irem
ent
to o
btai
n co
nvey
anci
ng p
ract
ice
right
s se
eks
to
ensu
re th
at th
e ap
plic
ant:
Supp
ortin
g Ex
perie
nce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e of
:
DRAF
TIN
G To
cor
rect
ly d
raft
and
com
plet
e al
l con
trac
ts, d
eeds
, doc
umen
ts, f
orm
s an
d le
tter
s req
uire
d th
roug
hout
all
stag
es o
f a c
onve
yanc
ing
tran
sact
ion
• de
mon
stra
te th
e sy
nthe
sis o
f a v
arie
ty o
f sou
rces
to
prov
ide
advi
ce to
the
clie
nt
• us
e of
app
ropr
iate
com
mun
icat
ion,
incl
udin
g us
e of
ap
prop
riate
tone
and
styl
e, to
sens
itive
ly m
anag
e cl
ient
ex
pect
atio
ns.
• De
eds a
nd d
ocum
ents
requ
ired
to tr
ansf
er o
r gra
nt ti
tle
such
as t
rans
fers
, lea
ses,
und
erle
ases
, ass
ignm
ents
, ch
arge
s, e
tc.
• O
ther
dee
ds a
nd d
ocum
ents
that
cre
ate
an in
tere
st in
la
nd su
ch a
s tho
se c
reat
ing
eas
emen
ts a
nd c
oven
ants
•
Cont
ract
s and
opt
ions
for t
he sa
le o
f lan
d •
The
vario
us fo
rms a
nd d
ocum
enta
tion
invo
lved
in a
co
nvey
anci
ng tr
ansa
ctio
n in
clud
ing
but n
ot li
mite
d to
La
nd R
egist
ry fo
rms,
Law
Soc
iety
Pro
toco
l for
ms,
ta
xatio
n fo
rms,
mor
tgag
ees f
orm
s.
• Dr
aftin
g le
tter
s to
clie
nts a
nd o
ther
par
ties (
incl
udin
g cl
ient
car
e le
tter
s) a
nd re
port
s on
title
/leas
es.
El
emen
t 8
NEG
OTI
ATIO
N
• Th
e ab
ility
to n
egot
iate
with
oth
er p
rofe
ssio
nals
at v
ario
us
stag
es o
f a c
onve
yanc
ing
tran
sact
ion
and
third
par
ties o
n be
half
of c
lient
, sel
ler,
buye
r, te
nant
and
land
lord
• Be
ing
awar
e of
diff
eren
t neg
otia
ting
styl
es a
nd st
ance
s an
d cl
early
det
erm
inin
g th
e ag
enda
/obj
ectiv
es to
be
achi
eved
prio
r to
cond
uctin
g th
e ne
gotia
tions
•
Obt
aini
ng a
ll re
leva
nt in
form
atio
n an
d id
entif
ying
the
clie
nts o
bjec
tives
and
ent
erin
g in
to n
egot
iatio
ns w
ith
othe
r pro
fess
ions
and
third
par
ties t
o ac
hiev
e th
e cl
ient
’s o
bjec
tives
incl
udin
g bu
t not
lim
ited
to
nego
tiatin
g am
endm
ents
to c
ontr
acts
, dee
ds, a
nd o
ther
do
cum
enta
tion,
leas
es, a
ll an
cilla
ry d
ocum
enta
tion,
the
wor
ding
and
ext
ent o
f und
erta
king
s, lia
ising
and
ne
gotia
ting
with
the
Land
Reg
istry
, neg
otia
ting
and
liaisi
ng w
ith p
lann
ing
auth
oriti
es, a
nd a
ny o
ther
rele
vant
th
ird p
arty
RESERVED INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION RULES APPENDIX 2
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
87
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
88
Ann
ex 4
- IN
TRO
DU
CTI
ON
– P
RA
CTI
CE
MA
NA
GEM
ENT
Th
e qu
alifi
catio
n cr
iteria
, lea
rnin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd e
vide
nce
of c
ompe
tenc
y st
ated
in th
is s
ched
ule
set o
ut:
• th
e le
vel o
f com
pete
ncy,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g re
quire
d to
run
a bu
sine
ss w
hich
pro
vide
s a
lega
l ser
vice
, hav
ing
cons
ider
atio
n fo
r rul
es a
nd re
gula
tions
, bot
h pr
ofes
sion
al a
nd le
gisl
ativ
e •
the
elem
ents
requ
ired
to e
vide
nce
that
leve
l of c
ompe
tenc
y, k
now
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing.
•
the
leve
l of c
ompe
tenc
y re
quire
d in
the
rele
vant
ski
lls fo
r thi
s ar
ea o
f pra
ctic
e –w
hat i
t mea
ns to
be
part
of a
pro
fess
ion,
C
ILE
x re
gula
tions
, man
agem
ent o
f a le
gal e
ntity
and
bus
ines
s ac
umen
•
the
elem
ents
requ
ired
to e
vide
nce
the
requ
ired
leve
l of c
ompe
tenc
e fo
r th
ese
rele
vant
ski
lls
• a
stat
emen
t of t
he s
tudy
and
wor
k-ba
sed
expe
rienc
e th
at d
emon
stra
tes
that
an
appl
ican
t has
atta
ined
the
requ
ired
leve
l of
com
pete
nce,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g in
all
the
requ
ired
elem
ents
. C
ertif
icat
ion
of p
ract
ice
man
agem
ent w
ill en
sure
that
the
appl
ican
t has
: •
met
the
appl
icat
ion
requ
irem
ents
•
an a
ppro
pria
te le
vel o
f sui
tabi
lity
to m
anag
e a
prac
tice
• an
app
ropr
iate
lev
el o
f kn
owle
dge
and
appr
ecia
tion
of t
he k
ey f
eatu
res
both
fin
anci
al a
nd n
on-fi
nanc
ial
of p
ract
ice
man
agem
ent
to i
nclu
de t
he a
bilit
y to
dea
l w
ith r
isk,
hav
e a
stra
tegy
, m
ake
info
rmed
bus
ines
s de
cisi
ons,
man
age
and
mot
ivat
e ot
hers
, the
ben
efits
of I
T an
d th
e ex
tern
al a
nd in
tern
al fo
rces
whi
ch w
ill ul
timat
ely
will
affe
ct a
n or
gani
satio
n’s
abilit
y to
suc
ceed
•
the
abilit
y an
d sk
ill to
adv
ance
the
orga
nisa
tion
thro
ugh
the
crea
tion
of a
stra
tegy
app
ropr
iate
to th
e m
arke
t sec
tor t
he
orga
nisa
tion
wis
hes
to ta
rget
, to
incl
ude
the
use
of a
bus
ines
s pl
an, m
arke
ting
plan
, cor
pora
te s
ocia
l res
pons
ibili
ty p
olic
y an
d ot
her a
ppro
pria
te a
ssoc
iate
d do
cum
ents
whi
ch m
ay b
e ne
eded
to s
uppo
rt th
e or
gani
satio
n’s
stra
tegy
•
the
abilit
y an
d sk
ill to
man
age
a cl
ient
’s e
xpec
tatio
ns a
ppro
pria
tely
, not
just
at t
he o
utse
t of a
cas
e, b
ut th
roug
hout
the
life
of
the
reta
iner
rela
tions
hip
• th
e ab
ility
and
skill
to re
ad a
nd in
terp
ret t
he fi
rm’s
acc
ount
s, in
add
ition
to a
ny s
uppo
rting
bud
gets
, cas
h flo
ws,
man
agem
ent
acco
unts
and
ad
hoc
repo
rts p
erta
inin
g to
the
firm
’s p
rofit
abilit
y an
d fin
anci
al p
ositi
on
• th
e ab
ility
and
skill
to p
erfo
rm th
e ta
sks
requ
ired
to e
valu
ate
the
bene
fits
of IT
and
the
need
for g
ood
proj
ect m
anag
emen
t •
to d
emon
stra
te a
leve
l of e
xper
ienc
e, k
now
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of p
rofe
ssio
nal c
ondu
ct a
nd re
gula
tion
cont
aine
d in
the
rele
vant
con
duct
rule
s an
d ot
her l
aw a
nd re
gula
tions
, inc
ludi
ng g
over
nmen
t leg
isla
tion,
and
whe
re th
ese
may
impa
ct a
nd to
be
abl
e to
app
ly th
em in
con
text
.
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
89
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant s
eeki
ng p
ract
ice
right
s mus
t de
mon
stra
te:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
QU
ALIF
ICAT
ION
CRI
TERI
A
•
KNO
WLE
DGE
• U
NDE
RSTA
NDI
NG
• EX
PERI
ENCE
•
SKIL
LS
• Su
ffici
ent p
ract
ical
kno
wle
dge,
un
ders
tand
ing,
exp
erie
nce
and
skill
s – n
ote
thes
e ar
e di
ffere
nt d
epen
ding
of t
he ro
le o
f th
e ap
plic
ant
Dem
onst
rate
they
mee
t the
out
com
es se
t out
bel
ow b
y:
•
atte
ndan
ce o
n a
cour
se, o
r •
prac
tical
exp
erie
nce
Th
e ou
tcom
es a
re sp
lit in
to th
e fo
llow
ing
leve
ls:
•
Leve
l 1 -
man
dato
ry fo
r all
appl
ican
ts
• Le
vel 2
a - m
anda
tory
for c
ompl
ianc
e m
anag
ers
• Le
vel 2
b - m
anda
tory
for c
ompl
ianc
e m
anag
er u
nder
taki
ng p
ract
ice
man
agem
ent
• Le
vel 2
c - m
anda
tory
for c
ompl
ianc
e m
anag
er u
nder
taki
ng
acco
unts
man
agem
ent
Elem
ent 1
BE
ING
PART
OF
A PR
OFE
SSIO
N
EXTE
RNAL
INFL
UEN
CES
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appl
icat
ion
of th
e cu
rren
t leg
al m
arke
t and
lega
l en
titie
s whi
ch m
ay b
e cr
eate
d to
pro
vide
a le
gal
serv
ice
LEVE
L 1:
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e ty
pes o
f str
uctu
re th
roug
h w
hich
a le
gal e
ntity
may
be
form
ed
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
thos
e ab
le to
regu
late
rese
rved
le
gal a
ctiv
ities
•
Und
erst
andi
ng th
at th
e st
ruct
ure
and
regu
latio
n of
lega
l ent
ities
an
d ac
tiviti
es m
ay c
hang
e an
d be
abl
e to
iden
tify
thes
e ch
ange
s •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of a
bus
ines
s pla
n, ta
king
into
ac
coun
t rec
ent a
nd c
urre
nt c
hang
es to
the
lega
l ser
vice
s mar
ket
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
bilit
y to
com
ply
with
a c
ompl
aint
s pr
oced
ure
in li
ne w
ith L
eO g
uide
lines
. LE
VEL
2a:
• Ab
ility
to p
repa
re a
bus
ines
s pla
n, ta
king
into
acc
ount
rece
nt a
nd
curr
ent c
hang
es to
the
lega
l ser
vice
s mar
ket
• Ab
ility
to c
reat
e a
com
plai
nts p
roce
dure
in li
ne w
ith L
eO
guid
elin
es.
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
90
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant s
eeki
ng p
ract
ice
right
s mus
t de
mon
stra
te:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
REGU
LATI
ON
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appl
icat
ion
of th
e re
leva
nt c
ondu
ct ru
les a
nd o
ther
la
ws a
nd re
gula
tion
affe
ctin
g th
e pr
ofes
sion
al a
nd
lega
l pra
ctic
e De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
ap
prop
riate
app
licat
ion
of e
ffect
ive
proc
edur
es fo
r co
mpl
ianc
e
LEVE
L 1:
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
obl
igat
ions
to th
e co
urt,
the
clie
nt, o
ther
law
yers
and
bar
riste
rs, s
take
hold
ers,
third
pa
rtie
s and
the
gene
ral p
ublic
•
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of th
e re
gula
tions
for
whi
ch a
n in
divi
dual
is p
erso
nally
resp
onsib
le
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
obl
igat
ions
to th
e cl
ient
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of h
ow a
nd w
hen
a re
tain
er
rela
tions
hip
shou
ld b
e te
rmin
ated
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of p
rofe
ssio
nal i
ndem
nity
in
sura
nce.
LE
VEL
2a:
• Ab
ility
to c
ompl
ete
a pr
ofes
siona
l ind
emni
ty p
ropo
sal f
orm
, ga
ther
ing
and
iden
tifyi
ng re
leva
nt in
form
atio
n fo
r pro
posa
l. LE
VEL
1:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
nom
inat
ion
proc
edur
e an
d su
itabi
lity
for t
he M
oney
Lau
nder
ing
Repo
rtin
g O
ffice
r (M
LRO
) •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e M
oney
Lau
nder
ing
regu
latio
ns.
LEVE
L 2b
: •
Abili
ty to
iden
tify
and
appo
int a
MLR
O
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
pro
cedu
res w
hich
a
lega
l ent
ity m
ust f
ollo
w in
ord
er to
pro
duce
an
offic
e po
licy
on
mon
ey la
unde
ring
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
app
ropr
iate
file
te
stin
g w
hich
ens
ures
file
s are
onl
y op
ened
aft
er n
eces
sary
mon
ey
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
91
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant s
eeki
ng p
ract
ice
right
s mus
t de
mon
stra
te:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
laun
derin
g ch
ecks
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
the
requ
irem
ents
of
the
Info
rmat
ion
Com
miss
ione
r’s O
ffice
(ICO
) and
why
lega
l ent
ities
m
ust r
egist
er w
ith th
em
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
equ
ality
and
di
vers
ity m
onito
ring
both
in th
e w
orkp
lace
and
thro
ugh
cont
ract
ing
of th
ird p
artie
s.
Elem
ent 2
CI
LEx
REGU
LATI
ON
S
CILE
x PR
ACTI
CE R
ULE
S (G
ENER
AL)
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appr
opria
te a
pplic
atio
n of
the
scop
e of
the
CILE
x pr
actic
e ru
les
CILE
x PR
ACTI
CE R
ULE
S (A
DMIN
ISTR
ATIO
N)
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appr
opria
te a
pplic
atio
n of
the
adm
inis
trat
ion
requ
irem
ents
of a
CIL
Ex re
gula
ted
entit
y in
add
ition
to
any
requ
irem
ents
to re
mai
n in
divi
dual
ly c
ompl
iant
LEVE
L 1:
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of si
tuat
ions
whi
ch w
ould
giv
e ris
e to
a b
reac
h of
the
prac
tice
rule
s •
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of th
e du
ty o
f co
nfid
entia
lity,
incl
udin
g id
entif
icat
ion
of w
hen
this
star
ts a
nd e
nds
LEVE
L 2b
: •
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of th
e re
quire
men
ts to
fu
lfil t
he ro
le o
f pra
ctic
e m
anag
er.
LEVE
L 2c
: •
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of th
e re
quire
men
ts to
fu
lfil t
he ro
le o
f the
fina
ncia
l man
ager
. LE
VEL
1:
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
bilit
y to
pro
vide
app
ropr
iate
ad
vice
rega
rdin
g fe
es to
be
char
ged
and
the
mer
its o
f the
cas
e fo
llow
ing
a co
st b
enef
it an
alys
is
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
bilit
y to
pro
vide
real
istic
cos
t es
timat
es in
the
form
of a
‘cos
ting’
of a
ll co
sts a
nd d
isbur
sem
ents
at
the
star
t of t
he c
ase
and
to p
rovi
de re
gula
r upd
ates
thro
ugho
ut
the
life
of th
e fil
e
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
92
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant s
eeki
ng p
ract
ice
right
s mus
t de
mon
stra
te:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
iden
tific
atio
n, d
ocum
enta
tion
and
deal
ing
appr
opria
tely
with
pot
entia
l con
flict
s of i
nter
ests
bot
h at
the
outs
et a
nd th
roug
hout
a re
tain
er re
latio
nshi
p •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of si
tuat
ions
whi
ch m
ay g
ive
rise
to
an u
nder
taki
ng a
nd th
e im
plic
atio
ns o
f giv
ing
an u
nder
taki
ng
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
situ
atio
ns w
hich
wou
ld re
sult
in a
br
each
of t
he e
qual
ity a
nd d
iver
sity
code
. LE
VEL
2a:
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd d
emon
stra
tion
of g
ood
inte
rnal
go
vern
ance
•
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of sy
stem
s, p
roce
dure
s an
d re
port
ing
to m
onito
r com
plia
nce
• Ap
plic
atio
n of
mon
itorin
g eq
ualit
y an
d di
vers
ity, b
oth
in th
e w
orkp
lace
and
in th
e se
lect
ion
of e
xter
nal r
esou
rces
. LE
VEL
2b:
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd im
plem
enta
tion
of p
roce
dure
s to
revi
ew a
nd te
st sy
stem
s put
in p
lace
to m
eet t
he o
utco
mes
of t
he
CILE
x pr
actic
e ru
les (
incl
udin
g m
anag
emen
t of u
nder
taki
ngs,
cos
t in
form
atio
n, fi
le re
view
s, c
lient
car
e, re
ferr
al a
rran
gem
ents
and
co
nflic
ts o
f int
eres
t •
Abili
ty to
iden
tify
whe
n a
fee
earn
er h
as u
nder
take
n w
ork
in th
e ab
senc
e of
suffi
cien
t res
ourc
es a
nd o
utsid
e th
eir c
ompe
tenc
e •
Abili
ty to
dra
ft p
olic
ies w
hich
pro
mot
e eq
ualit
y an
d di
vers
ity
• Ab
ility
to d
raft
app
ropr
iate
safe
guar
ds fo
r the
issu
ing
of
unde
rtak
ings
and
the
cons
eque
nces
of n
ot fu
lfilli
ng th
e cr
eate
d ob
ligat
ion
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
diffe
renc
e be
twee
n an
in
trod
uctio
n an
d a
refe
rral
•
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
abi
lity
to d
raft
an
outs
ourc
ing
polic
y.
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
93
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant s
eeki
ng p
ract
ice
right
s mus
t de
mon
stra
te:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
CILE
X PR
ACTI
CE R
ULE
S (C
OM
MU
NIC
ATIO
N)
Dem
onst
rate
the
abili
ty to
com
mun
icat
e th
e re
quire
men
ts o
f the
CIL
Ex p
ract
ice
rule
s ap
prop
riate
ly
FILE
MAN
AGEM
ENT
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appr
opria
te a
pplic
atio
n of
goo
d fil
e m
anag
emen
t
LEVE
L 1:
• Ab
ility
to e
stab
lish
good
rela
tions
hips
with
clie
nt a
nd th
ird p
artie
s,
incl
udin
g th
e ab
ility
to a
dapt
the
styl
e, m
ediu
m o
r met
hod
of
com
mun
icat
ion
for a
div
erse
rang
e of
clie
nts t
o id
entif
y th
e cl
ient
’s
obje
ctiv
e(s)
•
Abili
ty to
com
mun
icat
e to
the
clie
nt h
ow le
gal s
ervi
ces w
ill b
e pr
ovid
ed in
clud
ing
expe
cted
tim
e fr
ame,
wha
t the
clie
nt m
ust d
o an
d du
ties a
nd o
blig
atio
ns a
pplic
ant w
ill c
arry
out
•
Abili
ty to
dra
ft a
lett
er w
hich
iden
tifie
s the
clie
nt’s
obj
ectiv
es a
nd
advi
ses t
hem
of t
he ri
ght t
o co
mpl
ain
• Ab
ility
to c
omm
unic
ate
to e
nsur
e th
e cl
ient
is k
ept u
p to
dat
e w
ith
prog
ress
of a
mat
ter a
nd a
dvise
who
is d
ealin
g w
ith th
e m
atte
r, in
clud
ing
the
stat
us o
f tha
t per
son.
LE
VEL
2b:
• Ab
ility
to c
omm
unic
ate
valu
es to
all
staf
f whi
ch p
rom
ote
clie
nt
outc
omes
, tra
nspa
renc
y of
cos
ts
• Ab
ility
to m
anag
e cl
ient
exp
ecta
tions
and
eva
luat
e ov
eral
l clie
nt
satis
fact
ion.
LE
VEL
1:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
exa
mpl
es o
f key
dat
es a
nd th
e m
etho
ds w
hich
cou
ld b
e us
ed in
reco
rdin
g su
ch d
ates
in a
dia
rised
sy
stem
and
on
the
clie
nt’s
file
•
Abili
ty to
iden
tify
and
reco
rd k
ey d
ates
. LE
VEL
2a:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
elem
ents
of a
goo
d ca
se
man
agem
ent s
yste
m, i
nclu
ding
the
pote
ntia
l ben
efits
•
Abili
ty to
impl
emen
t and
ope
rate
a c
ase
man
agem
ent s
yste
m,
incl
udin
g fo
r use
as a
supe
rvisi
on a
nd c
ompl
ianc
e m
onito
ring
tool
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
94
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant s
eeki
ng p
ract
ice
right
s mus
t de
mon
stra
te:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
• Ab
ility
to d
esig
n an
d im
plem
ent a
file
clo
sure
pro
cedu
re.
LEVE
L 2b
: •
Abili
ty to
cre
ate
and
perf
orm
a fi
le re
view
pro
cess
cov
erin
g bo
th
lega
l and
adm
inist
rativ
e ob
ligat
ions
•
Abili
ty to
par
ticip
ate
signi
fican
tly in
the
succ
essf
ul a
pplic
atio
n of
an
accr
edita
tion
stan
dard
. El
emen
t 3
MAN
AGEM
ENT
OF
A LE
GAL
ENTI
TY
EX
TERN
AL IN
FLU
ENCE
S De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
impa
ct
of e
xter
nal i
nflu
ence
s on
a bu
sine
ss
INTE
RNAL
INFL
UEN
CES
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appr
opria
te a
pplic
atio
n of
inte
rnal
influ
ence
s whi
ch
can
affe
ct a
bus
ines
s
LEVE
L 1:
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of re
cent
and
/or c
urre
nt e
xter
nal
issue
s fac
ing
busin
ess/
lega
l ent
ities
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e im
pact
of i
nfla
tion,
how
this
impa
cts o
n bu
sines
s and
act
ions
whi
ch c
an b
e ta
ken
to
coun
terb
alan
ce th
is.
LE
VEL
2a:
• Ab
ility
to a
sses
s the
impa
ct o
f the
cur
rent
eco
nom
ic e
nviro
nmen
t. LE
VEL
2b:
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
bilit
y to
iden
tify
pend
ing
legi
slatio
n or
pro
fess
iona
l cha
nges
whi
ch c
ould
affe
ct th
e bu
sines
s.
LEVE
L 1:
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e in
tern
al in
fluen
ces w
hich
a
busin
ess i
s lik
ely
to fa
ce a
nd e
ffect
ive
way
s of c
ontr
ollin
g th
em.
LEVE
L 2a
: •
Abili
ty to
dev
elop
a c
ultu
re o
f acc
ount
abili
ty, c
ompl
ianc
e an
d op
enne
ss fo
r the
bus
ines
s •
Abili
ty to
man
age
a te
am.
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
95
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant s
eeki
ng p
ract
ice
right
s mus
t de
mon
stra
te:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
RISK
MAN
AGEM
ENT
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appr
opria
te a
pplic
atio
n of
risk
man
agem
ent
CON
TIN
GEN
CY P
LAN
NIN
G De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
ap
plic
atio
n of
bas
ic c
ontin
genc
y pl
anni
ng
PEO
PLE
MAN
AGEM
ENT
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appl
icat
ion
of g
ood
supe
rvis
ion;
incl
udin
g ap
prop
riate
man
agem
ent,
mot
ivat
ion
and
de
lega
tion
LEVE
L 1:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
diffe
rent
type
s of r
isk
affe
ctin
g a
busin
ess
• Ab
ility
to id
entif
y ex
ampl
es o
f risk
s and
to id
entif
y ho
w th
ese
risks
ca
n be
man
aged
. LE
VEL
2a:
• Ab
ility
to re
spon
d to
risk
s •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of c
olle
ctio
n, re
view
, eva
luat
ion
and
man
agem
ent o
f risk
•
Abili
ty to
pro
duce
a ri
sk m
anag
emen
t pol
icy
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd im
plem
enta
tion
of a
ppro
pria
te
supe
rvisi
on
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
prin
cipl
es su
ppor
ting
dele
gatio
n.
LEVE
L 2b
: •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e ke
y co
nten
ts o
f an
effe
ctiv
e co
ntin
genc
y pl
an, a
nd th
e ne
ed fo
r reg
ular
revi
ew
• Ab
ility
to d
raft
a c
ontin
genc
y pl
an
• Ab
ility
to te
st a
con
tinge
ncy
plan
. LE
VEL
1:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
nega
tive
effe
cts o
f poo
r m
anag
emen
t •
Abili
ty to
man
age
and
mot
ivat
e ot
hers
. LE
VEL
2a:
• Ab
ility
to id
entif
y th
e lin
k be
twee
n lo
w m
otiv
atio
n an
d lo
w
prod
uctio
n •
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of p
roce
dure
s to
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
96
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant s
eeki
ng p
ract
ice
right
s mus
t de
mon
stra
te:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
PRO
JECT
MAN
AGEM
ENT
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appl
icat
ion
of p
lann
ing,
con
trol
, man
agin
g an
d ev
alua
ting
a pr
ojec
t suc
cess
fully
IN
FORM
ATIO
N T
ECHN
OLO
GY (I
T)
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appl
icat
ion
of IT
in a
lega
l env
ironm
ent
man
age
and
mot
ivat
e•
Abili
ty to
use
spec
ific,
mea
sura
ble,
ach
ieva
ble,
rela
tive,
tim
e bo
und
obje
ctiv
es to
del
egat
e •
Abili
ty to
enc
oura
ge a
cul
ture
of c
ontin
uous
impr
ovem
ent.
LEVE
L 2a
: •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e ne
ed fo
r a p
roje
ct p
lan
and
the
elem
ents
whi
ch sh
ould
be
incl
uded
in th
e pl
an
• Ab
ility
to a
pply
thes
e el
emen
ts to
allo
w fo
r suc
cess
ful p
roje
ct
man
agem
ent
• Ab
ility
to e
valu
ate
the
succ
ess o
f the
pro
ject
. LE
VEL
1:
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
bes
poke
third
par
ty
soft
war
e to
com
plet
e pr
escr
ibed
ele
ctro
nic
appl
icat
ions
/sub
miss
ions
. LE
VEL
2a:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
use
of IT
in m
onito
ring
com
plia
nce
and
unde
rsta
nd it
s adv
anta
ges,
incl
udin
g as
a ti
me
savi
ng d
evic
e.
El
emen
t 4
BUSI
NES
S AC
UMEN
STRA
TEGY
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
ap
prop
riate
app
licat
ion
of st
rate
gy a
nd th
e us
e of
a
busi
ness
pla
n to
und
erpi
n th
at st
rate
gy
LEVE
L 1:
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of a
stra
tegy
•
Abili
ty to
per
form
an
anal
ysis
whi
ch id
entif
ies t
he st
reng
ths,
wea
knes
ses,
opp
ortu
nitie
s and
thre
ats (
SWO
T an
alys
is) o
f/to
the
busin
ess
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
how
a c
ompe
titiv
e ad
vant
age
arise
s and
how
a fi
rm c
an d
iffer
entia
te th
emse
lves
from
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
97
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant s
eeki
ng p
ract
ice
right
s mus
t de
mon
stra
te:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
MAR
KETI
NG
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appl
icat
ion
of a
mar
ketin
g st
rate
gy w
hich
supp
orts
th
e bu
sine
ss p
lan
PRO
FITA
BLIT
Y De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
com
petit
ors.
LEVE
L 2b
: •
Impl
emen
tatio
n an
d cr
eatio
n of
stra
tegy
•
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of li
kely
tren
ds e
vide
nt
follo
win
g ch
ange
s to
inte
rnal
and
ext
erna
l inf
luen
ces a
nd u
se th
ese
to id
entif
y a
firm
’s c
urre
nt m
arke
t pos
ition
•
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of th
e cr
itica
l suc
cess
fa
ctor
s (CS
F) o
f a b
usin
ess a
nd u
se th
ese
to id
entif
y th
e fa
ctor
s w
hich
are
like
ly to
be
criti
cal t
o th
e su
cces
s of t
he b
usin
ess.
LE
VEL
1:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
wha
t is m
eant
by
a m
arke
ting
mix
•
Abili
ty to
impl
emen
t and
eva
luat
e a
mar
ketin
g pl
an w
hich
supp
orts
th
e bu
sines
s pla
n •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e im
port
ance
of a
web
site
(or
whe
re a
ppro
pria
te p
rovi
de a
ratio
nale
as t
o w
hy a
web
site
wou
ld
not m
eet c
lient
nee
ds).
LEVE
L 2b
: •
Abili
ty to
cre
ate
an e
ffect
ive
mar
ketin
g pl
an
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
var
ious
met
hods
of s
ocia
l med
ia
• Ab
ility
to id
entif
y po
tent
ial b
enef
its o
f effe
ctiv
e us
e of
soci
al m
edia
•
Abili
ty to
iden
tify
the
pote
ntia
l risk
s pre
sent
ed b
y so
cial
med
ia
both
inte
rnal
ly a
nd e
xter
nally
. LE
VEL
1:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
wor
king
with
in b
udge
ts
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
a c
ash
flow
fore
cast
.
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
98
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant s
eeki
ng p
ract
ice
right
s mus
t de
mon
stra
te:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
appl
icat
ion
of a
ppro
pria
te to
ols t
o de
term
ine
prof
itabi
lity
LEVE
L 2a
:•
Abili
ty to
bud
get a
nd a
naly
se th
e va
rianc
es w
hich
aris
e th
roug
h a
give
n pe
riod
• Ab
ility
to c
reat
e a
cash
flow
fore
cast
and
upd
ate
it fo
r a g
iven
pe
riod
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd id
entif
icat
ion
of k
ey p
erfo
rman
ce
indi
cato
rs (K
PIs)
, inc
ludi
ng h
ow th
ese
can
be m
et a
nd u
sed
to
mea
sure
a fi
rm’s
succ
ess i
n co
mpa
rison
with
the
busin
ess s
trat
egy.
LEVE
L 2c
: •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of /a
nd a
bilit
y to
diff
eren
tiate
be
twee
n fix
ed a
nd v
aria
ble
cost
s and
dire
ct a
nd in
dire
ct c
osts
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e us
e of
app
ropr
iate
ratio
s and
fo
rmul
ae to
asc
erta
in a
n or
gani
satio
n’s o
vera
ll pr
ofita
bilit
y an
d de
part
men
t pro
fitab
ility
•
Abili
ty to
cal
cula
te 2
ratio
s to
assis
t in
asce
rtai
ning
ove
rall
prof
itabi
lity
• Ab
ility
to u
se a
ppro
pria
te fo
rmul
ae to
asc
erta
in a
dep
artm
ent’s
pr
ofita
bilit
y •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of w
hat i
s mea
nt b
y di
rect
, ind
irect
, fix
ed a
nd v
aria
ble
cost
s •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of w
hat i
s mea
nt b
y in
effic
ienc
ies
and
how
pro
cess
es c
an b
e m
easu
red
for v
alue
•
Abili
ty to
iden
tify
inef
ficie
ncie
s whi
ch w
ould
lead
to a
loss
of p
rofit
:
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
99
Anne
x 5
- IN
TRO
DU
CTI
ON
– A
CC
OU
NTS
The
entry
crit
eria
, lea
rnin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd e
vide
nce
of c
ompe
tenc
y st
ated
in th
is s
ched
ule
set o
ut:
• th
e le
vel o
f com
pete
ncy,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g re
quire
d to
kee
p th
e bo
oks
of a
ccou
nts
spec
ific
to a
lega
l ent
ity a
nd
to a
pply
a m
inim
um s
tand
ard
of a
ccou
ntan
cy fo
r a b
usin
ess
• th
e el
emen
ts re
quire
d to
evi
denc
e th
at le
vel o
f com
pete
ncy,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g
• th
e le
vel o
f com
pete
ncy
requ
ired
in th
e re
leva
nt s
kills
for t
his
area
of p
ract
ice
– to
acc
urat
ely
acco
unt f
or c
lient
s’ m
oney
, run
th
e fir
m’s
ow
n ac
coun
ts, a
pply
CIL
Ex
acco
unts
rule
s, b
ring
the
acco
unts
from
tria
l bal
ance
to p
rofit
and
loss
/bal
ance
she
et
acco
unt p
ositi
on
• th
e el
emen
ts re
quire
d to
evi
denc
e th
e re
quire
d le
vel o
f com
pete
nce
for t
hese
rele
vant
ski
lls
• a
stat
emen
t of t
he s
tudy
and
wor
k-ba
sed
expe
rienc
e th
at d
emon
stra
tes
that
an
appl
ican
t has
atta
ined
the
requ
ired
leve
l of
com
pete
nce,
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g in
all
the
requ
ired
elem
ents
.
Cer
tific
atio
n of
acc
ount
s w
ill en
sure
that
the
appl
ican
t has
: •
met
the
appl
icat
ion
requ
irem
ents
• an
app
ropr
iate
leve
l of e
xper
tise
to m
anag
e th
e fir
ms
acco
unts
and
fina
nces
to a
n ac
cept
able
sta
ndar
d
• an
app
ropr
iate
leve
l of k
now
ledg
e an
d ap
prec
iatio
n of
the
key
feat
ures
of p
rote
ctin
g cl
ient
’s m
oney
, effe
ctiv
e bi
lling
and
effic
ient
fina
ncia
l man
agem
ent
• th
e ap
prop
riate
leve
l of k
now
ledg
e an
d sk
ill to
per
form
dou
ble
entry
boo
king
, rai
se a
val
id in
voic
e an
d a
thre
e w
ay b
ank
reco
ncili
atio
n.
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
100
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant m
ust m
eet t
he fo
llow
ing
outc
omes
:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
: Q
UAL
IFIC
ATIO
N C
RITE
RIA
• KN
OW
LEDG
E •
UN
DERS
TAN
DIN
G •
EXPE
RIEN
CE
• SK
ILLS
• Ha
s suf
ficie
nt p
ract
ical
kno
wle
dge,
un
ders
tand
ing,
exp
erie
nce
and
skill
s – n
ote
thes
e ar
e di
ffere
nt d
epen
ding
of t
he ro
le o
f th
e ap
plic
ant
Dem
onst
rate
they
mee
t the
out
com
es se
t out
bel
ow b
y:
•
atte
ndan
ce o
n a
cour
se, o
r •
prac
tical
exp
erie
nce
Th
e ou
tcom
es a
re sp
lit in
to th
e fo
llow
ing
leve
ls:
•
Leve
l 1 -
man
dato
ry fo
r all
appl
ican
ts
• Le
vel 2
a - m
anda
tory
for c
ompl
ianc
e m
anag
ers
• Le
vel 2
b - m
anda
tory
for c
ompl
ianc
e m
anag
er u
nder
taki
ng p
ract
ice
man
agem
ent
• Le
vel 2
c - m
anda
tory
for c
ompl
ianc
e m
anag
er u
nder
taki
ng a
ccou
nts
man
agem
ent
Q
UAL
IFIC
ATIO
N C
RITE
RIA
Elem
ent 1
CI
LEX
ACCO
UNTS
RU
LES
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd w
here
ap
prop
riate
app
ly th
e ru
les a
nd re
gula
tions
rela
ting
to th
e ha
ndlin
g of
clie
nt m
oney
LEVE
L 1:
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e ac
coun
ts ru
les
• Ab
ility
to c
ompl
ete
a th
ree
way
ban
k re
conc
iliat
ion
to a
ccur
atel
y ac
coun
t for
all
clie
nt m
oney
•
Abili
ty to
reco
rd a
nd a
ccou
nt fo
r clie
nt m
oney
, ens
urin
g it
is ba
nked
pr
ompt
ly a
nd n
ot le
ft un
atte
nded
or u
nsec
ure
• U
nder
stan
d th
e im
port
ance
of t
he a
udit
trai
l and
ens
ure
ther
e is
a cl
ear a
udit
trai
l •
Und
erst
and
the
need
to k
eep
clie
nt m
oney
safe
and
sepa
rate
from
th
at o
f the
bus
ines
s •
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e sit
uatio
ns w
here
it is
fair
and
reas
onab
le to
acc
ount
for i
nter
est t
o th
e cl
ient
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of m
oney
hel
d as
an
agen
t/st
akeh
olde
r •
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of th
e in
tern
al p
olic
y on
w
ho c
an w
ithdr
aw m
oney
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of w
hat i
s mea
nt b
y tr
ust m
oney
and
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
101
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant m
ust m
eet t
he fo
llow
ing
outc
omes
:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
: an
indi
vidu
al’s
lega
l res
pons
ibili
ty a
s a tr
uste
e. LE
VEL
2a:
• Ab
ility
to a
pply
con
trol
s to
safe
guar
d cl
ient
mon
ey
• Co
mm
unic
ate
know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e ac
coun
ts ru
les t
o st
aff t
o en
sure
com
plia
nce
• U
nder
stan
d th
e di
ffere
nce
betw
een
clie
nt m
oney
and
clie
nt a
ccou
nt.
LEVE
L 2c
: •
Abili
ty to
dra
ft, i
mpl
emen
t and
test
robu
st in
tern
al c
ontr
ols,
in
clud
ing
who
can
with
draw
clie
nt m
oney
and
be
able
to d
istin
guish
be
twee
n a
mat
eria
l and
non
-mat
eria
l bre
ach
• Ab
ility
to p
erfo
rm a
n in
tern
al a
udit
• Ab
ility
to d
raft
, im
plem
ent a
nd c
omm
unic
ate
a fa
ir an
d re
ason
able
in
tere
st p
olic
y
• Ab
ility
to m
ake
a ca
lcul
atio
n of
inte
rest
•
Ensu
re fi
les a
re c
lose
d in
a ti
mel
y m
anne
r and
surp
lus f
unds
are
re
turn
ed p
rom
ptly
•
Abili
ty to
dra
ft, i
mpl
emen
t and
per
iodi
cally
revi
ew a
com
plia
nce
regi
ster
and
mai
ntai
n co
mpl
ete
reco
rds o
f all
brea
ches
•
Cont
rol t
he re
leas
e of
clie
nt b
ank
deta
ils o
utsid
e of
the
lega
l ent
ity
• Kn
owle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd a
pplic
atio
n of
tim
e co
stin
g an
d un
ders
tand
ing
the
bene
fits o
f thi
s inf
orm
atio
n fo
r rep
ortin
g pu
rpos
es.
El
emen
t 2
GEN
ERAL
BO
OKK
EEPI
NG
DOUB
LE E
NTR
Y BO
OKK
EEPI
NG
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appl
icat
ion
of d
oubl
e en
try
book
keep
ing
LEVE
L 1:
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of p
ostin
g en
trie
s to
the
clie
nt le
dger
ac
coun
t and
app
ropr
iate
cas
hboo
ks o
f a le
gal e
ntity
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of a
bill
of c
osts
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of a
tria
l bal
ance
.
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
102
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant m
ust m
eet t
he fo
llow
ing
outc
omes
:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
FIN
ANCI
AL S
TATE
MEN
TS
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
the
use
of fi
nanc
ial s
tate
men
ts
LEVE
L 2c
: •
Abili
ty to
pos
t ent
ries t
o cl
ient
ledg
er a
ccou
nt a
nd c
ashb
ooks
•
Abili
ty to
pro
duce
bill
of c
osts
•
Abili
ty to
pro
duce
tria
l bal
ance
.
LEVE
L 1:
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of w
hen
it is
appr
opria
te to
pro
vide
th
e cl
ient
with
a fi
nanc
ial s
tate
men
t. LE
VEL
2c:
• Ab
ility
to p
rodu
ce c
lear
and
info
rmat
ive
finan
cial
stat
emen
ts w
hich
re
flect
the
clie
nt’s
pos
ition
and
whi
ch in
clud
e ba
lanc
es d
ue to
the
clie
nt o
r to
the
lega
l ent
ity
• Ab
ility
to d
raft
a fi
nanc
ial s
tate
men
t •
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
app
licat
ion
of ti
me
cost
ing
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g th
e be
nefit
s of t
his i
nfor
mat
ion
for r
epor
ting
purp
oses
. El
emen
t 3
FIN
ANCE
S
VALU
E AD
DED
TAX
(VAT
) De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
ap
prop
riate
app
licat
ion
of V
AT
LEVE
L 1:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g as
to h
ow to
cal
cula
te V
AT p
ayab
le
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
a v
atab
le d
isbur
sem
ent a
nd a
re-
char
ge a
nd u
nder
stan
d th
e di
ffere
nce
betw
een
the
two.
LE
VEL
2c:
• Ab
ility
to p
ost a
vat
able
disb
urse
men
t and
a re
-cha
rge
to a
clie
nt
ledg
er
• Ab
ility
to p
erfo
rm a
par
tial e
xem
ptio
n ca
lcul
atio
n
• Ab
ility
to c
ompl
ete
a U
K VA
T re
turn
.
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
103
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant m
ust m
eet t
he fo
llow
ing
outc
omes
:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
CRED
IT C
ON
TRO
L AN
D DE
BT C
OLL
ECTI
ON
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appr
opria
te a
pplic
atio
n of
the
crea
tion
of a
cre
dit
cont
rol p
olic
y N
OM
INAL
LED
GERS
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
ap
prop
riate
app
licat
ion
of n
omin
al le
dger
s for
a le
gal
entit
y AC
COU
NTS
De
mon
stra
te k
now
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
LEVE
L 1:
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of h
ow c
redi
t con
trol
incl
udin
g bu
sines
s pay
men
t ter
ms a
nd d
ebt c
olle
ctio
n po
licie
s and
pro
cedu
res
are
crea
ted.
LEVE
L 2:
•
Abili
ty to
impl
emen
t and
com
mun
icat
e a
cred
it co
ntro
l pol
icy
incl
udin
g bu
sines
s pay
men
t ter
ms a
nd d
ebt c
olle
ctio
n po
licie
s and
pr
oced
ures
. LE
VEL
2c:
• Ab
ility
to c
reat
e a
cred
it co
ntro
l pol
icy
• Ab
ility
to c
reat
e an
d co
mm
unic
ate
a se
t of b
usin
ess t
erm
s and
co
nditi
ons r
elev
ant t
o a
lega
l ent
ity
• Ab
ility
to d
raft
deb
t col
lect
ion
proc
edur
es.
LEVE
L 1:
• Kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
mai
ntai
ning
a n
omin
al le
dger
•
Abili
ty to
pos
t a sm
all s
elec
tion
of n
on-v
atab
le e
ntrie
s to
a no
min
al
ledg
er
• Ab
ility
to e
xpla
in w
hat i
s mea
nt b
y ‘d
raw
ings
’ and
the
use
of th
e ca
pita
l and
cur
rent
acc
ount
s.
LEVE
L 2c
: •
Know
ledg
e, u
nder
stan
ding
and
abi
lity
to d
istin
guish
bet
wee
n pr
ofit
and
loss
ledg
ers a
nd a
bal
ance
shee
t nom
inal
ledg
er
• Ab
ility
to p
ost e
ntrie
s to
a no
min
al le
dger
. LE
VEL
1:
• Ab
ility
to re
ad a
nd in
terp
ret m
anag
emen
t rep
orts
whi
ch in
clud
e Pr
ofit
and
Loss
Acc
ount
s and
Bal
ance
She
et
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
104
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant m
ust m
eet t
he fo
llow
ing
outc
omes
:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
:
appl
icat
ion
of in
form
atio
n re
latin
g to
the
finan
cial
po
sitio
n of
a le
gal e
ntity
De
mon
stra
te o
utlin
e kn
owle
dge
and
unde
rsta
ndin
g of
taxa
tion
SET
OF
ACCO
UN
TS
Dem
onst
rate
kno
wle
dge,
und
erst
andi
ng a
nd
appr
opria
te a
pplic
atio
n of
the
crea
tion
and
inte
rpre
tatio
n of
acc
ount
s
• Ab
ility
to id
entif
y sig
nific
ant v
aria
tions
to th
e ac
coun
ts fr
om p
revi
ous
year
s.
LEVE
L 2a
: •
Abili
ty to
det
erm
ine
the
gene
ral f
inan
cial
pos
ition
of a
lega
l ent
ity.
LEVE
L 2c
: •
Abili
ty to
pro
duce
Pro
fit a
nd L
oss A
ccou
nts a
nd B
alan
ce S
heet
•
Abili
ty to
cal
cula
te a
liqu
idity
ratio
, pro
vide
com
men
tary
on
the
findi
ngs a
nd p
rovi
de g
uida
nce
on w
hat i
s vie
wed
as a
poo
r liq
uidi
ty
ratio
•
Abili
ty to
und
erst
and
and
expl
ain
wor
king
cap
ital a
nd h
ow it
can
be
effe
ctiv
ely
and
effic
ient
ly m
anag
ed
• Ab
ility
to e
xpla
in d
iffer
ent f
inan
ce o
ptio
ns a
vaila
ble
to e
ach
type
of
lega
l str
uctu
re.
LEVE
L 1:
•
Know
ledg
e an
d un
ders
tand
ing
of th
e ta
xatio
n sy
stem
as i
t app
lies t
o in
divi
dual
s and
cor
pora
tions
. LE
VEL
2c:
• Ab
ility
to a
pply
rule
s of t
axat
ion
to in
divi
dual
s and
cor
pora
tions
. LE
VEL
1:
• Ab
ility
to u
nder
stan
d a
prof
it an
d lo
ss a
ccou
nt a
nd b
alan
ce sh
eet
and
rela
tions
hip
with
a tr
ial b
alan
ce
• Ab
ility
to in
terp
ret a
pro
fit a
nd lo
ss a
ccou
nt a
nd b
alan
ce sh
eet.
LEVE
L 2a
: •
Abili
ty to
iden
tify
that
the
busin
ess i
s unl
ikel
y to
mee
t its
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
105
Le
arni
ng O
utco
me
An a
pplic
ant m
ust m
eet t
he fo
llow
ing
outc
omes
:
Supp
ortin
g Ev
iden
ce
The
appl
ican
t will
nee
d to
pro
vide
evi
denc
e to
: fo
rthc
omin
g lia
bilit
ies a
nd w
hen
it is
appr
opria
te to
not
ify IL
EX
Prof
essio
nal S
tand
ards
of t
his.
LE
VEL
2c:
• Ab
ility
to p
rodu
ce p
rofit
and
loss
acc
ount
and
bal
ance
shee
t fro
m a
tr
ial b
alan
ce
• Ab
ility
to m
ake
the
nece
ssar
y an
nual
adj
ustm
ents
to p
rodu
ce a
n ac
cura
te se
t of a
ccou
nts
• Ab
ility
to c
alcu
late
a li
quid
ity ra
tio
• Ab
ility
to id
entif
y an
d ex
plai
n th
e ea
rly in
dica
tors
of a
faili
ng
busin
ess
• Ab
ility
to id
entif
y th
e po
int w
hen
a bu
sines
s is n
o lo
nger
a g
oing
co
ncer
n.
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
FRAMEWORKS FOR BOTH CERTIFICATION SCHEMES
107
ADMISSIONS AND LICENSING COMMITTEE RULES APPENDIX 3
APPENDIX 3
ADMISSIONS AND LICENSING COMMITTEE RULES
108
ADMISSIONS AND LICENSING COMMITTEE RULES APPENDIX 3
ADMISSIONS AND LICENSING COMMITTEE RULES 1. IPS shall establish an Admissions and Licensing Committee. 2. The Admissions and Licensing Committee shall:
♦ apply and monitor the Certification Rules for the reserved legal activity and
regulated legal activity schemes; ♦ consider and determine applications by applicants for reserved or regulated legal
activity rights referred to it;
♦ consider and determine applications for the renewal of advocacy certificates referred to it;
♦ consider and determine applications by prospective or current course providers
for accreditation or renewal of accreditation to provide courses referred to it by the Officer;
♦ consider whether or not an authorised person may continue to hold a Certificate
which authorises them to undertake a reserved or regulated legal activity;
♦ determine whether accreditation of a course provider to provide a course should be withdrawn;
♦ receive reports of inspections of courses from the external advisors and the
Officer; ♦ receive reports of the moderation of course assessments from the external
advisors; ♦ receive annual reports from course providers; ♦ submit an annual report to the IPS Board.
3. The Officers will report all decisions made by them to the Admissions and Licensing Committee.
4. Wherever the Officer is unable to make a decision or takes the view that the matter
requires Committee consideration they may refer the matter to the Admissions and Licensing Committee.
5. A person or organisation affected by any decision which the Admissions and Licensing
Committee makes pursuant to its powers under these Rules may apply for reconsideration of that decision. Any such person or organisation must lodge an application for reconsideration at the IPS offices within 20 working days of receiving written notification of the decision. The application must include written reasons why it
109
ADMISSIONS AND LICENSING COMMITTEE RULES APPENDIX 3
should be reconsidered. The applicant shall have a right to be heard by the Committee when it reconsiders their application.
6. Where an application is reconsidered by the Admissions and Licensing Committee it shall
have all the powers that were available to it at the original consideration of the application.
7. An appeal may be made against the decision reached by the Admissions and Licensing
Committee in accordance with Rule 5. Appeals will be considered by an Appeal Panel comprising a professional member and two lay members drawn from the panel of lay and professional members appointed to serve on IPS’ appeal bodies under the Investigation, Disciplinary and Appeal Rules (IDAR). The Appeal Panel will have available to it all the powers available to the Admissions and Licensing Committee at the original consideration of the application.
8. The Admissions and Licensing Committee shall report annually to the IPS Board on its
work during the preceding calendar year, and make such recommendations as it thinks fit concerning the operation of the scheme Rules falling within its remit.
9. The Admissions and Licensing Committee will comprise:
• Fellows of CILEx; and • Independent members, at least 1 of whom shall have knowledge or experience of
consumer issues Who are not be members of CILEx Council or the IPS Board and provided that the independent members are in the majority.
10. A Fellow who is a member of IPS’ Professional Conduct, Disciplinary or Appeals Panel
shall not be eligible to serve as a member of the Admissions and Licensing Committee.
11. Appointments of independent members and Fellows shall be made by the IPS Board.
12. Each independent member and Fellow will be appointed to the Admissions and Licensing Committee by IPS for a period of five years. Upon the termination of the five year period of their appointment the Board may reappoint them or make a new appointment.
13. No Fellow or independent member may serve more than two consecutive terms as a member of the Admissions and Licensing Committee. Where they fail without good reason to fulfil their duties set out in these Rules IPS may terminate their appointment whether or not they have completed their current term of office.
14. The external advisors shall be invited to attend meetings of the Admissions and Licensing Committee. Where necessary the Committee may seek advice on matters under its consideration from other persons or sources.
15. At least three members of the Admissions and Licensing Committee must be present at a
meeting to constitute a quorum. The external advisors will not form part of the quorum.
110
ADMISSIONS AND LICENSING COMMITTEE RULES APPENDIX 3
16. The Admissions and Licensing Committee will appoint one of its members as Chair. The Chair will be appointed for a period of one year. The Chair will be eligible for reappointment, but may not serve as Chair for more than three consecutive years.
17. Decisions of the Admissions and Licensing Committee will be reached by a majority vote.
In the case of an equality of votes the Chair shall have a casting vote. External advisors may not vote on any matter at a meeting.
18. The Admissions and Licensing Committee shall meet at least once each year. Subject to
this, where the Committee deems it appropriate it may consider applications and any other matter by way of a postal agenda or telephone conference.
19. IPS shall have the power to pay fees to members of the Admissions and Licensing
Committee and shall from time to time, determine the amount and basis of payments of such fees.
111
AUTHORISATION RULES APPENDIX 4
APPENDIX 4
AUTHORISATION RULES
112
AUTHORISATION RULES APPENDIX 4
IPS AUTHORISATION RULES Interpretation 1. In these rules, unless otherwise provided:
the Act: means the Legal Services Act 2007; Applicant Body: means a partnership, company or sole principal
which applies to be authorised by IPS to provide one or more regulated legal activities;
Approved Manager: means a person who is approved by IPS to be a Manager in an Authorised Body;
Authorised Body: means a partnership, company or sole principal authorised by IPS to provide one or more regulated legal activities;
Authorised Person: has the same meaning as in s.18 of the Act; CILEx: means the Chartered Institute of Legal Executives;Compliance Manager: means an Approved Manager who has lead
responsibility for ensuring that an Authorised Body, its Authorised Persons, Managers, employees and sub-contractors comply with the CILEx Code of Conduct and IPS Rules;
IDAR: means the IPS Investigation, Disciplinary and Appeals Rules;
IPS: means ILEX Professional Standards Ltd; regulated legal activity: means:
(a) a reserved legal activity; or (b) immigration advice or immigration services;
reserved legal activity: has the same meaning as in the Act. Applications 2. (1) An Applicant Body must make an application for authorisation in the form
prescribed by IPS. (2) An Applicant Body must ensure that any information it provides to IPS is
complete and accurate. It must inform IPS of any change which occurs to the information it has provided in support of its application.
(3) An Applicant Body must have a practising address in England or Wales. (4) An Applicant Body must undertake to comply with the requirements of the CILEx
Code of Conduct and IPS Rules including the Indemnity Insurance Rules and Compensation Fund Rules.
113
AUTHORISATION RULES APPENDIX 4
(5) An Applicant Body has a duty to declare prior conduct relating to the body, any of its Managers and any other person connected to or associated with that body. For this purpose prior conduct has the same meaning as in IDAR.
(6) IPS will consider an application and notify the Applicant Body of its decision
within a timescale specified by IPS. (7) In carrying out an assessment of the application for authorisation IPS may visit an
Applicant Body to obtain further information. IPS will consider a visit as part of the application of its Risk Assessment Framework.
Application decisions and determination criteria 3. (1) Once IPS has considered an application it will either:
(a) grant Authorisation; or (b) refuse Authorisation.
(2) In determining any application IPS will be guided by its Risk Assessment Framework and the Regulatory Objectives under the Act. Before it reaches a decision it may require an Applicant Body to provide additional information.
(3) If IPS decides that an Applicant Body has failed to meet, or may be unlikely to
meet any of the requirements set out in the CILEx Code of Conduct or IPS Rules, IPS may require the Applicant Body to meet specified compliance requirements or agree to meet specified conditions. IPS will make such assessments using its Risk Assessment Framework.
(4) IPS may grant Provisional Authorisation to an Applicant Body until it obtains
Professional Indemnity Insurance which satisfies the requirements of the IPS Indemnity Insurance Rules. In that event, the Applicant Body must obtain insurance under those rules before it will be authorised to practise as an Authorised Body. The Applicant Body will not become an Authorised Body until that condition is met.
(5) Where an Applicant Body is authorised, IPS will specify any limitations on
authorisation which will include whether authorisation is restricted to one or more specific regulated legal activities.
(6) IPS may only grant an application for authorisation if:
(a) the Applicant Body includes at least one person who is an Approved Manager and, where the Applicant Body seeks to carry out one or more regulated legal activities, who is an Authorised Person authorised to carry out one or more of those regulated legal activities;
(b) the Applicant Body has a practising address in England or Wales; (c) IPS is satisfied that upon authorisation the Applicant Body will be able to
comply with IPS Rules and the CILEx Code of Conduct; (d) IPS is satisfied that the Applicant Body's management and governance
114
AUTHORISATION RULES APPENDIX 4
arrangements are adequate to effectively manage risk and safeguard the Regulatory Objectives;
(e) IPS is satisfied that the Applicant Body will be able to meet any specified compliance requirements or conditions placed on it including the condition specified at Rule 3(4).
Terms of authorisation 4. (1) Authorisation is granted for an indefinite period.
(2) An Authorised Body must comply with the IPS Indemnity Insurance Rules and IPS
Compensation Fund Rules. (3) An Authorised Body must have an Approved Manager and, where the body is
authorised to carry out any regulated legal activities, that Approved Manager must be an Authorised Person who is authorised to carry out those regulated legal activities.
(4) An Authorised Body that wishes to conduct any regulated legal activity other
than one forming part of its original authorisation must, before doing so, apply to IPS for a modification to its authorisation. Any application for such a modification must be made in the form prescribed by IPS. IPS will assess any such application: (a) as if it was an application for authorisation under these Rules: and (b) by reference to its Risk Assessment Framework; and will notify the Authorised Body of its decision within a timescale specified by IPS.
(5) An Authorised Body must notify IPS of any material change that may affect its
ability to comply with these Rules, any other IPS Rules or the CILEx Code of Conduct. Notification must be made before any change takes place or, where this is not possible, as soon as reasonably practicable. Failure to do so will constitute a material breach of these rules and IPS reserves the right to revoke authorisation in such circumstances.
(6) An Authorised Body, its Approved Managers and Authorised Persons are subject
to the CILEx Code of Conduct and all applicable IPS Rules. (7) IPS may require an Authorised Body to meet specified compliance requirements
or agree to specified conditions if it decides that the Authorised Body has failed or may be unlikely to meet any of the requirements of the CILEx Code of Conduct or IPS Rules. IPS will make such assessments using its Risk Assessment Framework.
(8) IPS may revoke Authorisation if:
(a) an Authorised Body no longer has an Approved Manager; (b) the Approved Manager of an Authorised Body is no longer authorised to
115
AUTHORISATION RULES APPENDIX 4
carry out the regulated legal activity or regulated legal activities IPS has authorised it to carry out;
(c) an Authorised Body no longer has a practising address in England or Wales; (d) IPS is no longer satisfied that an Authorised Body is able to comply with the
CILEx Code of Conduct or applicable IPS Rules; (e) an Authorised Body's management or governance arrangements are
deemed by IPS to be no longer adequate to manage risk effectively or safeguard the Regulatory Objectives.
(9) IPS may also revoke Authorisation if it determines that the Authorised Body is in
breach of the CILEx Code of Conduct or any IPS Rules. Any such breach will be determined by IPS and will include, but not be limited to, the following: (a) an Authorised Body has failed to meet compliance requirements or
conditions specified by IPS; (b) an Authorised Body has provided inaccurate or misleading information or
there has been a material omission, delay, or failure to provide information to IPS;
(c) for any other reason IPS considers that it would be contrary to the public interest or otherwise inconsistent with the Regulatory Objectives to allow authorisation to continue.
(10) The requirements relating to the revocation of authorisation including the timing
of any decision to revoke authorisation will be determined by the relevant Panel or Tribunal under IDAR.
(11) An Authorised Body must inform IPS as soon as reasonably practicable if that
body or any Authorised Person or Approved Manager is subject to any matter identified in Rule 11 of IDAR (prior conduct).
(12) Where any individual designated as an Approved Manager is no longer employed
by an Authorised Body or can no longer carry out their role as an Approved Manager, the Authorised Body must inform IPS as soon as reasonably practicable prior to this change taking place, or where this has not been possible within 28 days of the change taking place.
(13) If a change specified in Paragraph (12) applies to a Compliance Manager the
Authorised Body must provide IPS with details of the replacement Compliance Manager as soon as reasonably practicable. If the replacement Compliance Manager is not an Approved Manager, the individual must apply to IPS to be designated as an Approved Manager and specify their designation as Compliance Manager.
(14) An Authorised Body must at all times have suitable arrangements in place to
ensure that: (a) its Authorised Persons, Managers, and employees comply with the duties
imposed by the CILEx Code of Conduct and all other IPS Rules which apply to them;
116
AUTHORISATION RULES APPENDIX 4
(b) Arrangements for ensuring that they do not employ any person disqualified from being employed in an Authorised Body providing legal services;
(15) The Authorised Body must supply any information required by IPS which IPS
deems necessary in order to carry out periodic risk assessment and review in support of its regulatory duties.
(16) Authorised Bodies will be required to provide Annual Returns. IPS will determine
the format and information requirements for such returns. (17) A failure to supply a completed Annual Return within the timescale specified by
IPS will constitute a breach of Paragraph (9)(b). (18) An Authorised Body must pay IPS the periodic fee(s) of such amounts and at such
times as IPS may prescribe Managers and the Compliance Manager 5. (1) An Authorised Body must have at least one Manager. All Managers must apply
to be designated as Approved Managers by IPS. One Manager must also be designated as Compliance Manager and must consent to being designated as such.
(2) IPS will determine, in accordance with Rule 6, whether a Manager or Compliance
Manager in an Authorised Body is fit and proper to hold that post. (3) When applying to be an Authorised Body, and after any authorisation has been
granted, an Authorised Body must undertake not to employ any person who is disqualified from being employed in an Authorised Body providing legal services, or designate in the role of Manager or Compliance Manager any person who is disqualified from performing any of those roles or any similar role within an Authorised Body.
(4) An Authorised Body must have suitable arrangements in place to ensure that the
Compliance Manager is able to discharge their duties in accordance with the CILEx Code of Conduct and these and all other IPS Rules. A Compliance Manager may be assisted by others in undertaking compliance duties but cannot delegate overall responsibility for compliance to any other person.
(5) IPS may withdraw Approved Manager designation from an individual if IPS
deems that the individual is no longer fit and proper to carry out that role. IPS will provide the Authorised Body and the individual with written reasons for its decision.
(6) The Compliance Manager must take all reasonable steps to:
(a) comply with the CILEx Code of Conduct, IPS Accounts Rules, and any other relevant rules set by IPS and CILEx;
117
AUTHORISATION RULES APPENDIX 4
(b) ensure compliance with any statutory obligations of the body, its Managers and employees in relation to the body's carrying on of authorised activities;
(c) record any material compliance failures and notify IPS as soon as reasonably practicable. Material failures will include any breach or pattern of breaches of the CILEx Code of Conduct, the IPS Accounts Rules or any other Rules set by IPS and CILEx. A material failure will also include the failure to inform IPS if the Authorised Body is in financial difficulty;
(d) record any compliance failures and make such records available to IPS on request and in any event at least annually as part of the annual return submitted to IPS.
Fit and proper test 6. (1) In determining whether an Approved Manager is fit and proper for the purpose
of these Rules, IPS will consider the person’s character, suitability, fitness and propriety having regard to: (a) the person’s ability to comply with the professional principles in section
1(3) of the Act; and (b) The factors set out in Paragraph (2)
(2) The factors are whether the person:
(a) has been convicted of a criminal offence: (i) for which a term of imprisonment was imposed; (ii) involving dishonesty or fraud; (iii) involving perjury or other offences relating to the administration of
justice; (iv) involving serious violence.
(b) has been the subject of an adverse regulatory finding involving: (i) material breach of regulatory requirements; (ii) failure to provide information or the provision of false information; (iii) refusal, suspension or withdrawal of regulated status;
(c) has been declared bankrupt, entered into any individual voluntary arrangements, been the subject of a court judgement for debt;
(d) has been removed as or disqualified from being a company director or charity trustee;
(e) has been concerned in the management or ownership of any company which has been wound up or put into receivership or administration in circumstances of insolvency;
(f) has been the subject of a judgment of a civil court concerning any fraud, misrepresentation or conduct related to the administration of justice;
(g) has engaged in other conduct involving dishonesty, violence, discrimination, abuse of trust or financial impropriety or mismanagement.
Waivers 7. IPS may in its discretion waive any provision of these Rules for a particular
purpose or purposes.
118
AUTHORISATION RULES APPENDIX 4
Regulatory Conflict 8. (1) If a conflict arises between a requirement imposed on an Authorised Body or on
an employee or Manager of the body by IPS as the regulator of that body, and on an individual Manager or employee of that body by another approved regulator, then the requirement imposed by IPS prevails over the requirement imposed by the other approved regulator.
(2) If a conflict arises between a requirement imposed on a non-IPS authorised body
or on an employee or Manager of that body by another approved regulator as the regulator of that body and on an individual Manager or employee of that firm by IPS, then the requirement imposed by the other approved regulator prevails over the requirement imposed by IPS.
Appeals 9. (1) An appeal may be made against any of the following decisions made by IPS under
these rules: (a) refusal of an application for Authorisation; (b) revocation of authorisation; (c) refusal of an application to be an Approved Manager; (d) withdrawal of Approved Manager designation from an individual;
(2) An appeal may be made by giving notice to the Appeals Panel established under
IDAR. (3) A notice under Paragraph (2) shall be addressed to the Appeals Panel at the
offices of IPS and shall: (a) state that it is a notice of appeal under this Rule; (b) include:
(i) the name and address of the appellant, (ii) the date, nature and other relevant details of the decision which is
the subject of the appeal (iii) a concise statement of the grounds of the appeal, and (iv) the name and address of the appellant's representative (if any) and
state whether correspondence concerning the appeal should be sent to the representative instead of the appellant;
(c) be signed by or on behalf of the appellant; (d) be accompanied by a copy of any documents on which the appellant
proposes to rely for the purposes of the appeal. (4) Rules 35(1), (2), (4) to (6), (8) and (9), 36 and 37 of IDAR shall apply to an appeal
made under these Rules. (5) Appeals shall normally be heard in private unless the appellant requests
otherwise.
119
AUTHORISATION RULES APPENDIX 4
(6) Having considered an appeal, the Appeals Panel may: (a) dismiss the appeal; (b) allow the appeal and quash the decision appealed against; or (c) substitute for the decision appealed against any other decision that
the IPS could have made;
and may make such ancillary orders, including orders for costs, as it considers just and appropriate.
120
AUTHORISATION RULES APPENDIX 4
121
STRATEGIC RISK COMMITTEE RULES APPENDIX 5
APPENDIX 5
STRATEGIC RISK COMMITTEE RULES
122
STRATEGIC RISK COMMITTEE RULES APPENDIX 5
STRATEGIC RISK COMMITTEE RULES
1. IPS shall establish a Strategic Risk Committee. 2. The Strategic Risk Committee shall:
• oversee the application of IPS risk based and outcomes focused regulatory strategy and its adaptation to meet changing market conditions;
• review operation of the risk framework and update/supplement risk rating
criteria; • determine how the framework should be applied across impact and
probability scoring ranges; • receive and review data from IPS risk operations and receive summaries on
risk data assessments on the wider market for legal services; • consider and decide whether to endorse decisions made by Operational Risk
Group Managers to reject authorisation; • consider and decide whether to endorse decisions made by Operational Risk
Group Managers to revoke authorisation; • consider and decide whether to endorse decisions made by Operational Risk
Group Managers to reject designation as an Approved Manager; • consider and decide whether to endorse decisions made by Operational Risk
Group Managers to withdraw designation as an Approved Manager. 3. A person or organisation (the applicant) affected by any decision which the Strategic
Risk Committee makes to reject an application for authorisation, revoke authorisation, reject an application for Approved Manager designation, or withdraw Approved Manager designation, may apply for reconsideration of that decision. Any such person or organisation must lodge an application for reconsideration at the IPS offices at Kempston Manor within 20 working days of receiving written notification of the decision. The application must include written reasons why it should be reconsidered. The applicant shall have a right to be heard by an Appeals Panel constituted under the Investigation Disciplinary and Appeals Rules (IDAR).
4. The Strategic Risk Committee shall report annually to the IPS Board on its work
during the preceding calendar year, and make such recommendations as it thinks fit concerning the operation of the Risk Framework falling within its remit.
5. The Strategic Risk Committee will comprise:
• Fellows of CILEx; and
123
STRATEGIC RISK COMMITTEE RULES APPENDIX 5
• Independent members, at least 1 of whom shall have knowledge or experience of risk management
who shall not be members of CILEx Council or the IPS Board and provided that the independent members are in the majority.
6. A Fellow who is a member of IPS’ Professional Conduct, Disciplinary or Appeals Panel
shall not be eligible to serve as a member of the Strategic Risk Committee. 7. Appointments of independent members and Fellows shall be made by the IPS Board. 8. Each independent member and Fellow will be appointed to the Strategic Risk
Committee by IPS for a period of five years. Upon the termination of the five year period of their appointment the Board may reappoint them or make a new appointment.
9. No Fellow or independent member may serve more than two consecutive terms as a member of the Strategic Risk Committee. Where they fail without good reason to fulfil their duties set out in these Rules IPS may terminate their appointment whether or not they have completed their current term of office.
10. Where necessary the Strategic Risk Committee may seek advice on matters under its
consideration from other persons or sources. 11. At least three members of the Strategic Risk Committee must be present at a
meeting to constitute a quorum. 12. The Strategic Risk Committee will appoint one of its members as Chair. The Chair will
be appointed for a period of one year. The Chair will be eligible for reappointment, but may not serve as Chair for more than three consecutive years.
13. Decisions of the Strategic Risk Committee will be reached by a majority vote. In the
case of an equality of votes the Chair shall have a casting vote. 14. The Strategic Risk Committee shall meet at least once each year. Subject to this,
where the Committee deems it appropriate it may perform its functions by way of a postal agenda or telephone conference.
15. IPS shall have the power to pay fees to members of the Strategic Risk Committee and
shall from time to time, determine the amount and basis of payments of such fees.
124
STRATEGIC RISK COMMITTEE RULES APPENDIX 5
125
CODE OF CONDUCT APPENDIX 6
APPENDIX 6
CODE OF CONDUCT
126
CODE OF CONDUCT APPENDIX 6
The CILEx Code of Conduct
This is the Code of Conduct (the Code) of the Chartered Institute of Legal Executives (CILEx) and its regulatory body, ILEX Professional Standards Limited (IPS). It sets out the principles to which CILEx members, CILEx practitioners and Authorised Bodies must adhere in their conduct, practice and professional performance, and the outcomes they must meet. Membership and regulated practice carry both privileges and responsibilities. They require that in your conduct, practice and professional performance you:
• develop and use your professional knowledge and skills for the benefit of those who use your services
• maintain good professional relationships with others
• act in a way that promotes confidence and trust in the legal professions and the provision of legal services.
Core Principles You must adhere to the following core principles in the work you do and the decisions you make. The principles also help the public to know the standards of behaviour that are expected of you. You must:
1. Uphold the rule of law and the impartial administration of justice.
2. Maintain high standards of professional and personal conduct and justify public trust in you, your profession and the provision of legal services.
3. Behave with honesty and integrity.
4. Comply with your legal and regulatory obligations and deal with your regulators and ombudsmen openly, promptly and co-operatively.
5. Act competently in the best interests of your client and respect client confidentiality.
6. Treat everyone fairly and without prejudice.
7. Ensure your independence is not compromised.
8. Act effectively and in accordance with proper governance and sound financial and risk management principles.
9. Protect client money and assets.
127
CODE OF CONDUCT APPENDIX 6
Application You must comply with the Code whenever it applies to you. Your professional and personal conduct will be judged against it and a breach may lead to action being taken against you. Compliance with the Code will be taken into account in considering information which raises a question about your conduct, practice or professional performance. The Principles Explained Each core principle is supported by a series of outcomes. You must adhere to the principles and meet the outcomes. Where IPS provides guidance to the Code of Conduct, this is not exhaustive but is intended to help you to understand our expectations of you. Compliance with any guidance may not be an absolute requirement but you may be called upon to justify a departure from it if your behaviour is called into question Definitions In the Code: You and your means a CILEx member, CILEx practitioner or Authorised Body. 1. Uphold the rule of law and the impartial administration of justice. You must:
1.1 Understand and comply with your primary and overriding duty to the court, obey court orders and do nothing which would place you in contempt.
1.2 Not knowingly allow the court to be misled.
2. Maintain high standards of professional and personal conduct and justify public trust in you, your profession and the provision of legal services.
You must: 2.1 Advise your client of your professional status and that you are authorised to
practise and/or regulated by IPS. Where your practice is regulated by IPS your business communications must confirm that.
2.2 Not engage in any conduct that could undermine or affect adversely the confidence and trust placed in you and your profession by your client, your employer, professional colleagues, the public and others.
3 Behave with honesty and integrity.
You must: 3.1 Be honest in all your dealings and in all financial matters. 3.2 Not intentionally mislead anyone you deal with.
128
CODE OF CONDUCT APPENDIX 6
3.3 Report to IPS without delay any suspicion that another has breached the Code unless bound by legal professional privilege or client confidentiality.
3.4 Report to the relevant authority any misconduct of another which falls to be regulated by that authority unless bound by legal professional privilege or client confidentiality.
3.5 Not hold yourself out as having a qualification or professional status that you do not possess.
4 Comply with your legal and regulatory obligations and deal with regulators and ombudsmen openly, promptly and co-operatively.
You must: 4.1 Understand and comply with the law and regulation applicable to you. 4.2 Take all practicable steps to ensure you can demonstrate that you have adhered to
the Core Principles and met the associated Outcomes. 4.3 Not place others in breach of any regulatory requirement or rule of professional
conduct. 4.4 Respond openly, promptly and co-operatively to communications from your
regulators and ombudsmen.
5 Act competently in the best interests of your client and respect client confidentiality.
You must: 5.1 Maintain a high level of competence in your legal work and ensure that your legal
knowledge is current and of sufficient depth for your role. 5.2 Identify and address any deficiencies in your knowledge or training, or that of your
staff, so as to maintain a level of competence and knowledge appropriate to the work and level of responsibility in which you or your staff are engaged.
5.3 Act only on matters that are within your competence. 5.4 Not act for a client in an area of law where you have insufficient knowledge or
experience. 5.5 Act on your client’s instructions except when to do so would involve a breach of the
law or this Code. 5.6 Not act in a matter where you do not have the right or are not authorised to act. 5.7 Adequately explain and agree with your client the terms upon which your services
are to be provided, including the extent of the services, payment and the likely or anticipated cost, outcome and timescale for the advice and services to be provided.
5.8 Provide prompt, clear and accurate information and advice to your client, advise them openly and honestly and keep them up to date with information they need about the work you are performing for them within agreed timescales.
5.9 Inform your client fully as to your complaints procedures including their right to refer a complaint to the Legal Ombudsman or IPS where appropriate.
5.10 Not charge a client for the cost of handling a complaint. 5.11 Where your practice is regulated by IPS, include in the terms of business with your
client, a statement that IPS is your regulator and may seek access to their papers and that, in these circumstances, you will grant IPS access unless the client objects.
129
CODE OF CONDUCT APPENDIX 6
5.12 Maintain confidentiality in respect of your client’s affairs except where to do so would conflict with the law or the Code or where your client explicitly authorises you to disclose confidential information.
6 Treat everyone fairly and without prejudice
You must: 6.1 Ensure your business or your role within it, your business model, processes and
practices adequately: o assist consumers and clients to access justice and the full range of legal
services; and o provide each client with equal opportunity to secure a favourable outcome in
their matter, irrespective of their vulnerability or susceptibility to discrimination.
7 Ensure your independence is not compromised.
You must: 7.1 Not act or continue to act where there is a conflict of interest or a significant risk
that a conflict may arise. 7.2 Not act or continue to act for a client if you reasonably consider that they are
providing instructions under duress or undue influence, except where to withdraw from acting would be detrimental to the client’s interests.
7.3 Where instructions are provided by a third party, confirm them with your client to ensure they are your client’s own instructions.
7.4 Ensure that none of your commercial interests or financial arrangements adversely affect the independence of your advice or your ability to act impartially.
8 Act effectively and in accordance with proper governance and sound financial and risk management principles.
You must: 8.1 Maintain proper standards of work and keep accurate records. In matters such as
communications with clients, professional colleagues and others, your records should be contemporaneous and in any event must be made as soon as practicable thereafter.
8.2 Ensure that you properly supervise tasks that you have asked others to perform on your behalf, recognising that you remain accountable for any such work.
8.3 Ensure that anyone you ask to perform work on your behalf is appropriately qualified and authorised to perform it.
8.4 Ensure that clients’ matters are supervised and regularly checked by those with sufficient competence and experience to assess the quality of the work and to ensure issues identified are addressed.
8.5 Adhere to effective management, oversight and reporting structures.
130
CODE OF CONDUCT APPENDIX 6
8.6 Comply with effective procedures to ensure compliance with your legal and regulatory obligations.
9 Protect client money and assets.
You must: 9.1 Identify, assess, manage and promptly address risks to money and assets entrusted
to you by clients and others. 9.2 Effectively monitor the financial stability of your business or your role within it, so
as to protect client money and assets from risks associated with the financial position of your business or the business of your employer.
Further Help & Guidance If you are unsure how this Code applies to you, contact IPS on 01234 845770 or info @ilexstandards.org.uk
131
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
APPENDIX 7
ACCOUNTS RULES
132
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
THE IPS ACCOUNTS RULES 1. Authority and Interpretation
1.1 CILEx has delegated to IPS responsibility for these rules. 1.2 A breach of these Rules may result in proceedings being instigated. 1.3 Definitions:
• Account Period: as defined in Rule 10 hereof; • Accounts Records: as defined in Rule 7 hereof; • Accountant’s Report: a statement from the Authorised Body’s Reporting
Accountant to confirm compliance with IPS Accounts Rules; • Authorised Body: any entity which is authorised and regulated by IPS; • Authorised Person: an “Authorised Person” under Section 18 of the Legal
Services Act 2007 in relation to a particular Reserved Legal Activity if that person is authorised to carry on that activity by a relevant approved Regulator;
• Client Account: an account at a bank or building society in England and Wales in the name of the Authorised Body and which includes in its title the words "Client Account". A Client Account may be an account pooling funds from more than one client or an account designated for a particular purpose;
• Client Money: money beneficially owned by anyone other than the Authorised Body;
• Designated Client Account: a deposit or share account for money relating to a single client and which includes in its title “client account”;
• Entity: any person or body providing or offering to provide legal services which may include any Regulated Legal Activity;
• Guidance: written guidance issued by IPS and describing itself as a Guidance on a given matter;
• CILEx: the Chartered Institute of Legal Executives; • CILEx Practitioner: means a practitioner authorised by IPS to provide one or
more regulated legal activity; • IPS: ILEX Professional Standards Ltd; • Office Account: an account at a bank or building society in England and Wales in
the name of an Authorised Body and which includes in its title the words "Office Account";
• Office Money: money beneficially owned by Authorised Body; • Reporting Accountant: as defined in Rule 13 hereof; • Regulated Legal Activity:
(a) a reserved legal activity within the meaning of the Legal Services 2007; or
(b) immigration advice or immigration services; • Regulated Practice: an entity regulated by an Approved Regulator under
the Legal Services Act 2007; and • You and Your: a CILEx member, CILEx Practitioner or an Authorised Body.
133
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
2. Client Money 2.1 You must as soon as is practicable pay Client Money received into your Client
Account and only into that account unless: 2.1.1 the client gives written instructions for the cheque or cash to be held
as such for the client's own convenience; or 2.1.2 the money received represents unpaid professional disbursements
included in a payment of costs which may be paid into Office Account provided they are then disbursed within two working days.
2.2 You must use each client’s money for that client’s matter only. 2.3 Subject to rule 3.9 you may withdraw money from Client Account only upon the
instructions of the client to whom the money belongs. 2.4 You may withhold money from Client Account on the written authorisation of
IPS. IPS may impose a condition that you pay the money to a charity which gives an indemnity against any subsequent legitimate claim for the sum received.
2.5 You may transfer a client's money from Client Account to Office Account to settle that client's liability for costs incurred or disbursements paid by you in accordance with your terms of business and following the rendering of the relative account and/or written intimation to that client that the funds are to be transferred.
2.6 Nothing in these Rules deprives you of any legal recourse or right, whether by way of lien set off, counter claim or otherwise, against money standing in client account to the credit of the client against whom legal recourse or right is sought.
2.7 Regular payments from any body administering public legal aid funding must be paid into your office account. You must within 28 days of submitting a report to such a body, notifying completion of the matter, either pay any unpaid professional disbursements or transfer into a Client Account that sum equivalent to the amount of unpaid professional disbursements relating to that matter. Where such a body permits you to submit regular reports at various stages during a matter the provisions relating to unpaid professional disbursements apply to any such disbursements included in each report. Regular payments can be either standard monthly payments paid by the body under legal aid contracting arrangements or any other payments received from the body under an arrangement for payments on a regular basis.
2.8 You must maintain accurate and up to date accounts in accordance with these rules and any guidance issued by IPS from time to time.
2.9 You must retain your ability to repay Client Money immediately unless the client agrees otherwise in writing.
2.10 Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary in relation to matters which are publicly funded: 2.10.1 Payments received from any body administering public legal aid
funding may be paid into Office Account with the written consent of that body provided that any payment in respect of unpaid disbursements must within 14 days of receipt either be applied to pay those disbursements or transferred to Client Account unless the payments are regular payments in which case Rule 2.7 applies.
134
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
2.10.2 Payments received from any other party must be paid into Client Account and recorded in a ledger which notes any interest the body administering public legal aid funding has in such receipt.
2.10.3 You may transfer any funds held on Client Account to which you are entitled after delivering to the body administering public legal aid funding a report comprising an up to date and comprehensive cash account in relation to the matter in question and an intimation of your intention to effect a transfer to Office Account indicating the amount of the proposed transfer.
2.10.4 You must comply with your obligations to the body administering public legal aid funding including but not limited to any obligation to preserve that body’s statutory charge.
3. Client Account 3.1 You must not pay any of your own money into Client Account except either:
3.1.1 when under a duty to do so imposed by these rules; or 3.1.2 any nominal sum required to open or maintain the account; or 3.1.3 where a payment is made under rule 3.2.
3.2 You may pay into Client Account an advance from you to fund a payment on behalf of a client or controlled trust. This money becomes Client Money or controlled trust money. Rule 6 (interest) will not apply to that money.
3.3 You must ensure that funds are not overdrawn against a specific client on Client Account
3.4 You must not effect any payments or receipts through Client Account unless those payments and receipts are incidental to the provision of substantive legal services by you to a client.
3.5 You may transfer Client Money between Client Accounts. 3.6 You may withdraw money from Client Account to reverse a payment into Client
Account made in error. 3.7 You must make good any deficiency in Client Account, immediately that it
becomes known, from your own funds through Office Account. 3.8 You must pay a receipt of mixed Client Money and other funds into Client
Account and within 14 days transfer the amount of other funds to Office Account. In these circumstances you need not comply with the provisions of Rule 2.5.
3.9 You may transfer amounts from a ledger in the name of one client to a ledger in the name of another client: 3.9.1 only with the prior written authority of both clients; and 3.9.2 provided that it would have been permissible to withdraw that sum
from the account in accordance with these rules; and 3.9.3 it would have been permissible to pay that sum into the account under
these rules. 3.10 You may hold funds jointly with:
3.10.1 the Client, 3.10.2 a CILEx Practitioner, 3.10.3 an Authorised Body,
135
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
3.10.4 a Regulated Practice, 3.10.5 an Authorised Person, or 3.10.6 a third party when instructed in writing by your client to do so, provided that: 3.10.7 the funds are held on a joint account designated as to beneficiary and
purpose; and 3.10.8 you maintain, available for inspection by IPS, the client's written
authority for every payment made from the joint account upon your signature and duplicate original bank statements for the joint account; and
3.10.9 compliance with these requirements is confirmed in the Accountant’s report required by Rule 10 herein.
3.11 IPS may by written consent relieve you of your duty to comply with these rules in whole or part in relation to a specific client's funds where IPS considers it appropriate in the circumstances to do so and IPS is satisfied that adequate other arrangements exist to safeguard that client's interests.
4. Method and authority for withdrawals from client account 4.1 A withdrawal from a Client Account may be made only after a specific authority
in respect of that withdrawal has been signed by an appropriate person or persons in accordance with the Authorised Body’s procedures for signing on Client Account. An authority for withdrawals from Client Account may be signed electronically, subject to appropriate safeguards and controls.
4.2 Authorised Bodies must put in place appropriate systems and procedures governing withdrawals from Client Account, including who should be permitted by the Authorised Body to sign on Client Account.
4.3 A signed authority shall not be required for the transfer of money from one Client Account to another Client Account at the same bank or building society except where either is a separate designated account.
4.4 A withdrawal from a Client Account in favour of you must be made either by way of a cheque to you or by way of a transfer to your office account. The withdrawal in favour of you must not be made in cash.
5. Office Account 5.1 You must effect all payments and receipts of your own money in connection with
your practice through an Office Account. 5.2 You must maintain as part of your required Accounts Records accurate and up to
date records of payments from and receipts into Office Account. 6. Interest on Client Account
6.1 You must place Client Money on deposit so as to earn interest unless it would be
unreasonable or inappropriate to do so.
136
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
6.2 You must account to each client for the proper proportion of any interest earned (or which ought to have been earned) except to the extent that, on that client's money: 6.2.1 the amount due does not exceed such amount as IPS may from time to
time stipulate in Guidance; or 6.2.2 the interest is in respect of client money held on account of costs or
disbursements; or 6.2.3 the interest is in respect of money held for any body administering
public legal aid funds. 6.3 You may not exclude your obligations to pay interest in accordance with these
rules by contract with your client. 6.4 If you hold money as a stakeholder you must pay interest to the recipient of the
stake. 6.5 Your client may, without prejudice to any other remedy, apply to IPS for a
Certificate as to whether or not interest, or a sum in lieu of interest, should have been paid, and, if so, the amount. If IPS certifies that interest, or a sum in lieu of interest, should have been paid, you must pay the certified sum.
7. Accounting Records 7.1 You must operate proper accounting systems and controls resulting in the
maintenance of complete and accurate Accounting Records sufficient to demonstrate the entitlements to all Client Money held by you and document every payment or receipt effected in the course of your practice.
7.2 In particular (but without limit) you must have available together for inspection by IPS the following: 7.2.1 a record for every payment from Client Account; 7.2.2 written vouchers describing and authorising every Client Account and
Office Account transaction; 7.2.3 an up to date ledger for each matter for each client showing all Office
Account and Client Account transactions for that matter and the balance of Client Money held in relation to that matter for that client;
7.2.4 Client Account and Office Account cash books showing every transaction on those accounts;
7.2.5 all Client Account and Office Account bank statements and passbooks; 7.2.6 all Client Account and Office Account chequebooks and paying in
books with all counterfoils properly completed; 7.2.7 documentary reconciliations of Client Account; 7.2.8 all written authorities obtained for inter-client ledger transfers
required by rule 3.9; 7.2.9 all bills and written intimations of costs sent by you; 7.2.10 a list of all joint accounts with the records required by paragraph 3.10.
7.3 You may maintain Accounting Records in either or both written and electronic form but insofar as records are maintained in electronic form you must: 7.3.1 electronically back up all information held at the end of business each
day and store the most recent copy away from your premises whenever the office is closed;
137
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
7.3.2 use a system which is capable of providing printed copies of ledgers and other information held immediately upon it being required.
7.4 You must take every necessary step to ensure that all Accounting Records are kept safe and in good order.
8. Reconciliation of Client Account 8.1 You must, at least once every five weeks:
8.1.1 compare the balance on the Client Account cashbook with the balance shown on the statements and passbooks (after allowing for all unpresented items) of all Client Accounts; and
8.1.2 as at the same date prepare a listing of balances shown by the client ledgers of the liabilities to clients, and compare the total of those balances with the Client Account cashbook; and
8.1.3 prepare a reconciliation statement that explains the cause of any difference; and
8.1.4 take appropriate action promptly to correct any differences in order to balance the reconciliation statement.
9. Retention of Records 9.1 You must retain for a period of at least six years from the date of the last entry
those materials referred to in rule 7.2 and all other records (whether held electronically or otherwise) pertaining to transactions on each Client Account, whether held as a general Client Account or a separate Designated Client Account.
9.2 You must retain paid cheques and other authorities for withdrawals from Client Account for a period of at least two years but these may remain in the physical possession of a bank or building society held on your behalf.
10. Accountant’s Report 10.1 You must deliver to IPS an Accountant’s Report from a Reporting Accountant
that must cover a period of no more than twelve months; 10.1.1 contiguous with the period of the previous Accountant’s Report
delivered by you; or 10.1.2 if there is no previous Accountant’s Report, from the date upon which
you first held Client Money. 10.2 If you have not held Client Money during the whole of a period for which an
Accountant’s Report would otherwise be required you may, in relation to that reporting period, provide to IPS in place of an Accountant’s Report, a certificate (in such form as IPS may stipulate in any Guidance) to that effect and such certificate shall be deemed to be an Accountant’s Report for the purpose of rule 10.1.
10.3 Your Accountant’s Report must relate to your most recently concluded Account Period as defined in Rule 10.1 above and must be delivered to IPS as soon as
138
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
reasonably practicable and in any event within six months from the conclusion of that Account Period.
10.4 You must deliver an Accountant’s Report to IPS for the period up to and including the date upon which for any reason you ceased to hold Client Money.
11. Test Procedures 11.1 The Reporting Accountant must examine the Accounts Records selected by them
and make the following checks:- 11.1.1 confirm that your accounting system complies with the requirements
for Accounts Records in these rules; and 11.1.1.1 that an appropriate client ledger is kept for each client; and 11.1.1.2 the client ledger shows details of all money received, held or
paid on account. 11.1.2 for each clientthe transactions relating to Client Money are accurately
recorded; 11.1.3 make checks of postings to the client ledger accounts from records of
receipts and payments of Client Money; 11.1.4 compare a sample of payments into and from the Client Account as
shown in the bank or building society statements or passbooks with your records of receipts and payments of Client Money;
11.1.5 check the system for recording costs and making transfers of costs from the Client Accounts;
11.1.6 examine a selection of documents to confirm that the documentary evidence of the financial transactions comply with these rules and that the entries relating to those transactions comply with these rules;
11.1.7 select details of the balances on client ledgers for at least two dates and compare the total shown by the client ledger accounts of liabilities to the clients with the cash account balance, andreconcile that cash account balance with the balances held as client monies;
11.1.8 confirm that reconciliation statements have been kept in accordance with these rules;
11.1.9 check the client ledger accounts to see whether any payments have been made from the Client Account in excess of money held on behalf of that client;
11.1.10 check the office ledgers, office cash accounts and the bank statements for any Office Account to see whether any Client Money has been improperly paid into an Office Account, or if it has been improperly paid into Office Account and has been kept there in breach of the rules;
11.1.11 check the records for any Client Money held outside a Client Account to ascertain what transactions have been effected in respect of their money and to confirm that the client has given the appropriate instructions in accordance with these rules;
11.1.12 check the client ledgers to ensure these rules have been complied with in respect of maintaining records;
139
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
11.1.13 check that statements and passbooks are being kept in accordance with these rules and cross check transactions with client files where appropriate;
11.1.14 check that interest earned on Designated Client Accounts and accounts opened on clients instructions are credited in accordance with these rules; and
11.1.15 ask for any information or explanations from you which is required as a result of these checks.
11.2 The Reporting Accountant may examine your accounting records, files and other documents at your office. If the Reporting Accountant requires access to these records, files and documents at your office you must permit access.
11.3 The Reporting Accountant must request, and you must provide, details of all accounts kept or operated by you in connection with your practice at any time during the Account Period to which the report relates.
11.4 The Reporting Accountant must note in the Accountant’s Report any substantial departures from these rules discovered by them whilst carrying out work in preparation of the report.
12. Matters outside the Reporting Accountant’s remit 12.1 The Reporting Accountant is not required to:-
12.1.1 extend their enquiries beyond the information contained in the documents produced, supplementary information and explanations given by you;
12.1.2 enquire into stocks, shares, securities or documents of title held by you on behalf of your clients;
12.1.3 consider whether accounting records have been properly written up at a time that does not fall within the period of time to which their report relates;
12.1.4 check compliance with the provisions relating to payments of sums in lieu of interest.
13. Reporting Accountant 13.1 A person is eligible to be a Reporting Accountant for the purpose of these rules if
they are an accountant who is: 13.1.1 a member of an accountancy body incorporated by Royal Charter or
the Association of Authorised Public Accountants; 13.1.2 a person who is a registered auditor within the terms of Section
35(1)(a) of the Companies Act 1989 or the employee, director or partner of a firm or company which is so registered unless they are disqualified by the provisions of 13.2; or
13.1.3 is eligible within guidelines which may be published by IPS from time to time but not otherwise.
13.2 A person may not be a Reporting Accountant if:
140
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
13.2.1 they have at any time within the previous five years been a partner, owner, manager, shareholder, member, employee or officer in the Authorised Body to which the report relates; or
13.2.2 they are the parent, spouse, civil partner, sibling or child of a manager or employee of the Authorised Body; or
13.2.3 they have been disqualified from acting as such by IPS by written notice given after such person has had a fair opportunity to make representations that such notice should not be given.
13.3 You must include the following provisions in the terms upon which the Reporting Accountant is to act: 13.3.1 The Reporting Accountant undertakes to deliver the required
Accountant’s Report which will have been prepared for submission to IPS who may rely upon it; and
13.3.2 The Reporting Accountant may immediately report in writing to IPS any suspicion of dishonesty or any serious breach of these rules coming to their attention or any other matter which might constitute circumstances representing a material risk to client funds;
13.3.3 The Reporting Accountant warrants that they are eligible to act as such under these rules and under those of their own professional body;
13.3.4 You consent to the disclosure of confidential information by the Reporting Accountant to IPS if required by IPS for any purpose under these rules;
13.3.5 The Reporting Accountant is instructed to notify IPS in writing immediately of the termination of their retainer as Reporting Accountant indicating any matter which could have given rise to a notification under rule 13.3.2.
13.3.6 If a Reporting Accountant is unable for any reason to provide an Accountant’s Report to IPS at the time and in the form required by these rules they are instructed to immediately notify IPS in writing with a full and appropriate explanation.
14. Content of Accountant’s Report 14.1 The Accountant’s Report shall be in such form as may be stipulated by IPS but
must include statements that: 14.1.1 your accounting systems and records comply with rule 7 hereof; 14.1.2 reconciliations have been carried out in accordance with rule 8 hereof; 14.1.3 sufficient checks have been carried out to properly express the opinion
that as at the end of the relevant financial period the amounts due to clients balance the funds in Client Account;
14.1.4 on the basis of a reasonable number of checked balances, interest has been paid to clients in accordance with these rules;
14.1.5 the test procedures set out in any current IPS Guidance to Reporting Accountants have been applied; and
14.1.6 you either have or have not declined to produce any document or disclose any information requested by the Reporting Accountant whether on grounds of confidentiality, privilege or otherwise.
141
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
15. Statutory Rules or Regulations 15.1 If you, in the course of practice, act as a liquidator, a trustee in bankruptcy, a
Court of Protection receiver or a trustee of an occupational pension scheme, you must comply with the appropriate statutory rules and regulations and will not be in breach of these rules to the extent that any action or omission is required by applicable statutory rules and regulations.
15.2 You must obtain the authorisation of IPS before accepting any appointment referred to in paragraph 15.1 and must comply with any conditions referable thereto which are attached to the your authorisation by IPS.
16. Accounts Rules Waivers 16.1 If you do not hold client funds, IPS may grant you a written waiver from
compliance with these Accounts Rules whilst this remains the case.
142
ACCOUNTS RULES APPENDIX 7
143
FIRST TIER COMPLAINTS HANDLING REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX 8
APPENDIX 8
FIRST TIER COMPLAINTS HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
144
FIRST TIER COMPLAINTS HANDLING REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX 8
ILEX PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS LTD
GUIDANCE ON COMPLAINTS HANDLING
1. One of the requirements of Principle 5 of the Code of Conduct is that those regulated by
IPS must inform clients fully and honestly about complaints procedures including their right to refer a complaint to the Legal Ombudsman or IPS where appropriate. This guidance sets out what you must do to comply with this requirement.
2. This guidance applies to all CILEx members, CILEx practitioners and Authorised Bodies.
You must take all practicable steps to make sure that:
• complaints handling procedures provide effective safeguards for clients; • complaints are dealt with fully and promptly; and • appropriate redress is provided where necessary.
Even if you do not have direct responsibility for complaints handling policy or procedures within your firm or workplace you are expected to do what you can in your particular circumstances to comply with this guidance.
3. Clients should be given information about your firm’s complaints handling procedure when client care letters are sent or at the point where instructions are accepted. Clear information should be given to clients at this time about their right to complain, how to make a complaint and who to make a complaint to. Clear information should be given to clients about their right to complain to the Legal Ombudsman if any complaint regarding the service provided by the firm is not resolved to their satisfaction. The information provided must include the role of the Legal Ombudsman service, contact details and timescales for making a complaint to the Legal Ombudsman.
4. The process for clients to make a complaint to the firm must be clear and simple for all
clients to use, must be free of charge and make provision for complaints to be made by any reasonable means. Complaints should be dealt with quickly and, as far as possible, within the time limit which applies to the making of a complaint to the Legal Ombudsman (currently 8 weeks). At the end of any complaints process clients must be informed of their right to complain to the Legal Ombudsman, contact details of the Legal Ombudsman, how to make such complaint and the timescale for doing so.
5. Firms must provide information about the Legal Ombudsman service to their existing
clients at the next appropriate time, whether or not a complaint has been made to the firm or is in prospect. This is a requirement of the Legal Services Board made under Section 112(2) of the Legal Services Act 2007.
6. If you have personal responsibility for client matters and your employer has not made
arrangements to comply with this guidance (or guidance or rules issued by another legal services regulator such as the SRA or the CLC) you should inform your clients of the
145
FIRST TIER COMPLAINTS HANDLING REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX 8
complaints handling procedures of the firm and make sure they receive the necessary information about the Legal Ombudsman service.
7. Where your firm is regulated by IPS, include in client care letters and concluding
correspondence statements that as your regulator IPS: • may seek access to the clients papers and that, in these circumstances, you will
grant IPS access unless the client objects; and • administers a consumer feedback programme and that the client’s comments are
welcomed. The statement shall advise the client of the online programme and the alternative arrangements for participation for those without online access.
8. If a complaint is made by one of your clients or your employer’s clients, a full record of
the way the complaint is handled should be kept separate from the main client file. A log of all complaints made by clients should also be kept.
9. If a complaint is made to the Legal Ombudsman or IPS by one of your clients or your
employers’ clients, you must cooperate with the Ombudsman and IPS and assist them to deal with the complaint. This is a requirement of Principle 4 of the Code of Conduct.
10. For the purpose of this guidance a complaint is an oral or written expression of
dissatisfaction which alleges that the complainant has suffered or may suffer financial loss, distress, inconvenience or other detriment.
ILEX Professional Standards
8 November 2012
146
FIRST TIER COMPLAINTS HANDLING REQUIREMENTS APPENDIX 8
147
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
APPENDIX 9
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES
148
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
IPS INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEALS RULES
PART I: GENERAL
Application of Rules, establishment of Panels and Tribunal 1. (1) These Rules shall apply to any:
(a) allegation of misconduct made against a Relevant Person; or
(b) declaration of prior conduct made by an Applicant or Relevant Person.
(2) In these rules misconduct means any breach of the CILEx Code of Conduct. (3) The Professional Conduct Panel is established for the purposes set out in Part II. (4) The Disciplinary Tribunal is established for the purposes set out in Part III. (5) The Appeals Panel is established for the purposes set out in Part IV.
Panellists 2. (1) IPS shall appoint and maintain lists of lay and professional members to act as
panellists on:
(a) the Professional Conduct Panel;
(b) the Disciplinary Tribunal; and
(c) the Appeals Panel.
(2) A person shall not at any one time be included in more than one list maintained under paragraph (1).
(3) IPS shall remove from the relevant list the name of any panellist:
(a) whose term of appointment has ended and not been renewed;
(b) who has resigned by giving notice in writing to that effect to IPS; or
(c) who in the opinion of IPS has ceased to be a suitable person to act as a panellist.
(4) The term of appointment of a panellist shall be not more than five years and no
panellist shall serve for more than ten years.
149
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
Interpretation 3. In these Rules, unless otherwise provided:
allegation: has the meaning given in Rule 15(1);
Appeals Panel: means the Appeals Panel established under Rule 1(5) as constituted from time to time;
Applicant: means a person applying for Membership or Authorisation;
Approved Manager: means a person approved by IPS to be a Manager of an Authorised Body;
Authorisation means authorisation by IPS as an Approved Manager, Authorised Body or CILEx Practitioner;
Authorised Body: means a partnership, company or sole principal authorised by IPS to provide one or more regulated legal activities;
CILEx: means the Chartered Institute of Legal Executives;
CILEx Member: means a person who has been admitted to membership of CILEx in any grade;
CILEx Practitioner: means a practitioner authorised by IPS to provide one or more regulated legal activity
complainant: means a person who has made a complaint against a Relevant Person to IPS;
Disciplinary Tribunal: means the Disciplinary Tribunal established by Rule 1(4) as constituted from time to time;
IPS: means ILEX Professional Standards Limited;
lay member: means a person who is not and who has never been an authorised person (within the meaning of s.18 of the Legal Services Act 2007) or registered by CILEx in any grade;
Membership means enrolment or reinstatement as a CILEx Member;
misconduct: has the meaning given in Rule 1(2);
person includes an individual, body corporate or other entity;
Practice Management Agreement: has the meaning given in Rule 30(6);
Professional Conduct Panel: means the Professional Conduct Panel
150
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
established under Rule 1(3) as constituted from time to time;
professional member: means a Fellow of CILEx who is not a member of the CILEx Council or the IPS Board of Directors and who is otherwise eligible to be appointed to a list of panellists under Rule 2;
regulated legal activity means: (a) a reserved legal activity; (b) immigration advice or immigration
services;
Relevant Person means an Approved Manager, Authorised Body, CILEx Member or CILEx Practitioner.
reserved legal activity: has the same meaning as in the Legal Services Act 2007.
Extension of time
4. Where these Rules prescribe a time limit by which a person must act or after which
they may not act, an Investigator, the Professional Conduct Panel, the Disciplinary Tribunal or the Appeals Panel (as the case may be) may, upon application, vary that time limit if satisfied that in all the circumstances it is reasonable to do so.
Service of documents 5. (1) Any notice required to be given under these Rules may be given to a person or
that person’s representative:
(a) by sending it by first class post to a relevant address;
(b) by leaving it at a relevant address;
(c) by personal service, effected by leaving the document with an individual or, in the case of a body corporate or other entity, with a director, officer or manager of that body corporate or entity;
(d) by such other method as the Professional Conduct Panel, the Disciplinary Tribunal or the Appeals Panel (as the case may be) may direct.
(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1), a relevant address means:
(a) in the case of an individual, the last known address of that person, including their usual or last known residence or usual or last known place of business;
(b) in the case of a body corporate or other entity, its principal or registered office, its last known address or any other office or place of business which
151
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
is connected to the proceedings to which the notice relates;
and for this purpose, the last known address of a Relevant Person is the address of that person as it appears in records maintained by IPS.
(3) A notice which is served in accordance with paragraph (1) shall be deemed to be
served at the time of personal service or delivery or on the second working day after it was posted.
(4) Where it is satisfied on reasonable grounds that it is in the public interest to do
so, the Professional Conduct Panel, the Disciplinary Tribunal or the Appeals Panel (as the case may be) may:
(a) deem service to be effective even though the requirements of paragraph (1) have not been complied with; or
(b) dispense with the requirement of service altogether. Effect on Membership or Authorisation 6. A Relevant Person shall not be permitted to terminate their Membership or
Authorisation whilst the subject of any investigation or proceedings under these Rules.
152
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
PART II: INVESTIGATION OF COMPLAINTS AND THE PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT PANEL
Interpretation of Part II
7. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires:
Clerk: means the Clerk to the Professional Conduct Panel;
Investigator: means a person appointed by IPS to conduct investigations under this Part;
Panel: means the Professional Conduct Panel; and
prior conduct: has the meaning given in Rule 11(4).
Professional Conduct Panel
8. The Panel shall consider:
(a) declarations of prior conduct made by or on behalf of Applicants and Relevant Persons and other information relating to their prior conduct; and
(b) allegations made against Relevant Persons.
Composition of the Panel
9. (1) The quorum for a meeting of the Professional Conduct Panel is three members
from the list of panellists maintained under Rule 2(1)(a), of whom two shall be lay members and one shall be a professional member.
(2) the Panel must
(a) select one of their number to chair the meeting; or
(b) if different members are to chair different parts of the meeting, elect one of their number to chair the proceedings on any matter before considering that matter.
Conduct of meetings
10. (1) Meetings of the Panel shall be held in private.
(2) Meetings shall be held at the offices of IPS unless the Panel decides otherwise
but nothing in these Rules shall require any meeting to be held outside the United Kingdom.
(3) Minutes and a record of the decisions of the Panel shall be made by the Clerk.
153
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(4) The Panel may resolve to consider and determine a matter without a meeting and, in that event, a decision signed by the members of the Panel shall be as valid as if it was made at a meeting.
(5) In considering a matter, the Panel:
(a) may take account of, but is not bound by, the findings, views or analysis of an Investigator;
(b) may seek further information from the Relevant Person;
(c) may take account of any further representations and material adduced by the Applicant or Relevant Person.
(6) Where, in accordance with Rule 14(1)(d) or 17(5), the Panel has requested that:
(a) an Applicant or Relevant Person attend a meeting of the Panel; or
(b) where the Applicant or Relevant Person is an entity, that a representative of that entity attend a meeting of the Panel;
an Applicant or Relevant Person who so attends or which is so represented may be represented at the meeting by any person, whether or not legally qualified, but the Panel may refuse to permit a particular person to assist or represent a party if the Panel is satisfied that there are good and sufficient reasons for doing so.
(7) Decisions at a meeting of the Panel shall be made by a majority vote of the
panellists present. (8) The Panel shall give reasons for its decisions and inform the parties of any right
of an appeal. (9) IPS shall within 21 days of any decision of the Panel notify the Applicant or
Relevant Person of that decision and, in the case of an allegation, IPS shall notify any complainant of the decision once it takes effect.
Duty to declare prior conduct
11. (1) Every Applicant or Relevant Person who is an individual must declare in writing to IPS if that individual has at any time:
(a) been convicted or accepted a caution in the United Kingdom for a criminal offence, or been convicted elsewhere for an offence which, if committed in England and Wales, would constitute a criminal offence;
(b) been removed from being a trustee of, or being concerned with the management or control of, a charity;
154
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(c) been removed from office as a member, director or manager of any public body;
(d) been adjudged bankrupt or made a composition with creditors;
(e) been disqualified from acting as a director of a company;
(f) been the subject of a civil judgment;
(g) been subject to any investigation or proceedings concerning the person’s fitness to practise by any regulatory or professional body.
(2) Paragraph (1)(a) shall apply subject to the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974. (3) In respect of every Applicant or Relevant Person that is not an individual, a
declaration must be made in writing to IPS if:
(a) a resolution for a voluntary winding-up of the Relevant Person has ever been passed without a declaration of solvency under section 89 of the Insolvency Act 1986;
(b) the Relevant Person has ever entered administration within the meaning of paragraph 1(2)(b) of Schedule B1 to that Act;
(c) an administrative receiver within the meaning of section 251 of that Act has been appointed in respect of that Relevant Person;
(d) a meeting of creditors has been held in relation to the Relevant Person under section 95 of that Act;
(e) an order for the winding up of the Relevant Person has been made;
(f) a civil judgment has been made against that Relevant Person;
(g) that Relevant Person has been the subject of any investigation or proceedings conducted by any regulatory or professional body.
(4) Each of the matters in paragraph (1) and (3) is referred to in these Rules as prior
conduct. (5) In paragraphs (1)(f) and (3)(f) references to a civil judgment are to a judgment of
a civil court concerning any debt, fraud, misrepresentation or conduct related to the administration of justice.
(6) A declaration of prior conduct shall be considered and determined in accordance
with Rules 13 and 14.
Timing of declaration
12. (1) Every Applicant must disclose full details of prior conduct at the earliest
opportunity and, unless the conduct occurs later, in any application for Membership or Authorisation.
155
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(2) Every Relevant Person must disclose full details of prior conduct at the earliest opportunity and in any event (if not previously disclosed to IPS or CILEx):
(a) in the case of a CILEx Member:
(i) in any application for Membership;
Iii) in any application for a change in Membership grade;
(iii) in any other application to CILEx or IPS; and
(iv) in an annual return;
(b) in the case of an Approved Manager, Authorised Body or CILEx Practitioner:
(i) in any application for Authorisation; and
(ii) in any annual return form.
(3) Where requested to do so by IPS, an Applicant or Relevant Person must provide further details of any prior conduct.
(4) Failure by a Relevant Person to comply with this Rule and Rule 11 may be
treated as misconduct.
Investigator decisions: prior conduct
13. (1) An Investigator may determine that no action is to be taken in relation to a
declaration of prior conduct where:
(a) the Applicant or Relevant Person has declared an outstanding judgment and there is no evidence of:
(i) persistent or deliberate failure to meet financial obligations;
(ii) a related criminal offence; or
(iii) failure to make arrangements to pay off any debts;
(b) the Applicant or Relevant Person has declared a caution or spent conviction and is not a CILEx Fellow or applying for CILEx Fellowship;
(c) the Applicant or Relevant Person has declared a driving offence and:
(i) there is no evidence of a persistent pattern of offending,
(ii) a custodial sentence was not imposed; and
(iii) the duration of any disqualification imposed was not 18 months or more;
(d) the Applicant or Relevant Person is or has been subject to a bankruptcy Order or has entered into an arrangement with their creditors; or
(e) the prior conduct is of a kind which the Panel has given the Investigator delegated authority to determine.
156
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(2) The Investigator shall, within 21 days of making a decision, notify the Applicant or Relevant Person of that decision and, in respect of a decision made under paragraph (1)(e), shall at the same time inform the Panel of that decision.
(3) An Investigator may decline to make a determination under this rule if, in the
opinion of the Investigator, it would be more appropriate for the declaration to be determined by the Panel.
Panel decisions: prior conduct
14 (1) In considering any declaration or other information relating to prior conduct, the
Panel shall have regard to any guidance published by IPS and may:
(a) seek advice from or refer the matter to an Investigator or any CILEx or IPS committee it considers appropriate;
(b) request that the Applicant or Relevant Person provide such further information as the Panel may reasonably require; and
(c) request that the Applicant or Relevant Person or, where the Applicant or Relevant person is an entity, a representative of that entity, attend a meeting of the Panel.
(2) Failure by a Relevant Person to comply with a request under paragraph (1)(b) or
(c) may be treated as misconduct. (3) In respect of any prior conduct the Panel may:
(a) decide to take no further action;
(b) accept or refuse any application for Membership or Authorisation or any other application to which the prior conduct relates;
(c) impose conditions on the Applicant or Relevant Person as it may think appropriate in respect of their future conduct and, in the case of an individual, their employment;
(d) require the Applicant or Relevant Person to give an undertaking as to their future conduct;
(e) reprimand the Relevant Person, warn the Relevant Person as to their future conduct or both; or
(f) refer the matter to the Disciplinary Tribunal as if it was an allegation. Investigating misconduct: initial procedure
15. (1) Where IPS receives a complaint or any other information to the effect that a
Relevant Person may have engaged in misconduct (an allegation), it may investigate the allegation in accordance with these Rules.
157
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(2) An Investigator shall investigate an allegation as follows:
(a) the Investigator shall gather information about and investigate the issues involved including, where the allegation arises from a complainant, obtaining:
(i) any information about the complaint that the complainant wishes to provide; and
(ii) the consent of the complainant to provide a copy of the complaint and any supporting information to the Relevant Person;
(b) the Investigator shall notify the Relevant Person that an allegation has been made against them, provide the Relevant Person with details of the allegation (including a copy of any complaint or supporting information) and a copy of the Rules and invite the Relevant Person to submit representations to the Investigator within 14 days;
(c) the Investigator may seek information or advice from third parties.
(3) The Investigator may supply the complainant with a copy of all or part of any response from the Relevant Person and, in that event:
(a) shall allow the complainant a period of 14 days in which to make written observations; and
(b) shall allow the Relevant Person a period of 14 days in which to comment on any observations received from the complainant.
(4) At the conclusion of the investigation, the Investigator shall prepare a report
containing a summary of the information obtained and an analysis of the issues for consideration and shall forward the same to the Relevant Person and complainant and invite them within a period of 14 days to comment in writing on the report.
(5) Upon receipt of comments from the Relevant Person or the expiry of the time
allowed for comments (whichever is the sooner), the Investigator shall either determine the matter or refer it to the Panel.
(6) A Relevant Person is obliged to comply with and respond to reasonable
enquiries made by an Investigator and failure to do so may be treated as misconduct.
Decisions by Investigators in certain cases
16. (1) Where an Investigator is of the opinion that:
(a) there is no evidence available to substantiate an allegation;
(b) the allegation does not disclose any misconduct by the Relevant Person;
(c) IPS has no jurisdiction to consider the allegation; or
158
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(d) the time which has elapsed since the events (or knowledge of those events, if later) giving rise to the allegation exceeds the prescribed period;
the Investigator may reject the allegation without further reference to the Panel.
(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1)(d), the prescribed period means such period of not less than one year as IPS may prescribe.
(3) Where an Investigator is of the opinion that the evidence available indicates that
the Relevant Person has a case to answer in respect of an allegation; and either:
(a) the allegation is of a serious nature; or
(b) an adverse finding has previously been made against the Relevant Person by the Professional Conduct Panel or Disciplinary Tribunal in respect of an allegation of a similar nature;
the Investigator may refer the allegation directly to the Disciplinary Tribunal without further reference to the Panel.
(4) An Investigator shall:
(a) provide reasons for rejecting or referring to the Disciplinary Tribunal any allegation under this Rule;
(b) notify the Relevant Person and any complainant of the decision within 21 days; and
(c) report any such decision to the Panel.
Powers of the Professional Conduct Panel
17. (1) The Panel shall consider any allegation which is referred to it and determine
whether the Relevant Person has a case to answer.
(2) In determining whether there is a case to answer, the Panel shall consider whether, based upon the available evidence, there is realistic prospect that IPS would be able to prove the allegation of misconduct before the Disciplinary Tribunal.
(3) In respect of an allegation, the Panel may determine that:
(a) there is no case to answer; or
(b) there is a case to answer and:
(i) refer the allegation to the Disciplinary Tribunal; or
(ii) with the consent of the Relevant Person, dispose of the allegation in accordance with paragraph (4).
(4) Where the Relevant Person admits an allegation and consents to the Panel doing
so, the Panel may dispose of the matter by:
159
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(a) requiring the Relevant Person to give undertakings as to their future conduct;
(b) imposing conditions on the Relevant Person in respect of their conduct or, in the case of an individual, their employment;
(c) reprimanding the Relevant Person, warning them as to their future conduct or both.
(5) Before reaching a decision under paragraph (4), the Panel may request that the
Relevant Person or, where the Relevant Person is an entity, a representative of that entity, attend a meeting of the Panel and failure to comply with such a request may constitute misconduct.
Determination by consent
18. (1) Where, in respect of any allegation:
(a) an Investigator is of the opinion that the Relevant Person has a case to answer; and
(b) the Relevant Person admits the allegation;
then subject to paragraph (3), the Investigator and the Relevant Person may agree to determine the allegation by consent.
(2) The terms of any determination by consent shall include:
(a) a statement to the effect that the Relevant Person admits the allegations(s);
(b) the imposition on the Relevant Person of one or more of the sanctions available to the Professional Conduct Panel under Rule 17 or the Disciplinary Tribunal under Rule 31 (other than the imposition of costs); and
(c) a provision that IPS may in its absolute discretion notify any person or publish the terms of the determination by consent.
(3) A determination by consent shall not take effect until it has been approved by
order of the Panel. (4) Failure by a Relevant Person to comply with the terms of a determination by
consent shall constitute misconduct.
Interim orders
19. (1) The Panel may at any time, on the application of an Investigator or of its own
motion, consider whether it is necessary for the protection of the public, in the
160
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
interests of the Relevant Person concerned or otherwise in the public interest to suspend or restrict a Relevant Person’s Membership or Authorisation pending a hearing before the Disciplinary Tribunal.
(2) The Panel shall give the Relevant Person not less than 7 days’ notice of a
meeting to consider the imposition or review of an interim order, unless the Panel consider that due to the seriousness or urgency of the case a shorter period of notice is appropriate.
(3 The notice under paragraph (2) shall inform the Relevant Person of the time,
date and place of the hearing, brief details of the matters giving rise to the application for an interim order and of the right to appear before and be heard by the Panel.
(4) In considering whether to make an interim order, the Panel shall determine its
own procedure in accordance with these Rules, any guidance published by IPS and the overriding requirement of fairness.
(5) The Panel may order that the Relevant Person’s Membership or Authorisation
be:
(a) suspended; or
(b) subject to such restrictions as the Panel considers appropriate;
for a maximum period of 18 months and any such order must be reviewed by the Panel every 3 months.
(6) Where the Panel makes an interim order against a Relevant Person that is an
Authorised Body, it may also require the Relevant Person to enter into a Practice Management Agreement.
Appeals
20. (1) Decisions of the Panel (other than a decision to impose an interim suspension
order which shall take effect immediately) shall only take effect after the period for lodging an appeal against the decision has expired or, where an appeal is made, after the appeal has been disposed of or withdrawn.
(2) An Applicant or Relevant Person may appeal against any decision or order of the
Panel other than a decision to refer a matter to the Disciplinary Tribunal (3) A complainant may make an application to the Panel seeking the review of a
decision of an Investigator under Rule 16 to reject an allegation. (4) An application under paragraph (3) must be made in writing within 21 days of
notification of the decision of the Investigator and, in conducting any review, the
161
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
Panel may confirm the Investigator’s decision, require the Investigator to investigate the matter further or consider the matter as if it was a referral made under Rule 17, but subject to such modifications as the Panel consider appropriate.
(5) An appeal under paragraph (2) must be made in accordance with Part IV.
162
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
PART III: THE DISCIPLINARY TRIBUNAL
Interpretation of Part III
21. (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires:
Chair: means the Chair of a Disciplinary Tribunal Panel;
Clerk: means the clerk to the Disciplinary Tribunal;
finalised hearing date: means either the first hearing date or, where the first hearing date is varied by the Panel, that varied hearing date;
first hearing date: means the hearing date set under Rule 24(1);
Panel: means the members of the Disciplinary Tribunal appointed to hear a particular matter;
party: means IPS and the respondent(s);
respondent: means a Relevant Person against whom an allegation is made.
(2) In this Part any reference to the Professional Conduct Panel or Investigator having referred a matter to the Disciplinary Tribunal includes a decision by an Appeals Panel under Part IV to refer a matter to the Disciplinary Tribunal.
Disciplinary Tribunal
22. (1) The Tribunal has jurisdiction to hear matters referred to it under Part II by the
Professional Conduct Panel or Investigator or by an Appeals Panel under Part IV.
(2) The Tribunal shall determine its own procedure in accordance with these Rules, the guidance published from time to time by IPS and the overriding requirement of fairness.
Disciplinary Tribunal Panel
23. (1) A matter that has been referred to the Tribunal shall be heard by a Panel of 3
members from the list of panellists maintained under Rule 2(1)(b), of whom 2 shall be lay members and 1 shall be a professional member.
163
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(2) The members of the Panel shall choose one of their number to act as Chair for the purposes of the hearing.
(3) If, during the course of any hearing, a member of the Panel is unable to continue
to attend the hearing, the remaining members may, with the consent of the parties, continue with the hearing.
(4) Where, under paragraph (3), a matter is heard by the remaining two members
and they are unable to arrive at a determination, the matter shall be re-heard by a new Panel comprising panellists who were not members of the original Panel.
Proceedings
24. (1) Where a matter has been referred to the Tribunal, the Clerk shall, as soon as
reasonably practicable:
(a) notify the parties that the matter has been referred to the Tribunal; and
(b) fix a date, time and venue for the hearing of the matter by the Tribunal.
(2) Unless the Tribunal directs otherwise, hearings shall be held at the offices of IPS but nothing in these Rules shall require any hearing to be held outside the United Kingdom.
(3) IPS shall, not less than 42 days before the first hearing date, lodge with the Clerk
a notice setting out:
(a) particulars of the allegations against the Respondent that are to be heard by the Tribunal; and
(b) the nature of the evidence that IPS will present to the Tribunal.
(4) IPS shall, at the same time that any notice is lodged under paragraph (2), serve a copy of that notice on the Respondent.
(5) Not less than 28 days before the first hearing date, each party will serve on the
other copies of any documentary evidence in their possession or control relating to the allegations and any witness statements upon which they intend to rely.
(6) Any fact which needs to be proved at a hearing by the evidence of witnesses
may be proved by evidence given in a witness statement and a party who requires a witness to attend a hearing for the purpose of cross-examination upon the content of a witness statement served in accordance with paragraph (5) must serve notice to that effect upon the opposing party within 7 days of disclosure of the statement.
(7) A party shall be deemed to admit the authenticity of any document disclosed
under paragraph (5) above unless, within 7 days of disclosure of the document, that party serves notice requiring the document to be proved at a hearing.
164
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
Directions and preliminary matters
25. (1) The Panel may at any time give directions for the management and conduct of proceedings and determine any preliminary issues raised by any party.
(2) The Panel may give directions or determine issues under paragraph (1) without a
meeting of the Panel but by two or more of the Panel advising the Clerk of their decision and, in that event, the Clerk shall notify the parties of the decision within three days of the date on which the decision was made.
(3) Where the parties consent, a single Panel member may give directions or
determine an issue under paragraph (1).
Additional allegations
26. Where the Panel is satisfied that it would not cause unfairness to the respondent, the
Panel may permit IPS to add allegations to the matter referred to the Tribunal, and those additional allegations shall be treated as if they were included in the original matter referred to the Tribunal.
Hearing documentation
27. Not less than 7 days before the finalised hearing date, IPS shall produce and provide
the Clerk and the respondent with copies of an indexed and paginated hearing bundle comprising:
(a) the allegations;
(b) any documents relied upon by the parties;
(c) any witness statements; and
(d) any relevant notices.
Conduct of hearings
28. (1) Hearings shall be held in public unless the Panel is satisfied that, in the interests
of justice or for the protection of the private life of the respondent, the complainant, a person giving evidence or any other person, the public should be excluded from all or part of a hearing.
(2) The Panel shall give IPS and the respondent and, in its discretion any other
person, the opportunity of being heard. (3) A party may be represented at a hearing by any person, whether or not legally
qualified, but the Panel may refuse to permit a particular person to assist or
165
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
represent a party if the Panel is satisfied that there are good and sufficient reasons for doing so.
Evidence 29. (1) The Panel may control the evidence by giving directions as to:
(a) the issues on which it requires evidence;
(b) the nature of the evidence which it requires to decide those issues; and
(c) the way in which the evidence is to be placed before the Panel.
(2) The burden of proof shall rest upon IPS and the standard of proof shall be the balance of probabilities.
(3) Subject to the requirements of a fair hearing, the Panel may:
(a) admit evidence whether or not it would be admissible in civil proceedings; and
(b) exclude evidence that would otherwise be admissible;
(4) The Panel may limit cross-examination. (5) Subject to any other provisions of these Rules, the Civil Evidence Act 1968 and
the Civil Evidence Act 1995 shall apply in relation to the hearing of a matter as they apply in relation to civil proceedings.
(6) Production before the Panel of:
(a) a certificate purporting to be under the hand of a competent officer of a Court in the United Kingdom or overseas that a respondent has been convicted of a criminal offence shall be conclusive evidence of the offence committed;
(b) a copy of the determination of any Tribunal in or outside England and Wales exercising a professional disciplinary jurisdiction shall be conclusive evidence of the facts found proved in relation to that determination;
(c) a copy of the judgment of any Civil Court shall be conclusive evidence of the facts found proved in relation to that judgment.
Decisions
30. (1) Decisions of the Panel shall be made by a majority vote of the panellists present.
(2) The Panel may:
(a) announce its decision and reasons at the conclusion of the parties’ cases;
166
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(b) announce its decision at the conclusion of the parties’ cases and give its reasons on a later date; or
(c) reserve its decision and reasons to a later date,
(3) Where the Panel reserves its decision or reasons, the Panel shall notify the parties of its decision, reasons and any order made within 21 days of the conclusion of the parties’ cases and, where necessary, the notice shall specify a date, not more than 21 days after the date of the notice, for any further hearing.
(4) Where the Panel’s decision is that one or more of the allegations against the
respondent has been proved:
(a) IPS shall inform the Panel of any previous disciplinary proceedings in which any allegation has been proved against the respondent; and
(b) the respondent may then make submissions in mitigation and, where appropriate, in respect of costs.
(5) Where the Panel finds that one or more of the allegations against the
respondent has been proved the Panel:
(a) may:
(i) take no further action;
(ii) reprimand the respondent, warn the respondent as to their future conduct or both;
(iii) impose conditions on the respondent as it may think appropriate in respect of the respondent’s conduct or, where the respondent is an individual, their employment (and such conditions may be imposed in addition to any reprimand or warning); or
(iv) order that the respondent be excluded from Membership or Authorisation for such period (which may be a minimum fixed or indefinite period) as it shall decide; and
(b) may order the respondent:
(i) except where the Panel has ordered that the respondent be excluded from Membership or Authorisation, to pay a fine not exceeding an amount determined by IPS from time to time; and
(ii) to pay costs to IPS in respect of the proceedings; and
(c) may, in the case of a respondent that is an Authorised Body which has been excluded from Authorisation, also require the respondent to enter into a Practice Management Agreement.
(6) For the purpose of these Rules a Practice Management Agreement means an
agreement between IPS and an Authorised Body imposing such requirements as IPS considers appropriate in the circumstances for the orderly conduct or
167
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
transfer of the Authorised Body’s business, funds and client files and the terms of such an agreement may include (but are not limited to) requirements that:
(a) the Authorised Body cease to accept new business or clients;
(b) the business of the Authorised Body be managed or supervised by a person appointed by IPS;
(c) the Authorised Body and those responsible for its management to execute powers of attorney, bank mandates or other instruments and take such other steps as are required to enable any person appointed by IPS to perform their functions under a Practice Management Agreement, including safeguarding client funds, files and other assets; and
(d) the Authorised Body meet the costs of any steps taken by IPS or any person appointed by it under a Practice Management Agreement.
(7) Where the Panel finds that one or more of the allegations against the
respondent has not been proved, it may order IPS to pay the reasonable costs of the respondent.
(8) An Order of the Panel shall take effect 21 days after notification under
paragraph (3) or (4) or, where a further hearing has been convened under that paragraph, 21 days after the conclusion of that hearing, unless before then a written notice of appeal has been given to the Tribunal.
(9) Where the Panel makes an Order against a respondent under paragraph (5)(a), it
may also order that the respondent’s Membership or Authorisation be suspended immediately or made subject to immediate conditions until the Order takes effect in accordance with Paragraph (8) if it considers that doing so is necessary for the protection of the public, in the respondent’s own interests or otherwise in the public interest.
(10) Where the Panel makes an Order under paragraph (5) any certificate previously
issued to the Relevant Person by CILEx or IPS shall cease to have effect and shall be delivered by the respondent to IPS.
Interim orders
31. (1) The Tribunal may at any time, on the application of the Investigator or of its own
motion, consider whether it is necessary for the protection of the public, in the interests of the Relevant Person concerned or otherwise in the public interest to suspend or restrict a Relevant Person’s Membership or Authorisation pending the conclusion of proceedings before the Tribunal.
(2) The Tribunal shall give the Relevant Person not less than 7 days’ notice of a
meeting to consider the imposition or review of an interim order, unless the Tribunal consider that due to the seriousness or urgency of the case a shorter period of notice is appropriate.
168
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(3) The notice under paragraph (2) shall inform the Relevant Person of the time, date and place of the hearing, brief details of the matters giving rise to the application for an interim order for suspension and of the right to appear before and be heard by the Tribunal.
(4) In considering whether to make an interim order, the Tribunal shall determine
its own procedure in accordance with these Rules, any guidance published by IPS and the overriding requirement of fairness.
(5) The Tribunal may order that the Relevant Person’s Membership or Authorisation
be:
(a) suspended; or
(b) subject to such restrictions as the Panel considers appropriate;
for a maximum period of 18 months and any such order must be reviewed by the Panel every 3 months.
(6) Where the Panel makes an interim order against a Relevant Person that is an
Authorised Body it may also require the Relevant Person to enter into a Practice Management Agreement.
Appeals
32. (1) Decisions of the Tribunal (other than a decision to impose an interim order which
shall take effect immediately) shall only take effect after the period for lodging an appeal against the decision has expired or, where an appeal is made, after the appeal has been disposed of or withdrawn.
(2) The respondent may appeal against:
(a) a finding by the Tribunal that one or more allegations has been proved; or
(b) any sanction or costs imposed by the Tribunal.
(3) IPS may appeal against:
(a) a decision of the Tribunal which, in the opinion of IPS, was made based upon a manifest error, is irrational or similarly flawed; or
(b) the imposition by the Tribunal of a sanction which, in the opinion of IPS, is unduly lenient.
(4) An appeal must be made in accordance with Part IV.
169
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
PART IV: THE APPEALS PANEL
Interpretation of Part IV
33. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires:
Appeals Clerk: means the Clerk to the Appeals Panel;
appellant: means the person in whose name an appeal is made to the Appeals Panel and, in the case of an appeal under Rule 32(3), means IPS;
Chair means the Chair of an Appeals Panel
Disciplinary Tribunal: includes a Panel of the Disciplinary Tribunal that has heard a case under Part III.
Notice of appeal
34. (1) An appeal shall be made by giving notice in writing in accordance with this Rule.
(2) The notice shall be addressed to the Appeals Panel at the offices of IPS and shall:
(a) state that it is a notice of appeal and whether the appeal is made under Rule 20 or Rule 32;
(b) include:
(i) the name and address of the appellant,
(ii) the date, nature and other relevant details of the decision which is the subject of the appeal
(iii) a concise statement of the grounds of the appeal, and
(iv) the name and address of the appellant's representative (if any) and state whether correspondence concerning the appeal should be sent to the representative instead of the appellant;
(c) be signed by or on behalf of the appellant;
(d) be accompanied by a copy of any documents on which the appellant proposes to rely for the purposes of the appeal.
(3) A notice of appeal must be lodged no later than 42 days after the date on which
the decision that is the subject of the appeal was made.
170
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
Appeals Panel
35. (1) The Appeals Panel shall comprise 2 lay members and 1 professional member from the list maintained under Rule 2(1)(c).
(2) The members of the Appeals Panel shall choose one of their number to act as
Chair for the purposes of the appeal. (3) An Appeals Panel shall consider and determine any appeal made in accordance
with Rules 20 or 32. (4) At the beginning of the hearing the Chair shall explain to the parties the order of
proceedings which the Appeal Panel proposes to adopt. (5) The Appeal Panel may conduct the hearing in such manner as it considers most
suitable to the clarification of the issues before it and generally to the just handling of the proceedings and the parties shall be heard in such order as the Panel shall determine, taking into account that the burden of proof rests upon the appellant.
(6) In determining an appeal, the Appeals Panel may admit any evidence it
considers fair and relevant to the case before it, whether or not such evidence would be admissible in a civil proceedings.
(7) Having considered an appeal, the Appeals Panel may
(a) dismiss the appeal;
(b) allow the appeal and quash the decision appealed against; or
(c) substitute for the decision appealed against any other decision that the Professional Conduct Panel or Disciplinary Tribunal (as the case may be) could have made.
and may make such ancillary orders, including orders for costs, as it considers just and appropriate.
(8) Decisions of the Appeals Panel shall be made by a majority vote of the panellists
present. (9) Notice of the decision of the Appeals Panel shall be given in writing to the
appellant within 21 days and shall take effect 28 days after the date on which it was made.
(10) Where the decision in an Appeal under Rule 20(2) has the effect of referring a
matter to the Disciplinary Tribunal, that referral shall be treated for all purposes as if it was made by the Professional Conduct Panel.
(11) Appeals under Rule 20 shall normally be heard in private unless the appellant
requests otherwise.
171
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
(12) Appeals under Rule 32 shall be heard in public, unless the Appeals Panel is satisfied that, in the interests of justice or for the protection of the private life of the appellant, any complainant, person giving evidence or any other person, the public should be excluded from all or part of a hearing.
Representation
36. (1) The Appeals Panel shall give the appellant and the respondent to the appeal and,
at its discretion any other person who appeared before the Professional Conduct Panel or Disciplinary Tribunal, the opportunity of being heard.
(2) A party may be represented at a hearing by any person, whether or not legally
qualified, but the Appeals Panel may refuse to permit a particular person to assist or represent a party if the Appeals Panel is satisfied that there are good and sufficient reasons for doing so.
Determination without convening hearing
37. The Appeals Panel may determine an appeal without convening a hearing, on the basis
of any documents or written representations provided by the parties, where:
(a) the Appeals Panel has notified the parties of its intention to do so; and
(b) the parties have consented.
172
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
PART V: OTHER MATTERS
Notice and publication etc. of decisions
38. (1) IPS shall cause all adverse findings and orders of the Professional Conduct Panel, Disciplinary Tribunal and Appeals Panel (Decisions) to be recorded against the relevant entry in the relevant CILEx register.
(2) Where a Relevant Person against whom a Decision is made is
(a) employed, or
(b) is a partner, director, manager of, or holds a financial interest in, a relevant body;
IPS shall notify the employer or relevant body of the Decision.
(3) in this Rule relevant body means:
(a) an Authorised Body;
(b) a legal services body within the meaning of s.9A of the Administration of Justice Act 1985; or
(c) a body licensed under Part 5 of the Legal Services Act 2007.
(4) IPS shall give notice of all decisions to such other regulatory and oversight bodies as it considers appropriate.
(5) IPS shall cause all decisions and the name of the Relevant Person concerned to
be published in such manner as it considers appropriate. (6) Paragraphs (2), (4) and (5) shall not apply to the extent that the Professional
Conduct Panel, Disciplinary Tribunal or Appeals Panel directs otherwise.
Recovery of fines and costs
39. Any fine or costs order imposed under these Rules shall be recoverable as a debt. Maintenance of exhibits and transcripts
40. Any exhibits produced or used at a hearing of the Professional Conduct Panel,
Disciplinary Tribunal or Appeals Tribunal and any recording or transcript of those proceedings shall be kept by IPS for a period of at least one year after the proceedings to which they relate.
173
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
Annual Report 41. An annual report shall be made to the IPS Board of the work of the Investigators,
Professional Conduct Panel, Disciplinary Tribunal and Appeals Panel during the previous year.
Transitional Provisions
42. (1) These Rules shall come into force on [DATE] (the Commencement Date).
(2) Any allegation received by IPS before the Commencement Date but which on
that date has not been referred to the Professional Conduct Panel, Disciplinary Tribunal or Appeals Tribunal in accordance with the Investigation, Disciplinary and Appeals Rules dated 4th January 2010 (the Old Rules) shall be dealt with under these Rules.
(3) Any allegation received by IPS before the Commencement Date and which on
that date has been referred to the Professional Conduct Panel, Disciplinary Tribunal or Appeals Tribunal under the Old Rules shall continue to be dealt with in accordance with the Old Rules.
(4) Any allegation received by IPS after the Commencement Date shall be dealt with
in accordance with these Rules.
174
INVESTIGATION, DISCIPLINARY AND APPEAL RULES APPENDIX 9
175
PROFESSIONAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE RULES APPENDIX 10
APPENDIX 10
PROFESSIONAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE RULES
176
PROFESSIONAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE RULES APPENDIX 10
IPS PROFESSIONAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE RULES Interpretation 1. In these Rules, unless otherwise provided:
Authorised Body: has the same meaning as in the IPS Authorisation Rules;
Cessation Period: means, in respect of an Authorised Body:
(a) that has ceased business and paid the requisite run off premium, the period of 60 days from the end of an Indemnity Period; and
(b) that has not ceased business but is unable to renew or obtain qualifying insurance, the period of 60 days from the end of an Extended Indemnity Period;
Extended Indemnity Period: means the period of 30 days from the end of an Indemnity Period, during which a policy of qualifying insurance continues to have effect;
Indemnity Period: means any period of one year during which indemnity cover is provided to an Authorised Body under a policy of qualifying insurance;
IPS: means ILEX Professional Standards Limited;
Minimum Wording: means the minimum policy wording prescribed by IPS from time to time which must from part of a policy of qualifying insurance;
qualifying insurance: means a policy of indemnity insurance that is provided by a qualifying insurer which provides cover in accordance with the Minimum Wording and the Qualifying Insurers Agreement;
qualifying insurer: means an insurer who is a party to a Qualifying Insurers Agreement which remains in force for the purpose of issuing new policies of qualifying insurance;
Qualifying Insurers Agreement means an agreement between IPS and one or more insurers for the provision by those insurers of qualifying insurance to Authorised Bodies;
regulated legal activity: means: (a) a reserved legal activity; or (b) immigration advice or immigration services;
reserved legal activity: has the same meaning as in the Legal Services Act
177
PROFESSIONAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE RULES APPENDIX 10
2007;
run-off premium: means the premium which an Authorised Body is liable to pay under a policy of qualifying insurance for the provision of run-off cover for the period of six years after the Authorised Body has ceased to carry on business.
Insurance obligation 2. (1) Every Authorised Body carrying on one or more regulated legal activity during
any Indemnity Period must have qualifying insurance.
(2) A person who is the Compliance Manager of an Authorised Body must ensure that the Authorised Body complies with Paragraph (1) and the other requirements of these Rules.
Cessation 3. (1) An Authorised Body that has been unable to renew or obtain qualifying
insurance before the end of an Extended Indemnity Period must cease practice promptly and by no later than the end of the Cessation Period.
(2) During a Cessation Period, the Authorised Body may only engage in activities
connected with private legal practice to discharge its obligations within the scope of instructions given to the Authorised Body before the Cessation Period or which are necessary in connection with the discharge of such obligations.
(3) An Authorised Body that ceases practice for any reason shall:
(a) within 28 days of ceasing business:
(i) pay the run off premium to its qualifying insurer, or
(ii) obtain alternative and equivalent run-off cover from another qualifying insurer; or
(b) where it is unable to comply with paragraph (a), promptly inform IPS. Insolvency of qualifying insurer 4. If a qualifying insurer is the subject of an insolvency event, an Authorised Body that is
insured by that insurer must obtain qualifying insurance from another qualifying insurer as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within four weeks of the insolvency event.
178
PROFESSIONAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE RULES APPENDIX 10
Monitoring 5. IPS may require an Authorised Body that is, or is reasonably believed by IPS to be,
conducting business to provide IPS with such information as it may reasonably require to be satisfied that the Authorised Body has qualifying insurance.
Use of information 6. (1) A qualifying insurer, in relation to any Authorised Body which applies to it for
qualifying insurance, shall inform IPS of:
(a) any failure by the Authorised Body to pay any premium or to reimburse any part of a policy excess which has been paid to a claimant by the qualifying insurer;
(b) a material inaccuracy in any proposal form submitted by or on behalf of the Authorised Body;
(c) any matter or circumstances that, but for the provisions of the Minimum Wording, would entitle a qualifying insurer to avoid or repudiate the Authorised Body’s policy;
(d) any suspected dishonesty or fraud by or on behalf of the Authorised Body;
(e) any claim of inadequate professional services made against the Authorised Body of which the qualifying insurer is aware; and
(f) any matter or circumstances that would entitle the qualifying insurer to receive a run-off premium from the Authorised Body.
(2) A qualifying insurer may provide information to IPS under Paragraph (1) without
giving notice to the Authorised Body concerned: Insurance details 7. (1) An Authorised Body shall provide details of its qualifying insurance when
requested to do so by a person who asserts a claim against that policy or has any other legitimate interest in the information.
(2) The details which must be provided under Paragraph (1) are:
(a) the name of the qualifying insurer(s);
(b) the policy number(s); and
(c) the address and contact details of the qualifying insurer(s) for the purpose of making any claim.
179
PROFESSIONAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE RULES APPENDIX 10
Accountants' reports 8. Any accountant's report which an Authorised Body is required to deliver to IPS under
the IPS Accounts Rules must contain a statement certifying (if it is the case) that, for the period covered by the report, the Authorised Body had proof of qualifying insurance.
Disciplinary consequences of non-compliance 9. Failure by an Authorised Body or a person who is an Authorised Manager of an
Authorised Body to comply with these Rules may be treated as misconduct. Waiver 10. (1) IPS may waive any provision of these Rules as it thinks fit.
(2) A waiver may:
(a) apply in a particular case or cases;
(b) include extending the time, prospectively or retrospectively, for the doing of any act under any Rule; and
(c) be subject to such terms and conditions as IPS thinks fit.
(3) Any application for a waiver must be made in writing to IPS as soon as reasonably practicable and the making of an application shall not relieve an Authorised Body or any person from any obligation under these Rules.
180
PROFESSIONAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE RULES APPENDIX 10
181
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
APPENDIX 11
IPS MINIMUM WORDING
182
Prof
essi
onal
In
dem
nity
In
sura
nce
(Firm
s au
thor
ised
by
C
ILEX
/IPS)
1
. C
ove
rag
e Th
e In
sure
r to
the
ext
ent
and
in t
he m
anne
r he
rein
afte
r pr
ovid
ed h
ereb
y ag
rees
: 1.
1 C
ivil
Liab
ility
To
inde
mni
fy t
he In
sure
d ag
ains
t an
y C
ivil
Liab
ility
to
the
exte
nt t
hat
it ar
ises
fro
m P
rivat
e Le
gal P
ract
ice
in c
onne
ctio
n w
ith t
he F
irm’s
Pra
ctic
e, a
Prio
r Pr
actic
e or
a S
ucce
ssor
Pra
ctic
e pr
ovid
ed t
hat
a C
laim
in r
espe
ct o
f su
ch li
abili
ty:
a) is
firs
t m
ade
agai
nst
an In
sure
d du
ring
the
Perio
d of
Insu
ranc
e; o
r b)
is m
ade
agai
nst
an In
sure
d du
ring
or a
fter
the
Per
iod
of In
sura
nce
and
aris
ing
from
Circ
umst
ance
s fir
st n
otifi
ed t
o th
e In
sure
r du
ring
the
Perio
d of
Insu
ranc
e.
1.2
Exte
nded
Inde
mni
ty P
erio
d an
d C
essa
tion
Perio
d T
o in
dem
nify
the
Ins
ured
for
the
Ext
ende
d In
dem
nity
per
iod
and
the
Ces
satio
n Pe
riod
agai
nst
any
Civ
il Li
abili
ty a
s de
fined
in
clau
se 1
.1 a
bove
, st
rictly
sub
ject
to
pay
men
t of
ad
ditio
nal p
rem
ium
as
follo
ws:
a)
Th
e pr
emiu
m p
ayab
le f
or t
he E
xten
ded
Inde
mni
ty P
erio
d sh
all b
e 1/
12 o
f th
e pr
emiu
m p
ayab
le f
or t
he P
erio
d of
Insu
ranc
e un
der
this
pol
icy
such
pay
men
t to
be
mad
e be
fore
the
exp
iry o
f th
e Ex
tend
ed In
dem
nity
Per
iod;
b)
Th
e pr
emiu
m p
ayab
le f
or t
he C
essa
tion
Perio
d sh
all b
e 2/
12 o
f th
e pr
emiu
m p
ayab
le f
or t
he P
erio
d of
Insu
ranc
e un
der
this
pol
icy
such
pay
men
t to
be
mad
e w
ithin
14
days
of
the
com
men
cem
ent
of
the
Ces
satio
n P
erio
d Pr
ovid
ed t
hat
in t
he e
vent
tha
t th
e In
sure
d ob
tain
s al
tern
ativ
e co
ver
durin
g th
e Ex
tend
ed In
dem
nity
Per
iod
or C
essa
tion
Perio
d th
en c
over
und
er t
his
clau
se w
ill b
e ca
ncel
led
ab in
itio
and
prem
ium
ret
urne
d to
the
Insu
red
less
any
pay
men
ts m
ade
by t
he In
sure
d in
res
pect
of
the
cove
r un
der
this
cla
use.
1.
3 R
un-o
ff C
over
a)
To
inde
mni
fy t
he In
sure
d if
the
Firm
’s P
ract
ice
ceas
es d
urin
g or
on
expi
ry o
f th
e Pe
riod
of In
sura
nce
or E
xten
ded
Inde
mni
ty P
erio
d or
Ces
satio
n Pe
riod
and
the
Firm
has
not
ob
tain
ed s
ucce
edin
g in
sura
nce
in c
ompl
ianc
e w
ith t
he M
inim
um T
erm
s ag
ains
t an
y C
ivil
Liab
ility
as
defin
ed in
cla
use
1.1
abov
e (a
‘C
essa
tion’
) du
ring
a pe
riod
endi
ng o
n th
e si
xth
anni
vers
ary
of t
he d
ate
upon
whi
ch t
he P
erio
d of
Insu
ranc
e en
ds.
b) In
dem
nity
und
er t
his
clau
se w
ill o
nly
be a
vaila
ble
if th
ere
is n
o Su
cces
sor
Prac
tice
and
will
be
stric
tly s
ubje
ct t
o pa
ymen
t of
pre
miu
m a
s re
ferr
ed t
o in
cla
use
1.2(
c) b
elow
with
in 2
8 da
ys o
f ce
ssat
ion.
c)
An
addi
tiona
l pr
emiu
m o
f 22
5% o
f th
e an
nual
(or
, w
here
app
licab
le,
annu
alis
ed)
prem
ium
sho
wn
in t
he S
ched
ule
(rec
alcu
late
d to
ref
lect
the
com
puls
ory
min
imum
Lim
it of
In
dem
nity
with
a n
il ex
cess
will
bec
ome
paya
ble
in f
ull w
ithin
28
days
of
Ces
satio
n of
the
Firm
if t
here
is n
o Su
cces
sor
Prac
tice.
d)
Not
with
stan
ding
sub
-cla
uses
a)
and
b) a
bove
, an
Ins
ured
whi
ch i
s ce
asin
g du
ring
the
Perio
d of
Ins
uran
ce a
nd w
hich
, bu
t fo
r th
is p
rovi
sion
, w
ould
be
succ
eede
d to
, m
ay e
lect
be
fore
its
Ces
satio
n to
be
insu
red
unde
r ru
n-of
f co
ver
prov
ided
suc
h el
ectio
n an
d pa
ymen
t in
ful
l of
the
run-
off
prem
ium
(cal
cula
ted
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith s
ub-c
laus
e c)
) is
mad
e pr
ior
to it
s C
essa
tion.
e)
Pay
men
t of
the
run
-off
pre
miu
m w
ill b
e in
add
ition
to
and
not
in s
ubst
itutio
n fo
r pa
ymen
t of
the
pre
miu
m f
or t
he P
erio
d of
Insu
ranc
e.
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
183
f) W
here
run
-off
cov
er h
as b
een
activ
ated
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith t
his
Polic
y bu
t th
e Fi
rm’s
Pra
ctic
e re
star
ts,
the
Insu
rer
may
can
cel s
uch
run-
off
cove
r on
suc
h te
rms
as t
he In
sure
r in
its
sole
dis
cret
ion
requ
ires,
pro
vide
d th
at:
i) th
ere
is in
sura
nce
com
plyi
ng w
ith t
he M
inim
um T
erm
s in
rel
atio
n to
tha
t Fi
rm in
for
ce o
n th
e da
te o
f ca
ncel
latio
n; a
nd
ii) t
he In
sure
r pr
ovid
ing
such
insu
ranc
e co
nfirm
s in
writ
ing
to t
he F
irm a
nd t
he In
sure
r (if
diff
eren
t) t
hat:
aa
) it
is p
rovi
ding
the
Firm
with
insu
ranc
e th
at c
ompl
ies
with
the
Min
imum
Ter
ms
for
the
curr
ent
inde
mni
ty p
erio
d; a
nd
bb)
it is
doi
ng s
o on
the
bas
is t
hat
the
Firm
’s P
ract
ice
is r
egar
ded
as b
eing
a c
ontin
uatio
n of
the
Fi
rm’s
Pra
ctic
e pr
ior
to C
essa
tion
and
that
acc
ordi
ngly
it
is l
iabl
e fo
r C
laim
s ag
ains
t th
e Fi
rm a
risin
g fr
om i
ncid
ents
, oc
curr
ence
s, f
acts
, m
atte
rs,
acts
and
/or
omis
sion
s th
at
occu
rred
prio
r to
Ces
satio
n.
g) F
or t
hese
pur
pose
s a
Firm
’s P
ract
ice
shal
l (w
ithou
t lim
itatio
n) b
e re
gard
ed a
s ce
asin
g if
(and
with
eff
ect
from
the
dat
e up
on w
hich
) th
e Fi
rm c
ease
s to
be
regu
late
d by
ILE
X
Prof
essi
onal
Sta
ndar
ds L
imite
d.
1.4
Def
ence
Cos
ts
To in
dem
nify
the
Insu
red
agai
nst
Def
ence
Cos
ts in
rel
atio
n to
: a)
any
Cla
im r
efer
red
to in
cla
use
1.1;
or
b) a
ny C
ircum
stan
ces
first
not
ified
to
the
Insu
rer
durin
g th
e Pe
riod
of In
sura
nce;
or
c) a
ny in
vest
igat
ion
or in
quiry
(sav
e in
res
pect
of
any
disc
iplin
ary
proc
eedi
ng u
nder
the
aut
horit
y of
ILEX
Pro
fess
iona
l Sta
ndar
ds L
imite
d) d
urin
g or
aft
er t
he P
erio
d of
Insu
ranc
e ar
isin
g fr
om a
ny C
laim
ref
erre
d to
in c
laus
e 1.
1 or
fro
m C
ircum
stan
ces
first
not
ified
to
the
Insu
rer
durin
g th
e Pe
riod
of In
sura
nce.
1.
5 M
inim
um W
ordi
ng
a) T
his
polic
y sh
all
be c
onst
rued
and
mod
ified
so
far
as i
s ne
cess
ary
to i
ncor
pora
te t
he M
inim
um W
ordi
ng i
n fo
rce
from
tim
e to
tim
e fr
om t
he d
ate
on w
hich
any
cha
nge
in t
he
Min
imum
Wor
ding
com
es in
to e
ffec
t.
b) W
here
cla
use
1.5
(a) a
pplie
s:
i)
unl
ess
the
Min
imum
Wor
ding
exp
ress
ly p
rovi
de t
o th
e co
ntra
ry, a
ny c
hang
e in
the
m s
hall
not
conf
er a
ny in
crea
sed
cove
r or
ben
efit
on t
he In
sure
d in
rel
atio
n to
: aa
) Cla
ims
alre
ady
mad
e or
intim
ated
; or
bb
) Cla
ims
aris
ing
from
Circ
umst
ance
s al
read
y no
tifie
d to
the
Insu
rer
at t
he t
ime
the
chan
ge in
the
Min
imum
Wor
ding
tak
es e
ffec
t.
ii) t
he In
sure
r m
ay c
harg
e su
ch a
dditi
onal
pre
miu
m a
s th
e In
sure
r in
its
sole
dis
cret
ion
cons
ider
s w
ould
hav
e ap
plie
d ha
d th
e ch
ange
in t
he M
inim
um W
ordi
ng b
een
know
n at
the
tim
e th
e pr
emiu
m f
or t
he P
olic
y w
as a
gree
d.
2.
Lim
it o
f In
dem
nit
y 2.
1 Th
e lim
it of
the
Insu
rer’
s lia
bilit
y un
der
this
Pol
icy
shal
l be
the
sum
spe
cifie
d in
the
Sch
edul
e fo
r an
y O
ne C
laim
, exc
lusi
ve o
f D
efen
ce C
osts
, sav
e th
at t
he L
imit
of In
dem
nity
und
er
this
Pol
icy
shal
l not
exc
eed
the
min
imum
req
uire
d lim
it of
inde
mni
ty a
s re
quire
d by
ILEX
Pro
fess
iona
l Sta
ndar
ds L
imite
d if
cove
r is
pro
vide
d pu
rsua
nt t
o cl
ause
1.3
abo
ve.
2.2
The
Insu
rer
shal
l ind
emni
fy t
he In
sure
d in
res
pect
of
all D
efen
ce C
osts
und
er c
laus
e 1.
4 pr
ovid
ed t
hat,
if p
aym
ent
in e
xces
s of
the
am
ount
of
inde
mni
ty a
vaila
ble
unde
r th
is P
olic
y ha
s to
be
mad
e to
dis
pose
of
any
Cla
im o
r C
laim
s ag
ains
t th
e In
sure
d, t
he I
nsur
er’s
lia
bilit
y fo
r su
ch D
efen
ce C
osts
sha
ll be
suc
h pr
opor
tion
ther
eof
as t
he a
mou
nt o
f in
dem
nity
av
aila
ble
unde
r th
is P
olic
y be
ars
to t
he a
mou
nt r
equi
red
to d
ispo
se o
f su
ch C
laim
or
Cla
ims.
2.
3 W
here
thi
s Po
licy
is u
nder
writ
ten
join
tly w
ith a
ny o
ther
insu
rer:
(a
) the
Insu
rer
shal
l be
seve
rally
liab
le o
nly
for
its r
espe
ctiv
e pr
opor
tion
of li
abili
ty a
s se
t ou
t in
the
Sch
edul
e; a
nd
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
184
(b)
in a
dditi
on t
o th
e pr
opor
tiona
te l
imit
of D
efen
ce C
osts
set
out
in
clau
se 2
.2,
the
Insu
rer’
s lia
bilit
y fo
r D
efen
ce C
osts
sha
ll be
fur
ther
lim
ited
to t
he e
xten
t or
pro
port
ion
of t
he
Insu
rer’
s lia
bilit
y in
rel
atio
n to
the
Cla
im.
3.
Exce
ss
3.1
The
am
ount
of
the
Exce
ss s
peci
fied
in t
he S
ched
ule
shal
l be
born
e by
the
Insu
red
for
any
One
Cla
im s
ave
that
, whe
re c
over
is p
rovi
ded
purs
uant
to
clau
se 1
.3, t
he E
xces
s sh
all b
e ni
l . T
he a
mou
nt o
f th
e Ex
cess
sha
ll no
t be
app
licab
le t
o D
efen
ce C
osts
und
er c
laus
e 1.
4 of
thi
s Po
licy.
3
.2 In
the
eve
nt o
f no
n-di
sclo
sure
by
the
Insu
red
of a
ny C
ircum
stan
ces
exis
ting
at t
he d
ate
of in
cept
ion
of t
he P
olic
y th
at s
ubse
quen
tly le
ad t
o a
Cla
im,
the
Exce
ss p
ayab
le b
y th
e In
sure
d sh
all b
e 5%
of
gros
s fe
es f
or t
he la
st f
inan
cial
yea
r (s
ubje
ct t
o a
cap
of £
10,0
00)
or t
wic
e th
e Ex
cess
spe
cifie
d in
the
Sch
edul
e, w
hich
ever
is t
he g
reat
er,
save
tha
t fo
r th
e pu
rpos
e of
cal
cula
ting
any
aggr
egat
e Ex
cess
the
am
ount
spe
cifie
d in
the
Sch
edul
e sh
all a
pply
. 4
. Ex
clu
sio
ns
This
Pol
icy
shal
l not
inde
mni
fy t
he In
sure
d ag
ains
t an
y C
laim
or
for
any
Def
ence
Cos
ts:
4.1
Prio
r cov
er
In r
espe
ct o
f w
hich
the
Insu
red
is e
ntitl
ed t
o be
inde
mni
fied
in w
hole
or
in p
art
unde
r a
prof
essi
onal
inde
mni
ty c
ontr
act
for
a pe
riod
earli
er t
han
the
Perio
d of
Insu
ranc
e, w
heth
er b
y re
ason
of
notif
icat
ion
of C
ircum
stan
ces
unde
r th
e ea
rlier
con
trac
t or
oth
erw
ise.
4.
2 D
eath
or b
odily
inju
ry
In r
espe
ct o
f ca
usin
g or
con
trib
utin
g to
dea
th o
r bo
dily
inju
ry,
but
this
exc
lusi
on is
not
to
appl
y to
liab
ility
for
psy
chol
ogic
al in
jury
or
emot
iona
l dis
tres
s th
at a
rises
fro
m a
bre
ach
of
duty
in t
he p
erfo
rman
ce o
f or
fa
ilure
to
perf
orm
Priv
ate
Lega
l Pra
ctic
e.
4.3
Prop
erty
dam
age
In r
espe
ct o
f ca
usin
g or
con
trib
utin
g to
dam
age
to,
or d
estr
uctio
n or
phy
sica
l los
s of
any
pro
pert
y (o
ther
tha
n pr
oper
ty in
the
car
e, c
usto
dy o
r co
ntro
l of
any
Insu
red
in c
onne
ctio
n w
ith t
he F
irm’s
Pra
ctic
e an
d no
t oc
cupi
ed o
r us
ed in
the
cou
rse
of t
he F
irm’s
Pra
ctic
e),
but
this
exc
lusi
on is
not
to
appl
y to
liab
ility
for
dam
age,
des
truc
tion
or lo
ss t
hat
aris
es f
rom
br
each
of
duty
in t
he p
erfo
rman
ce o
f or
fai
lure
to
perf
orm
Pr
ivat
e Le
gal P
ract
ice.
4.
4 Pa
rtne
rshi
p di
sput
es
Aris
ing
from
any
act
ual o
r al
lege
d br
each
of
the
Firm
’s p
artn
ersh
ip o
r sh
areh
olde
r ag
reem
ent
or a
rran
gem
ents
, inc
ludi
ng a
n eq
uiva
lent
agr
eem
ent
or a
rran
gem
ent
whe
re t
he F
irm is
a
Lim
ited
Liab
ility
Par
tner
ship
or
a co
mpa
ny w
ithou
t a
shar
e ca
pita
l. 4.
5 Em
ploy
men
t bre
ache
s, d
iscr
imin
atio
n et
c.
Aris
ing
from
wro
ngfu
l dis
mis
sal,
repu
diat
ion
or b
reac
h of
an
empl
oym
ent
cont
ract
or
arra
ngem
ent,
ter
min
atio
n of
a t
rain
ing
cont
ract
, ha
rass
men
t, d
iscr
imin
atio
n or
like
con
duct
in
rela
tion
to a
ny p
artn
ersh
ip o
r sh
areh
olde
r ag
reem
ent
or a
rran
gem
ent
or t
he e
quiv
alen
t w
here
the
Firm
is a
Lim
ited
Liab
ility
Par
tner
ship
or
a co
mpa
ny w
ithou
t a
shar
e ca
pita
l, or
in
rela
tion
to a
ny e
mpl
oym
ent
or t
rain
ing
agre
emen
t or
arr
ange
men
t.
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
185
4.6
Deb
ts a
nd tr
adin
g lia
bilit
ies
Aris
ing
out
of o
r in
con
nect
ion
with
any
: a)
tra
ding
or
pers
onal
deb
t of
any
Insu
red;
or
b) le
gal l
iabi
lity
assu
med
or
acce
pted
by
an In
sure
d or
an
Insu
red
Firm
und
er a
ny c
ontr
act
or a
gree
men
t fo
r th
e su
pply
to,
or
use
by,
the
Insu
red
or In
sure
d Fi
rm o
f go
ods
or s
ervi
ces
in t
he c
ours
e of
the
Insu
red
Firm
’s P
ract
ice,
hav
e th
at t
his
excl
usio
n 4.
6(b)
will
not
app
ly t
o an
y le
gal l
iabi
lity
aris
ing
in t
he c
ours
e of
an
Insu
red
Firm
’s P
ract
ice
in c
onne
ctio
n w
ith it
s or
any
Ins
ured
’s u
se o
f or
acc
ess
to t
he H
M L
and
Regi
stry
net
wor
k (in
clud
ing,
with
out
limita
tion,
acc
ess
unde
r a
Net
wor
k A
cces
s A
gree
men
t m
ade
unde
r th
e La
nd R
egis
trat
ion
(Net
wor
k A
cces
s) R
ules
and
the
Lan
d Re
gist
ratio
n (E
lect
roni
c C
omm
unic
atio
ns)
Ord
er 2
007)
oth
er t
han
an o
blig
atio
n to
pay
sea
rch
fees
or
othe
r ch
arge
s fo
r se
arch
es o
r se
rvic
es
prov
ided
by
HM
Lan
d Re
gist
ry t
o th
e In
sure
d Fi
rm; o
r
c) g
uara
ntee
, in
dem
nity
or
unde
rtak
ing
by a
n In
sure
d in
con
nect
ion
with
the
pro
visi
on o
f an
y fin
ance
, pr
oper
ty,
assi
stan
ce o
r ot
her
bene
fit o
r ad
vant
age
dire
ctly
or
indi
rect
ly t
o th
at
Insu
red.
4.
7 Fi
nes
and
pena
lties
In
res
pect
of
any:
a)
fin
e or
pen
alty
; or
b) a
war
d of
pun
itive
, exe
mpl
ary
or li
ke d
amag
es u
nder
the
law
of
the
Uni
ted
Stat
es o
f A
mer
ica
or C
anad
a ot
her
than
in r
espe
ct o
f de
fam
atio
n; o
r c)
ord
er o
r ag
reem
ent
to p
ay t
he c
osts
of
a co
mpl
aina
nt,
regu
lato
r, in
vest
igat
or o
r pr
osec
utor
of
any
prof
essi
onal
con
duct
com
plai
nt a
gain
st,
or in
vest
igat
ion
into
the
pro
fess
iona
l co
nduc
t of
, any
Insu
red.
4.
8 Fr
aud
or d
isho
nest
y In
res
pect
of
or a
risin
g fr
om d
isho
nest
y or
a f
raud
ulen
t ac
t or
om
issi
on c
omm
itted
or
cond
oned
by
the
Insu
red,
exc
ept
that
: a)
thi
s ex
clus
ion
is n
ot t
o ap
ply
to a
ny o
ther
Insu
red
who
did
not
com
mit
or c
ondo
ne t
he d
isho
nest
y or
fra
udul
ent
act
or o
mis
sion
; and
b)
no
dish
ones
ty o
r fr
audu
lent
act
or
omis
sion
will
be
impu
ted
to a
bod
y co
rpor
ate
unle
ss it
was
com
mitt
ed o
r co
ndon
ed b
y, in
the
cas
e of
a c
ompa
ny, a
ll di
rect
ors
of t
hat
com
pany
, or
, in
the
case
of
a Li
mite
d Li
abili
ty P
artn
ersh
ip, a
ll m
embe
rs o
f th
at L
imite
d Li
abili
ty P
artn
ersh
ip.
4.9
Dire
ctor
s’ o
r offi
cers
’ lia
bilit
y In
res
pect
of
or a
risin
g fr
om t
he In
sure
d’s
capa
city
as
a di
rect
or o
r of
ficer
of
a bo
dy c
orpo
rate
exc
ept
that
thi
s ex
clus
ion
is n
ot t
o ap
ply
to:
a) a
ny li
abili
ty o
f th
at In
sure
d th
at a
rises
fro
m a
bre
ach
of d
uty
in t
he p
erfo
rman
ce o
f or
a f
ailu
re t
o pe
rfor
m
lega
l wor
k; a
nd b
) any
vic
ario
us o
r jo
int
liabi
lity
of a
ny o
ther
Insu
red.
4.
10 O
vers
eas
prac
tice
In r
espe
ct o
f an
y lia
bilit
y in
curr
ed in
con
nect
ion
with
the
pro
visi
on o
f pr
ofes
sion
al s
ervi
ces
by t
he F
irm t
hat
is c
arrie
d on
fro
m a
n of
fice
outs
ide
Engl
and
and
Wal
es.
4.11
Oth
er in
sura
nce
If an
Insu
red
is e
ntitl
ed t
o cl
aim
, or
but
for
the
exi
sten
ce o
f th
is P
olic
y w
ould
be
entit
led
to c
laim
, ag
ains
t an
y ot
her
polic
y of
insu
ranc
e, t
he In
sure
r sh
all n
ot b
e lia
ble
to in
dem
nify
un
der
this
Pol
icy
exce
pt:
a) t
o th
e ex
tent
req
uire
d by
the
Min
imum
Wor
ding
; and
b)
in r
espe
ct o
f an
y su
m in
exc
ess
of t
he a
mou
nt t
hat
wou
ld h
ave
been
pay
able
und
er t
he o
ther
pol
icy
had
this
Pol
icy
not
been
eff
ecte
d. F
or t
he p
urpo
ses
of t
his
clau
se, ‘
polic
y’ a
nd
‘insu
ranc
e’ s
hall
incl
ude
cove
r pr
ovid
ed b
y an
y m
utua
l or
othe
r si
mila
r fu
nd.
4.12
War
and
terr
oris
m a
nd a
sbes
tos
In r
espe
ct o
f, o
r in
any
way
in c
onne
ctio
n w
ith:
a) t
erro
rism
, war
or
othe
r ho
stili
ties;
and
/or
b) a
sbes
tos
or a
ny a
ctua
l or
alle
ged
asbe
stos
rel
ated
inju
ry o
r da
mag
e in
volv
ing
the
use,
pre
senc
e, e
xist
ence
, det
ectio
n, r
emov
al, e
limin
atio
n or
avo
idan
ce o
f as
best
os o
r ex
posu
re t
o
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
186
asbe
stos
; pr
ovid
ed t
hat
this
exc
lusi
on d
oes
not
appl
y to
any
Civ
il Li
abili
ty o
r re
late
d D
efen
ce C
osts
aris
ing
from
any
act
ual o
r al
lege
d br
each
of
duty
in t
he p
erfo
rman
ce o
f or
fai
lure
to
per
form
Priv
ate
Lega
l Pra
ctic
e or
a f
ailu
re t
o di
scha
rge
or f
ulfil
any
dut
y in
cide
ntal
to
the
Firm
’s P
ract
ice
or t
o th
e co
nduc
t of
Priv
ate
Lega
l Pra
ctic
e.
4.1
3 N
ew In
stru
ctio
ns
du
rin
g t
he
Ces
sati
on
Per
iod
In
res
pect
of
any
liabi
lity
aris
ing
out
of w
ork
new
inst
ruct
ions
acc
epte
d by
the
Insu
red
durin
g th
e C
essa
tion
Perio
d.
5.
Spec
ial c
on
dit
ion
s 5.
1 N
on d
iscl
osur
e or
mis
repr
esen
tatio
n In
sure
rs w
ill n
ot:
a.
s
eek
to a
void
or
repu
diat
e th
is P
olic
y fo
r no
n-di
sclo
sure
or
mis
repr
esen
tatio
n ot
her
than
fra
udul
ent
non-
disc
losu
re o
r fr
audu
lent
mis
repr
esen
tatio
n; o
r b.
see
k da
mag
es f
or o
r se
ek t
o re
ject
any
cla
im o
n th
e gr
ound
s of
non
-dis
clos
ure
or m
isre
pres
enta
tion
durin
g th
e co
urse
of
nego
tiatin
g th
is P
olic
y or
on
the
grou
nds
of a
bre
ach
of a
ny w
arra
nty
save
whe
re s
uch
non-
disc
losu
re o
r m
isre
pres
enta
tion
is f
raud
ulen
t or
whe
re s
uch
brea
ch o
f w
arra
nty
was
mad
e w
ith a
n in
tent
to
dece
ive.
Th
e In
sure
d sh
all e
stab
lish
to t
he r
easo
nabl
e sa
tisfa
ctio
n of
the
Insu
rer
that
any
alle
ged
non-
disc
losu
re,
mis
repr
esen
tatio
n or
bre
ach
of w
arra
nty
was
fre
e of
any
fra
udul
ent
cond
uct
or in
tent
to
dece
ive.
Pr
ovid
ed a
lway
s th
at t
he in
sure
r w
ill b
e ab
le t
o ad
just
the
pre
miu
m a
nd t
he t
erm
s an
d co
nditi
ons
to t
hose
whi
ch w
ould
hav
e ap
plie
d ha
d th
e ci
rcum
stan
ces
of t
he m
isre
pres
enta
tion
or n
on d
iscl
osur
e be
en d
iscl
osed
'.
5.2
Can
cella
tion
This
Pol
icy
may
not
be
canc
elle
d ex
cept
by
the
agre
emen
t of
bot
h th
e Fi
rm a
nd t
he In
sure
r, a
nd in
any
eve
nt o
nly
in c
ircum
stan
ces
whe
re:
(a)
the
Firm
’s P
ract
ice
is m
erge
d in
to a
Suc
cess
or P
ract
ice
whi
ch h
as t
he b
enef
it of
insu
ranc
e co
mpl
ying
with
the
Min
imum
Ter
ms,
in
whi
ch c
ase
canc
ella
tion
shal
l ha
ve e
ffec
t no
ea
rlier
tha
n th
e da
te o
f su
ch m
erge
r; o
r (b
) re
plac
emen
t in
sura
nce
com
plyi
ng w
ith t
he M
inim
um T
erm
s co
mm
ence
s, i
n w
hich
cas
e ca
ncel
latio
n sh
all
have
eff
ect
no e
arlie
r th
an t
he d
ate
on w
hich
suc
h re
plac
emen
t in
sura
nce
com
men
ces;
or
(c)
it su
bseq
uent
ly t
rans
pire
s th
at t
he F
irm is
not
req
uire
d to
eff
ect
a po
licy
com
plyi
ng w
ith t
he M
inim
um T
erm
s, in
whi
ch c
ase
canc
ella
tion
shal
l hav
e ef
fect
fro
m t
he s
tart
of
the
rele
vant
Inde
mni
ty P
erio
d or
suc
h la
ter
date
as
agre
ed b
etw
een
the
Firm
and
the
Insu
rer.
A
ny c
ance
llatio
n of
thi
s Po
licy
shal
l not
aff
ect
the
right
s an
d ob
ligat
ions
of
the
part
ies
that
hav
e ac
crue
d un
der
this
Pol
icy
prio
r to
the
dat
e fr
om w
hich
can
cella
tion
has
effe
ct.
5.3
Dou
ble
insu
ranc
e a)
Whe
re t
he F
irm’s
Pra
ctic
e is
suc
ceed
ed d
urin
g th
e Pe
riod
of I
nsur
ance
and
, as
a r
esul
t, a
situ
atio
n of
‘do
uble
ins
uran
ce’
exis
ts b
etw
een
two
or m
ore
insu
rers
of
the
Succ
esso
r Pr
actic
e, c
ontr
ibut
ion
betw
een
insu
rers
sha
ll be
det
erm
ined
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith t
he r
elat
ive
num
bers
of
Prin
cipa
ls o
f th
e co
nstit
uent
pra
ctic
es im
med
iate
ly p
rior
to s
ucce
ssio
n.
b) T
he In
sure
d sh
all:
i) gi
ve n
otic
e in
writ
ing
to t
he o
ther
insu
rer(
s) im
med
iate
ly o
f al
l mat
ters
ref
erre
d to
in c
laus
es
6.1
and
6.2;
and
ii) c
ompl
y w
ith t
he t
erm
s of
the
oth
er p
olic
y/po
licie
s.
5.4
No
set-o
ff A
ny a
mou
nt p
ayab
le b
y th
e In
sure
r to
inde
mni
fy a
n In
sure
d ag
ains
t C
ivil
Liab
ility
to
a cl
aim
ant
will
onl
y be
pai
d to
the
cla
iman
t, o
r at
the
cla
iman
t’s
dire
ctio
n, a
nd t
he In
sure
r is
not
en
title
d to
set
-off
aga
inst
any
suc
h am
ount
any
pay
men
t du
e to
the
Insu
rer
incl
udin
g, w
ithou
t lim
itatio
n, a
ny p
aym
ent
of p
rem
ium
or
reim
burs
emen
t du
e to
the
Insu
rer.
5.
5 A
dvan
cem
ent o
f Def
ence
Cos
ts
The
Insu
rer
shal
l pay
Def
ence
Cos
ts in
curr
ed in
the
def
ence
or
sett
lem
ent
of a
ny C
laim
at
the
time
they
are
incu
rred
, inc
ludi
ng D
efen
ce C
osts
incu
rred
on
beha
lf of
an
Insu
red
who
is
alle
ged
to h
ave
com
mitt
ed o
r co
ndon
ed d
isho
nest
y or
a f
raud
ulen
t ac
t or
om
issi
on,
exce
pt t
hat
the
Insu
rer
shal
l not
be
liabl
e fo
r D
efen
ce C
osts
incu
rred
on
beha
lf of
the
Insu
red
afte
r th
e ea
rlier
of:
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
187
a) t
he In
sure
d ad
mitt
ing
to t
he In
sure
r th
e co
mm
issi
on o
r co
ndon
ing
of a
dis
hone
st o
r fr
audu
lent
act
or
omis
sion
; or
b) a
cou
rt o
r ar
bitr
ator
or
othe
r ju
dici
al b
ody
findi
ng t
hat
the
Insu
red
was
in f
act
guilt
y of
a d
isho
nest
or
frau
dule
nt a
ct o
r om
issi
on.
5.6
Res
olut
ion
of d
ispu
tes
rega
rdin
g w
heth
er a
firm
is a
Suc
cess
or P
ract
ice
If th
ere
is a
dis
pute
as
to w
heth
er a
firm
is
a Su
cces
sor
Prac
tice
for
the
purp
ose
of c
laus
es 1
.1 a
nd 1
.2,
the
Insu
red
and
the
Insu
rer
will
tak
e al
l re
ason
able
ste
ps (
incl
udin
g, i
f ap
prop
riate
, re
ferr
ing
the
disp
ute
to a
rbitr
atio
n) t
o re
solv
e th
e di
sput
e in
con
junc
tion
with
any
rel
ated
dis
pute
bet
wee
n an
y ot
her
part
y th
at h
as i
nsur
ance
com
plyi
ng w
ith t
he
Min
imum
Ter
ms
and
that
par
ty’s
insu
rer.
6
. G
ener
al C
on
dit
ion
s 6.
1 N
otic
e of
Circ
umst
ance
s Th
e In
sure
d sh
all g
ive
notic
e in
writ
ing
to t
he In
sure
r im
med
iate
ly o
f an
y C
ircum
stan
ce o
f w
hich
the
Insu
red
shal
l bec
ome
awar
e th
at m
ay g
ive
rise
to a
Cla
im a
gain
st t
he In
sure
d.
Prov
ided
suc
h no
tice
has
been
giv
en d
urin
g th
e Pe
riod
of In
sura
nce,
any
Cla
im a
risin
g fr
om t
hat
Circ
umst
ance
tha
t is
sub
sequ
ently
mad
e af
ter
the
expi
ry o
f th
e Pe
riod
of In
sura
nce
shal
l be
deem
ed f
or t
he p
urpo
se o
f th
is P
olic
y to
hav
e be
en m
ade
on t
he d
ate
of n
otifi
catio
n of
the
Circ
umst
ance
. 6.
2 N
otic
e of
Cla
im
The
Insu
red
shal
l giv
e no
tice
in w
ritin
g to
the
Insu
rer
imm
edia
tely
in t
he e
vent
of:
a)
any
Cla
im m
ade
agai
nst
the
Insu
red;
b)
the
rec
eipt
of
notic
e fr
om a
ny p
arty
of
an in
tent
ion
to m
ake
a C
laim
aga
inst
the
Insu
red.
6.
3 C
onte
nts
of n
otic
e A
ny n
otic
e gi
ven
unde
r cl
ause
s 6.
1 or
6.2
mus
t co
ntai
n fu
ll pa
rtic
ular
s in
clud
ing
all
mat
eria
l fa
cts,
dat
es a
nd p
erso
ns i
nvol
ved
and,
in
the
case
of
notic
e of
a C
ircum
stan
ce,
the
reas
ons
for
antic
ipat
ing
that
the
Circ
umst
ance
may
giv
e ris
e to
a C
laim
. 6.
4 N
otic
e of
cha
nges
a)
The
Insu
red
shal
l giv
e pr
ior
notic
e in
writ
ing
that
it is
goi
ng t
o m
erge
, acq
uire
or
abso
rb a
ny o
ther
lega
l pra
ctic
e or
cha
nge
its n
ame
or a
ddre
ss d
urin
g th
e Pe
riod
of In
sura
nce.
The
In
sure
r sh
all h
ave
the
right
to
char
ge s
uch
addi
tiona
l pre
miu
m a
s th
e In
sure
r in
its
sole
dis
cret
ion
cons
ider
s ar
ises
fro
m t
he c
hang
e.
b) T
he In
sure
d sh
all g
ive
notic
e in
writ
ing
of C
essa
tion
of, o
r in
terv
entio
n in
, the
Firm
and
sha
ll pa
y su
ch a
dditi
onal
pre
miu
m a
s m
ay b
e du
e fo
r ru
n-of
f co
ver
on o
r be
fore
the
dat
e of
C
essa
tion.
c)
The
Insu
red
shal
l giv
e no
tice
in w
ritin
g im
med
iate
ly a
fter
obt
aini
ng a
ny r
epla
cem
ent
insu
ranc
e co
mpl
ying
with
the
Min
imum
Ter
ms.
6.
5 C
o-op
erat
ion
of th
e In
sure
d a)
The
Insu
red
shal
l not
mak
e an
y ex
pres
s or
impl
ied
adm
issi
on o
r de
nial
of
liabi
lity,
or
any
othe
r ar
rang
emen
t, o
ffer
, pr
omis
e or
pay
men
t or
incu
r an
y co
sts
and
expe
nses
with
out
the
prio
r w
ritte
n co
nsen
t of
the
Insu
rer.
b)
The
Ins
ured
sha
ll, a
t its
ow
n ex
pens
e, p
rovi
de t
he I
nsur
er o
r an
y so
licito
r ap
poin
ted
by t
he In
sure
r w
ith a
ll in
form
atio
n, e
vide
nce,
doc
umen
ts a
nd a
ssis
tanc
e as
the
Insu
rer
may
re
ason
ably
req
uire
for
the
pro
per
and
effic
ient
inve
stig
atio
n of
any
Circ
umst
ance
or
Cla
im a
nd f
or t
he c
ondu
ct o
f an
y C
laim
, inv
estig
atio
n or
inqu
iry.
c) T
he In
sure
r sh
all b
e en
title
d, a
s it
may
in it
s ab
solu
te d
iscr
etio
n th
ink
fit, a
t an
y tim
e, t
o ta
ke o
ver
the
cond
uct
in t
he n
ame
of t
he In
sure
d or
the
Firm
of
the
defe
nce
or s
ettle
men
t of
any
Cla
im o
r pr
ocee
ding
s (in
clud
ing
any
inve
stig
atio
n or
inqu
iry)
or t
o pr
osec
ute
in t
he n
ame
of t
he In
sure
d or
the
Firm
for
the
Insu
rer’
s ow
n be
nefit
any
cla
im f
or in
dem
nity
or
othe
rwis
e, a
nd t
he In
sure
d sh
all,
at a
ll tim
es, g
ive
full
info
rmat
ion,
co-
oper
atio
n an
d as
sist
ance
for
the
se p
urpo
ses.
The
Insu
red
auth
oris
es a
ny s
olic
itor
appo
inte
d by
the
Insu
rer
to g
o on
the
cou
rt r
ecor
d in
any
pro
ceed
ings
. Th
is p
rovi
sion
sha
ll ap
ply
even
to:
i)
the
cond
uct
of C
laim
s;
ii) t
he d
efen
ce a
nd p
rose
cutio
n of
any
pro
ceed
ings
; and
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
188
iii) a
ny c
laim
s ag
ains
t an
y ot
her
part
y th
at:
aa) a
re w
ithin
the
Exc
ess;
or
bb
) inc
lude
uni
nsur
ed lo
sses
; w
heth
er o
r no
t th
e In
sure
d se
eks
inde
mni
ty u
nder
thi
s Po
licy.
d)
The
Insu
red
shal
l, in
the
con
duct
of
any
Cla
im o
r cl
aim
aga
inst
any
thi
rd p
arty
for
inde
mni
ty o
r ot
herw
ise,
com
ply
with
all
rule
s of
cou
rt a
nd o
rder
s m
ade
by t
he c
ourt
, fo
llow
all
reas
onab
le a
dvic
e gi
ven
by a
ny s
olic
itor
appo
inte
d by
the
Ins
urer
, at
tend
any
hea
rings
, m
eetin
gs o
r co
nfer
ence
s as
may
rea
sona
bly
be r
equi
red
and
sign
any
doc
umen
ts a
s m
ay
reas
onab
ly b
e re
quire
d.
e) T
he In
sure
d ag
rees
tha
t an
y so
licito
r ap
poin
ted
by t
he In
sure
r sh
all d
iscl
ose
to t
he In
sure
r an
y in
form
atio
n, e
vide
nce
or d
ocum
ents
tha
t th
e In
sure
d ha
s pr
ovid
ed t
o th
at s
olic
itor
whe
ther
priv
ilege
d or
not
. f)
In o
rder
to
asce
rtai
n w
heth
er f
ull a
nd a
ccur
ate
info
rmat
ion
has
been
pro
vide
d in
acc
orda
nce
with
thi
s Po
licy
and
to o
btai
n su
ch in
form
atio
n in
so
far
as it
may
not
hav
e be
en,
the
Insu
rer
may
app
oint
any
per
son
who
m it
thi
nks
fit a
nd m
ay r
equi
re t
he In
sure
d or
the
Firm
to
prod
uce
to t
hat
pers
on a
t su
ch t
imes
and
pla
ces
as h
e m
ay r
eque
st a
ll su
ch a
ccou
ntin
g an
d ot
her
reco
rds
and
docu
men
ts, a
nd t
o su
pply
him
in r
elat
ion
ther
eto
with
suc
h in
form
atio
n an
d ex
plan
atio
ns, a
s he
may
fro
m t
ime
to t
ime
requ
ire.
g) T
he In
sure
d sh
all p
ay f
orth
with
on
dem
and
any
Val
ue A
dded
Tax
incu
rred
in r
elat
ion
to D
efen
ce C
osts
inso
far
as t
he In
sure
d ca
n re
cove
r su
ch V
alue
Add
ed T
ax f
rom
HM
Rev
enue
&
Cus
tom
s.
6.6
Req
uire
men
t to
cont
est l
egal
pro
ceed
ings
a)
The
Insu
red
shal
l not
be
requ
ired
to c
onte
st a
ny le
gal p
roce
edin
gs u
nles
s a
Que
en’s
Cou
nsel
(to
be m
utua
lly a
gree
d up
on b
y th
e In
sure
d an
d th
e In
sure
r or
fai
ling
agre
emen
t to
be
appo
inte
d by
th
e Bo
ard
of IL
EX P
rofe
ssio
nal S
tand
ards
Lim
ited)
sha
ll ad
vise
tha
t, t
akin
g du
e ac
coun
t of
the
inte
rest
s of
bot
h th
e In
sure
r an
d th
e In
sure
d, s
uch
proc
eedi
ngs
shou
ld b
e co
ntes
ted.
b)
The
Que
en’s
Cou
nsel
’s f
ee w
ill b
e pa
yabl
e by
the
par
ty a
gain
st w
hose
con
tent
ion
Que
en’s
Cou
nsel
adv
ises
. 6.
7 R
eim
burs
emen
t a)
Any
Insu
red
who
: i)
com
mitt
ed; o
r ii)
con
done
d (w
heth
er k
now
ingl
y or
rec
kles
sly)
; no
n-di
sclo
sure
, m
isre
pres
enta
tion,
bre
ach
of t
he t
erm
s or
con
ditio
ns o
f th
is P
olic
y, d
isho
nest
y or
any
fra
udul
ent
act
or o
mis
sion
is o
blig
ed t
o re
imbu
rse
the
Insu
rer
to t
he e
xten
t th
at
is ju
st a
nd e
quita
ble
havi
ng r
egar
d to
the
pre
judi
ce c
ause
d to
the
Insu
rer’
s in
tere
st b
y su
ch n
on-d
iscl
osur
e, m
isre
pres
enta
tion,
bre
ach,
dis
hone
sty
or f
raud
. b)
How
ever
, no
n-di
sclo
sure
, m
isre
pres
enta
tion,
bre
ach,
dis
hone
sty,
fra
udul
ent
act
or o
mis
sion
sha
ll no
t be
impu
ted
to a
bod
y co
rpor
ate
unle
ss it
was
com
mitt
ed o
r co
ndon
ed b
y, in
th
e ca
se o
f a
com
pany
, all
dire
ctor
s of
tha
t co
mpa
ny, o
r, in
the
cas
e of
a L
imite
d Li
abili
ty P
artn
ersh
ip, a
ll m
embe
rs o
f th
at L
imite
d Li
abili
ty P
artn
ersh
ip.
c) T
he In
sure
r sh
all n
ot b
e en
title
d to
obt
ain
reim
burs
emen
t pu
rsua
nt t
o th
is c
laus
e fr
om a
n In
sure
d as
def
ined
by
clau
se 7
.11(
d) o
f th
is P
olic
y w
ho is
em
ploy
ed in
con
nect
ion
with
th
e Fi
rm’s
Pra
ctic
e or
his
est
ate
or p
erso
nal r
epre
sent
ativ
es u
nles
s th
at In
sure
d:
i) co
mm
itted
; or
ii) c
ondo
ned
(whe
ther
kno
win
gly
or r
eckl
essl
y); d
isho
nest
y or
any
fra
udul
ent
act
or o
mis
sion
. d)
The
Insu
red
shal
l not
be
requ
ired
to m
ake
any
reim
burs
emen
t un
der
this
con
ditio
n to
the
ext
ent
that
any
suc
h br
each
of
the
term
s or
con
ditio
ns o
f th
e in
sura
nce
was
in o
rder
to
com
ply
with
any
app
licab
le r
ules
or
code
s la
id d
own
from
tim
e to
tim
e by
ILEX
Pro
fess
iona
l Sta
ndar
ds L
imite
d.
e) T
he In
sure
d sh
all r
eim
burs
e to
the
Insu
rer
any
sum
s th
at t
he In
sure
r ha
s pa
id b
ut f
or w
hich
it h
as n
o lia
bilit
y to
inde
mni
fy u
nder
the
ter
ms
of t
his
Polic
y. T
he In
sure
d sh
all a
lso
pay
inte
rest
at
the
rate
of
LIBO
R pl
us 1
%.
f) R
eim
burs
emen
t w
ith in
tere
st s
hall
appl
y, b
ut is
not
lim
ited,
to:
g)
Def
ence
Cos
ts, w
heth
er r
elat
ing
to a
Cla
im t
hat
is n
ot c
over
ed, o
r a
prop
ortio
n of
Def
ence
Cos
ts b
y vi
rtue
of
clau
se 2
.2 o
r cl
ause
5.4
; ii)
sum
s pa
id p
endi
ng r
esol
utio
n of
a c
over
age
disp
ute;
iii
) sum
s fo
r w
hich
oth
er in
sure
rs a
re li
able
; iv
) sum
s fo
r w
hich
an
Insu
red
is li
able
.
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
189
6.8
Rec
over
ies
a) W
here
any
pay
men
t is
mad
e by
the
Insu
rer
and
any
sum
s ar
e re
cove
red
from
any
oth
er p
arty
, tho
se s
ums
shal
l be
appl
ied
in t
he f
ollo
win
g or
der:
i)
reim
burs
emen
t of
pay
men
ts b
y th
e In
sure
r w
ith in
tere
st a
t th
e ra
te o
f LI
BOR
plus
1%
; the
n ii)
Def
ence
Cos
ts a
nd c
osts
of
any
clai
m f
or r
ecov
ery,
whe
ther
litig
ated
or
not;
the
n iii
) any
sur
plus
sha
ll be
pai
d to
the
Insu
red.
b)
Sub
ject
to
clau
se 6
.7(c
) abo
ve, u
pon
notif
icat
ion
of a
ny C
laim
or
Circ
umst
ance
, the
Insu
rer
will
be
subr
ogat
ed t
o al
l rig
hts
of t
he In
sure
d of
inde
mni
ty,
cont
ribut
ion
or r
ecov
ery
to t
he e
xten
t of
any
pay
men
t m
ade
by t
he In
sure
r. T
he In
sure
d w
ill n
ot s
urre
nder
any
suc
h rig
ht,
or
sett
le a
ny s
uch
clai
m f
or in
dem
nity
, con
trib
utio
n or
rec
over
y w
ithou
t th
e pr
ior
cons
ent
in w
ritin
g of
the
Insu
rer.
c)
Any
unr
ecov
ered
cos
ts i
ncur
red
in p
ursu
ing
reco
very
cla
ims
that
com
pris
e bo
th i
nsur
ed a
nd u
nins
ured
los
ses
shal
l be
sha
red
by t
he I
nsur
er a
nd t
he I
nsur
ed i
n th
e ra
tio o
f th
e re
spec
tive
reco
very
cla
ims.
6.
9 R
equi
rem
ent t
o ob
tain
reim
burs
emen
t W
here
a lo
ss o
r C
laim
invo
lves
dis
hone
sty
or a
fra
udul
ent
act
or o
mis
sion
com
mitt
ed o
r co
ndon
ed b
y an
Insu
red,
any
oth
er In
sure
d sh
all a
t th
e re
ques
t an
d ex
pens
e of
the
Insu
rer
take
all
reas
onab
le s
teps
to
obta
in r
eim
burs
emen
t fr
om t
he In
sure
d w
ho c
omm
itted
or
cond
oned
suc
h di
shon
esty
or
frau
d.
6.10
With
hold
ing
asse
ts o
r ent
itlem
ent
The
Insu
rer
may
req
uire
the
Firm
to
acco
unt
to it
for
any
ass
et o
r en
title
men
t of
any
Insu
red
who
has
com
mitt
ed o
r co
ndon
ed d
isho
nest
y or
any
fra
udul
ent
act
or o
mis
sion
, pro
vide
d th
e Fi
rm is
lega
lly e
ntitl
ed t
o ho
ld t
hat
asse
t or
ent
itlem
ent.
6.
11 F
undi
ng o
f the
Exc
ess
a) T
he F
irm s
hall
pay
the
Exce
ss t
o th
e In
sure
r or
any
sol
icito
r ap
poin
ted
by t
he In
sure
r fo
rthw
ith u
pon
requ
est
in c
onne
ctio
n w
ith a
ny p
aym
ent
into
cou
rt, i
nter
im p
aym
ent,
ten
der
or
sett
lem
ent
of a
ny C
laim
or
Cla
iman
t’s
cost
s.
6.12
Arb
itrat
ion
Save
as
prov
ided
in c
laus
e 6.
6, a
ny d
ispu
te o
r di
sagr
eem
ent
betw
een
the
Insu
red
and
the
Insu
rer
aris
ing
out
of o
r in
con
nect
ion
with
thi
s Po
licy
shal
l be
refe
rred
to
arbi
trat
ion
in
acco
rdan
ce w
ith t
he A
rbitr
atio
n A
ct 1
996
befo
re a
sol
e ar
bitr
ator
to
be m
utua
lly a
gree
d up
on b
y th
e In
sure
d an
d th
e In
sure
r or
fai
ling
agre
emen
t to
be
appo
inte
d by
the
Boa
rd o
f IL
EX P
rofe
ssio
nal S
tand
ards
Lim
ited.
6.
13 S
peci
al c
ondi
tions
to p
reva
il To
the
ext
ent
that
the
re e
xist
s an
y in
cons
iste
ncy
betw
een
the
gene
ral c
ondi
tions
pro
vide
d un
der
clau
se 6
of
this
Pol
icy
and
the
spec
ial
cond
ition
s pr
ovid
ed u
nder
cla
use
5 of
thi
s Po
licy,
the
spe
cial
con
ditio
ns s
hall
prev
ail.
6.14
Con
trac
ts (R
ight
s of
Thi
rd P
artie
s) A
ct 1
999
It is
her
eby
note
d an
d ag
reed
for
the
pur
pose
s of
the
Con
trac
ts (R
ight
s of
Thi
rd P
artie
s) A
ct 1
999
that
the
par
ties
do n
ot in
tend
any
ter
m o
f th
is P
olic
y to
be
enfo
rcea
ble
by a
ny t
hird
pa
rty.
6.
15 G
over
ning
law
Th
is p
olic
y of
insu
ranc
e is
gov
erne
d by
and
is t
o be
inte
rpre
ted
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith E
nglis
h la
w.
6.16
Wai
ver
The
term
s of
thi
s Po
licy
shal
l not
be
wai
ved
or c
hang
ed e
xcep
t by
end
orse
men
t is
sued
by
the
Insu
rer
to f
orm
par
t of
thi
s po
licy.
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
190
7.
Inte
rpre
tati
on
an
d D
efin
itio
ns
In t
his
Polic
y, u
nles
s th
e co
ntex
t ot
herw
ise
requ
ires:
7.
1 G
ener
al
a) t
he s
ingu
lar
incl
udes
the
plu
ral,
and
vice
ver
sa;
b) t
he m
ale
gend
er in
clud
es t
he f
emal
e an
d ne
uter
gen
ders
; c)
a r
efer
ence
to
a pe
rson
incl
udes
bod
ies
corp
orat
e, p
artn
ersh
ips,
and
oth
er u
ninc
orpo
rate
d as
soci
atio
ns o
r bo
dies
of
pers
ons;
d)
a r
efer
ence
to
any
stat
ute,
sta
tuto
ry p
rovi
sion
, cod
e or
reg
ulat
ion
incl
udes
: (i)
any
sub
ordi
nate
legi
slat
ion
(as
defin
ed b
y se
ctio
n 21
(1) o
f th
e In
terp
reta
tion
Act
197
8) m
ade
unde
r it;
and
(ii
) an
y pr
ovis
ion
whi
ch i
t ha
s su
pers
eded
or
re-e
nact
ed (
with
or
with
out
mod
ifica
tion)
or
amen
ded,
and
any
pro
visi
on s
uper
sedi
ng i
t or
re-
enac
ting
it (w
ith o
r w
ithou
t m
odifi
catio
n) o
r am
endi
ng it
eith
er b
efor
e, o
r at
or
afte
r th
e in
cept
ion
of t
his
Polic
y;
e) h
eadi
ngs
are
for
ease
of
refe
renc
e on
ly a
nd s
hall
not
affe
ct in
terp
reta
tion.
7.
2 C
ircum
stan
ce
Circ
umst
ance
mea
ns a
n in
cide
nt, o
ccur
renc
e, f
act,
mat
ter,
act
or
omis
sion
tha
t m
ay g
ive
rise
to a
Cla
im in
res
pect
of
Civ
il Li
abili
ty.
7.3
Civ
il Li
abili
ty
Civ
il Li
abili
ty in
clud
es li
abili
ty t
o pa
y an
am
ount
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith t
he r
ecom
men
datio
n of
the
Leg
al O
mbu
dsm
an p
ursu
ant
to s
ectio
ns 1
37(2
)(c)
and
sect
ion
137(
4)(b
) of
the
Leg
al
Serv
ices
Act
200
7 or
any
reg
ulat
ory
auth
ority
by
who
se r
ules
the
Ins
ured
is
boun
d pr
ovid
ed t
hat
the
Insu
rer
will
hav
e no
lia
bilit
y in
res
pect
of
any
dete
rmin
atio
n by
the
Leg
al
Om
buds
man
pur
suan
t to
sec
tion
137(
2)(b
) of
the
Lega
l Ser
vice
s ac
t 20
07 t
o re
fund
any
fee
s pa
id t
o th
e In
sure
d.
7.4
Cla
im
Cla
im m
eans
a d
eman
d fo
r, o
r an
ass
ertio
n of
a r
ight
to,
civ
il co
mpe
nsat
ion
or c
ivil
dam
ages
or
an in
timat
ion
of a
n in
tent
ion
to s
eek
such
com
pens
atio
n or
dam
ages
. F
or t
hese
pu
rpos
es a
n ob
ligat
ion
on t
he F
irm a
nd o
r an
y In
sure
d to
rem
edy
a br
each
of
the
acco
unts
rul
es p
ublis
hed
by IL
EX P
rofe
ssio
nal S
tand
ards
Lim
ited
(as
amen
ded
or r
epla
ced
from
tim
e to
tim
e) s
hall
be t
reat
ed a
s a
Cla
im a
nd t
he o
blig
atio
n to
rem
edy
such
bre
ach
shal
l be
trea
ted
as a
Civ
il Li
abili
ty f
or t
he p
urpo
ses
of c
laus
e 1,
whe
ther
or
not
any
pers
on m
akes
a
dem
and
for,
or
an a
sser
tion
of a
rig
ht t
o, c
ivil
com
pens
atio
n or
civ
il da
mag
es o
r an
intim
atio
n of
an
inte
ntio
n to
see
k su
ch c
ompe
nsat
ion
or d
amag
es a
s a
resu
lt of
suc
h br
each
, ex
cept
whe
re a
ny s
uch
oblig
atio
n m
ay a
rise
as a
res
ult
of t
he in
solv
ency
of
a ba
nk (
as d
efin
ed in
sec
tion
87 o
f th
e So
licito
rs A
ct 1
974)
or
a bu
ildin
g so
ciet
y (w
ithin
the
mea
ning
of
the
Build
ing
Soci
etie
s A
ct 1
986)
whi
ch h
olds
clie
nt m
oney
in a
clie
nt a
ccou
nt o
f th
e Fi
rm o
r th
e fa
ilure
of
such
ban
k of
bui
ldin
g so
ciet
y ge
nera
lly t
o re
pay
mon
ies
on d
eman
d,
7.5
Cla
iman
t C
laim
ant
mea
ns a
per
son
or e
ntity
tha
t ha
s m
ade
or m
ay m
ake
a C
laim
, inc
ludi
ng a
Cla
im f
or c
ontr
ibut
ion
or in
dem
nity
. 7.
6 D
efen
ce C
osts
D
efen
ce C
osts
mea
ns le
gal c
osts
and
dis
burs
emen
ts a
nd in
vest
igat
ive
and
rela
ted
expe
nses
rea
sona
bly
and
nece
ssar
ily in
curr
ed w
ith t
he In
sure
r’s
prio
r co
nsen
t (s
uch
cons
ent
not
to b
e un
reas
onab
ly w
ithhe
ld):
a) in
def
endi
ng a
ny p
roce
edin
gs r
elat
ing
to a
Cla
im; o
r b)
in c
ondu
ctin
g an
y pr
ocee
ding
s fo
r in
dem
nity
, con
trib
utio
n or
rec
over
y re
latin
g to
a C
laim
; or
c) in
inve
stig
atin
g, r
educ
ing,
avo
idin
g or
com
prom
isin
g an
y ac
tual
or
pote
ntia
l Cla
im; o
r d)
in a
ctin
g fo
r an
Insu
red
in c
onne
ctio
n w
ith a
ny in
vest
igat
ion
or in
quiry
aris
ing
from
any
Cla
im r
efer
red
to in
cla
use
1.1
or f
rom
Circ
umst
ance
s fir
st n
otifi
ed t
o th
e In
sure
r du
ring
the
Perio
d of
Insu
ranc
e.
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
191
Def
ence
Cos
ts d
oes
not
incl
ude
any
inte
rnal
or
over
head
exp
ense
s of
the
Firm
or
the
Insu
rer
or t
he c
ost
of t
he I
nsur
ed’s
tim
e or
any
Val
ue A
dded
Tax
ins
ofar
as
the
Insu
red
can
reco
ver
such
Val
ue A
dded
Tax
fro
m H
M R
even
ue &
Cus
tom
s.
7.7
Empl
oyee
Em
ploy
ee m
eans
any
per
son
othe
r th
an a
Prin
cipa
l: a)
em
ploy
ed o
r ot
herw
ise
enga
ged
in t
he F
irm’s
Pra
ctic
e (in
clud
ing
unde
r a
cont
ract
for
ser
vice
s).
b) s
econ
ded
to w
ork
in t
he F
irm’s
Pra
ctic
e; o
r c)
sec
onde
d by
the
Firm
to
wor
k el
sew
here
. Em
ploy
ee d
oes
not
incl
ude
any
pers
on w
ho i
s en
gage
d by
the
Firm
und
er a
con
trac
t fo
r se
rvic
es i
n re
spec
t of
any
wor
k w
here
tha
t pe
rson
is
requ
ired
unde
r th
e ru
les
of I
LEX
Pr
ofes
sion
al S
tand
ards
Lim
ited
or a
ny o
ther
pro
fess
iona
l bod
y, t
o ta
ke o
ut o
r to
be
insu
red
unde
r se
para
te p
rofe
ssio
nal i
ndem
nity
insu
ranc
e in
res
pect
of
that
wor
k.
7.8
Exce
ss
The
Exce
ss m
eans
the
firs
t am
ount
of
a C
laim
tha
t is
not
cov
ered
by
the
Polic
y.
7.9
Firm
Th
e Fi
rm m
eans
the
sol
e pr
actit
ione
r, p
artn
ersh
ip o
r bo
dy (
as c
onst
itute
d fr
om t
ime
to t
ime)
aut
horis
ed b
y IL
EX P
rofe
ssio
nal S
tand
ards
Lim
ited
and
spec
ified
in t
he S
ched
ule.
7.
10 F
irm’s
Pra
ctic
e Th
e Fi
rm’s
Pra
ctic
e m
eans
the
Priv
ate
Lega
l Pra
ctic
e ca
rrie
d on
by
the
Firm
, any
Prio
r Pr
actic
e an
d/or
any
Suc
cess
or P
ract
ice.
7.
11 In
sure
d In
sure
d m
eans
eac
h an
d al
l of
the
follo
win
g pe
rson
s or
lega
l ent
ities
eac
h be
ing
seve
rally
insu
red
here
unde
r:
a) t
he F
irm; a
nd
b) e
ach
trus
tee
or n
omin
ee c
ompa
ny o
wne
d by
the
Insu
red
Firm
and
/or
the
Prin
cipa
ls o
f th
e In
sure
d Fi
rm a
nd r
egul
ated
by
ILEX
Pro
fess
iona
l Sta
ndar
ds L
imite
d; a
nd
c) e
ach
Prin
cipa
l, ea
ch f
orm
er P
rinci
pal,
and
each
per
son
who
bec
omes
a P
rinci
pal o
f th
e Fi
rm d
urin
g th
e Pe
riod
of In
sura
nce;
and
d)
eac
h Em
ploy
ee, e
ach
form
er E
mpl
oyee
and
eac
h pe
rson
who
dur
ing
the
Perio
d of
Insu
ranc
e be
com
es a
n Em
ploy
ee o
f th
e Fi
rm o
r a
com
pany
ref
erre
d to
in s
ub-c
laus
e (c
); an
d e)
the
est
ate
or le
gal p
erso
nal r
epre
sent
ativ
es o
f an
y de
ceas
ed o
r le
gally
inca
paci
tate
d pe
rson
ref
erre
d to
in s
ub-c
laus
e (c
) or
(d).
The
Insu
red
as d
efin
ed a
t su
b-cl
ause
(a)
abo
ve s
hall
act
as a
gent
on
beha
lf of
all
Insu
reds
for
the
pur
pose
s of
giv
ing
and
rece
ivin
g no
tices
and
for
the
pur
pose
s of
end
orse
men
ts t
o an
d ca
ncel
latio
n of
the
Pol
icy.
7.
12 In
sure
r Th
e In
sure
r m
eans
XX
XX
XX
X In
sura
nce
plc.
7.
13 L
imite
d Li
abili
ty P
artn
ersh
ip
Lim
ited
Liab
ility
Par
tner
ship
mea
ns a
lim
ited
liabi
lity
part
ners
hip
inco
rpor
ated
und
er t
he L
imite
d Li
abili
ty P
artn
ersh
ips
Act
200
0.
7.14
Min
imum
Wor
ding
M
inim
um W
ordi
ng m
eans
the
Min
imum
Wor
ding
spe
cifie
d by
ILEX
Pro
fess
iona
l Sta
ndar
ds L
imite
d.
7.15
One
Cla
im
All
Cla
ims
or s
erie
s’ o
f C
laim
s ar
isin
g fr
om o
r in
con
nect
ion
with
or
attr
ibut
able
to
one
orig
inat
ing
caus
e or
one
orig
inat
ing
sour
ce w
ill b
e de
emed
to
be o
ne C
laim
for
the
pur
pose
s
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
192
cont
empl
ated
by
clau
se 2
.1.
7.16
Par
tner
Pa
rtne
r m
eans
a p
erso
n w
ho is
or
is h
eld
out
to b
e a
part
ner
in a
Par
tner
ship
. 7.
17 P
artn
ersh
ip
Part
ners
hip
mea
ns a
n un
inco
rpor
ated
firm
in w
hich
per
sons
are
or
are
held
out
as
Part
ners
and
doe
s no
t in
clud
e a
firm
inco
rpor
ated
as
a Li
mite
d Li
abili
ty P
artn
ersh
ip.
7.18
Per
iod
of In
sura
nce
The
Perio
d of
Insu
ranc
e m
eans
the
per
iod
spec
ified
in t
he S
ched
ule
or a
ny e
ndor
sem
ent
ther
eto.
7.
19 P
rinci
pal
Prin
cipa
l mea
ns:
a) w
here
the
Firm
is o
r w
as:
(i) a
sol
e pr
actit
ione
r ---
that
pra
ctiti
oner
; (ii
) a P
artn
ersh
ip ---
eac
h Pa
rtne
r;
(iii)
a co
mpa
ny w
ith a
sha
re c
apita
l ---
each
dire
ctor
of
that
com
pany
and
any
per
son
who
: (a
) is
held
out
as
a di
rect
or; o
r (b
) ben
efic
ially
ow
ns t
he w
hole
or
any
part
of
a sh
are
in t
he c
ompa
ny; o
r (c
) is
the
ultim
ate
bene
ficia
l ow
ner
of t
he w
hole
or
any
part
of
a sh
are
in t
he c
ompa
ny.
(i
v) a
com
pany
with
out
a sh
are
capi
tal -
-- ea
ch d
irect
or o
f th
at c
ompa
ny a
nd a
ny p
erso
n w
ho:
(a) i
s he
ld o
ut a
s a
dire
ctor
; or
(b) i
s a
mem
ber
of t
he c
ompa
ny; o
r (c
) is
the
ultim
ate
owne
r of
the
who
le o
r an
y pa
rt o
f a
body
cor
pora
te o
r ot
her
lega
l per
son
whi
ch is
a m
embe
r of
the
com
pany
; (v
) a
Lim
ited
Liab
ility
Par
tner
ship
--- e
ach
mem
ber
of t
hat
Lim
ited
Liab
ility
Par
tner
ship
, an
d an
y pe
rson
who
is t
he u
ltim
ate
owne
r of
the
who
le o
r an
y pa
rt o
f a
body
cor
pora
te o
r ot
her
lega
l per
son
whi
ch is
a m
embe
r of
the
Lim
ited
Liab
ility
Par
tner
ship
. b)
whe
re a
bod
y co
rpor
ate
or o
ther
lega
l per
son
is a
Par
tner
in t
he F
irm,
any
pers
on w
ho is
with
in p
arag
raph
(a)
(iii)
of t
his
defin
ition
(in
clud
ing
sub
para
grap
hs (
a) a
nd (
c) t
here
of),
para
grap
h (a
)(iv)
of
this
def
initi
on (i
nclu
ding
sub
par
agra
phs
(a) a
nd (c
) the
reof
), or
par
agra
ph a
(v) o
f th
is d
efin
ition
. 7.
20 P
rior P
ract
ice
Prio
r Pr
actic
e m
eans
eac
h pr
actic
e to
whi
ch t
he F
irm is
ulti
mat
ely
a Su
cces
sor
Prac
tice
by w
ay o
f on
e or
mor
e m
erge
rs,
acqu
isiti
ons,
abs
orpt
ions
or
othe
r tr
ansi
tions
, bu
t do
es n
ot
incl
ude
any
such
pra
ctic
e w
hich
has
ele
cted
and
has
pai
d to
be
insu
red
unde
r ru
n-of
f co
ver.
7.
21 P
rivat
e Le
gal P
ract
ice
Priv
ate
Lega
l Pra
ctic
e m
eans
the
pro
visi
on o
f se
rvic
es in
priv
ate
prac
tice
as a
pro
fess
iona
l aut
horis
ed b
y IL
EX P
rofe
ssio
nal S
tand
ards
Lim
ited
, inc
ludi
ng, w
ithou
t lim
itatio
n: :
a) p
rovi
ding
suc
h se
rvic
es in
Eng
land
, Wal
es o
r an
ywhe
re in
the
wor
ld, w
heth
er a
lone
or
with
oth
er la
wye
rs in
a
Part
ners
hip,
an
auth
oris
ed b
ody
or a
lice
nsed
bod
y (in
res
pect
of
its r
egul
ated
act
iviti
es);
and
b) t
he p
rovi
sion
of
such
ser
vice
s as
a s
econ
dee
of t
he F
irm; a
nd
c) t
he a
ccep
tanc
e an
d pe
rfor
man
ce o
f ob
ligat
ion
as a
per
sona
l rep
rese
ntat
ive,
tru
stee
, att
orne
y, in
solv
ency
pra
ctiti
oner
or
in a
ny o
ther
rol
e in
con
junc
tion
with
a F
irm’s
Pra
ctic
e to
the
ext
ent
that
any
fee
s or
oth
er in
com
e ac
crue
to
the
bene
fit o
f th
e Fi
rm’s
Pra
ctic
e; a
nd
d) t
he p
rovi
sion
of
such
ser
vice
s by
any
Em
ploy
ee; a
nd
e) t
he p
rovi
sion
of
such
ser
vice
s pr
o bo
no p
ublic
o.
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
193
Priv
ate
Lega
l Pra
ctic
e do
es n
ot in
clud
e:
i) pr
actis
ing
as a
n Em
ploy
ee o
f an
em
ploy
er o
ther
tha
n a
Firm
reg
ulat
ed b
y IL
EX P
rofe
ssio
nal S
tand
ards
Lim
ited;
or
iii) d
isch
argi
ng t
he f
unct
ions
of
any
of t
he f
ollo
win
g of
fices
or
appo
intm
ents
: a)
judi
cial
off
ice;
b)
Und
er S
herif
fs;
c) m
embe
rs a
nd c
lerk
s of
suc
h tr
ibun
als,
com
mitt
ees,
pan
els
and
boar
ds a
s th
e Bo
ard
of IL
EX p
rofe
ssio
nal S
tand
ards
Lim
ited
may
fro
m t
ime
to t
ime
desi
gnat
e bu
t in
clud
ing
thos
e su
bjec
t to
the
Trib
unal
s an
d In
quiri
es A
ct 1
992,
the
Com
petit
ion
Com
mis
sion
, Leg
al S
ervi
ces
Com
mis
sion
Rev
iew
Pan
els
and
Paro
le B
oard
s;
d) J
ustic
es’ C
lerk
s; o
r e)
Sup
erin
tend
ent
Regi
stra
rs a
nd D
eput
y Su
perin
tend
ent
Regi
stra
rs o
f Bi
rths
, Mar
riage
s an
d D
eath
s an
d Re
gist
rars
of
Loca
l Cre
mat
oria
. 7.
22 A
utho
rised
Bod
y A
utho
rised
Bod
y m
eans
a b
ody
for t
he ti
me
bein
g au
thor
ised
by
ILE
X pr
ofes
sion
al S
tand
ards
Lim
ited.
7.
23 S
ucce
ssor
Pra
ctic
e Su
cces
sor
Prac
tice
mea
ns a
Firm
res
ultin
g fr
om a
mer
ger,
acq
uisi
tion,
abs
orpt
ion
or o
ther
tra
nsiti
on f
ollo
win
g w
hich
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed t
o is
no
long
er b
eing
car
ried
on a
s a
disc
rete
Fi
rm w
here
: a)
the
ow
ners
of
the
succ
eedi
ng F
irm h
old
or h
eld
the
Firm
out
, exp
ress
ly o
r by
impl
icat
ion,
as
bein
g th
e su
cces
sor
of t
he o
ther
Firm
, or
as
inco
rpor
atin
g th
e ot
her
Firm
, whe
ther
the
ho
ldin
g ou
t is
con
tain
ed in
not
epap
er, b
usin
ess
card
s, e
lect
roni
c co
mm
unic
atio
n, p
ublic
atio
ns, p
rom
otio
nal m
ater
ial,
or o
ther
wis
e , o
r is
con
tain
ed in
any
sta
tem
ent
or d
ecla
ratio
n by
th
e Fi
rm t
o an
y re
gula
tory
or
taxa
tion
auth
ority
or
b)
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed t
o w
as a
par
tner
ship
and
eith
er:
i) th
e m
ajor
ity o
f th
e Pr
inci
pals
of
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed t
o ha
ve b
ecom
e Pr
inci
pals
of
the
succ
esso
r Fi
rm;
or t
he m
ajor
ity o
f th
e Pr
inci
pals
of
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed t
o ha
ve n
ot b
ecom
e Pr
inci
pals
of
anot
her
prac
tice
but
one
or m
ore
of t
he
Prin
cipa
ls o
f th
e Fi
rm s
ucce
eded
to
hav
e be
com
e Pr
inci
pals
of
the
succ
esso
r Fi
rm a
nd o
ne o
r m
ore
of t
he f
ollo
win
g ap
ply:
aa
) the
suc
cess
or F
irm is
car
ried
on u
nder
the
sam
e na
me
as t
he F
irm s
ucce
eded
to
or u
nder
a n
ame
that
sub
stan
tially
in
corp
orat
es t
he n
ame
of t
he F
irm s
ucce
eded
to
(or
a su
bsta
ntia
l par
t of
the
nam
e of
the
Firm
);
bb) t
he s
ucce
ssor
Firm
is c
arrie
d on
fro
m t
he s
ame
prem
ises
as
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed t
o;
cc) t
he s
ucce
ssor
Firm
acq
uire
d th
e go
odw
ill a
nd/o
r as
sets
of
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed t
o;
dd) t
he s
ucce
ssor
Firm
ass
umed
the
liab
ilitie
s of
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed t
o;
ee) t
he m
ajor
ity o
f st
aff
empl
oyed
by
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed t
o be
cam
e Em
ploy
ees
of t
he s
ucce
ssor
Firm
; or
c)
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed t
o w
as a
sol
e pr
actit
ione
r an
d th
e so
le p
ract
ition
er is
a P
rinci
pal o
r Em
ploy
ee o
f th
e su
cces
sor
Firm
; or
e)
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed t
o w
as a
n en
tity
that
is n
ow a
Prin
cipa
l of
the
succ
esso
r Fi
rm.
Exce
pt t
hat
a Fi
rm s
hall
not
be a
Suc
cess
or P
ract
ice
unde
r su
b-cl
ause
(b),
(c),
(d) o
r (e
) if
anot
her
Firm
hol
ds o
r he
ld it
self
out
as t
he s
ucce
ssor
or
as in
corp
orat
ing
the
Firm
suc
ceed
ed
to p
rovi
ded
that
oth
er F
irm h
as in
sura
nce
com
plyi
ng w
ith t
he M
inim
um W
ordi
ng
7.TB
A E
xten
ded
Inde
mni
ty P
erio
d Ex
tend
ed In
dem
nity
Per
iod
mea
ns t
he p
erio
d co
mm
enci
ng a
t th
e en
d of
the
last
Per
iod
of
Insu
ranc
e to
whi
ch t
he p
olic
y re
late
s an
d en
ding
on
the
date
whi
chev
er is
the
ear
lier
of:
i) th
e da
te w
hich
is 3
0 da
ys a
fter
the
end
of
the
last
Per
iod
of In
sura
nce;
(ii
) the
dat
e of
ince
ptio
n of
a p
olic
y co
mpl
ying
with
the
Min
imum
Wor
ding
in r
espe
ct o
f th
e Fi
rm
for
the
year
com
men
cing
imm
edia
tely
fol
low
ing
the
Perio
d of
Insu
ranc
e; o
r (ii
i) th
e da
te u
pon
whi
ch t
he F
irm’s
Pra
ctic
e ce
ases
. 7.
TBA
Ces
satio
n Pe
riod
Ces
satio
n Pe
riod
mea
ns t
he p
erio
d co
mm
enci
ng o
n th
e ex
piry
of
the
Exte
nded
Inde
mni
ty
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
194
Perio
d in
circ
umst
ance
s w
here
the
Firm
has
not
cea
sed
prac
tice
or o
btai
ned
a po
licy
in
acco
rdan
ce w
ith t
he M
inim
um W
ordi
ng f
or a
Per
iod
of In
sura
nce,
and
end
ing
on t
he d
ate
whi
ch
is t
he e
arlie
r to
occ
ur o
f:
(i) t
he d
ate
upon
whi
ch t
he F
irm o
btai
ns a
pol
icy
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith t
he M
inim
um W
ordi
ng; o
r (ii
) the
dat
e w
hich
is 9
0 da
ys a
fter
the
com
men
cem
ent
of t
he E
xten
ded
Inde
mni
ty P
erio
d; o
r (ii
i) th
e da
te o
n w
hich
the
Firm
’s P
ract
ice
ceas
es
Our
com
plai
nts
proc
edur
e W
e va
lue
the
oppo
rtun
ity t
o in
vest
igat
e an
y co
ncer
ns y
ou m
ay h
ave
abou
t an
y as
pect
of
our
serv
ice
and
are
com
mitt
ed t
o ha
ndlin
g al
l com
plai
nts
fairl
y, t
horo
ughl
y an
d pr
ompt
ly.
Who
to c
onta
ct in
the
first
inst
ance
M
any
conc
erns
can
be
reso
lved
str
aigh
t aw
ay t
here
fore
in t
he f
irst
inst
ance
ple
ase
get
in t
ouch
with
you
r us
ual c
onta
ct a
s th
ey w
ill g
ener
ally
be
able
to
prov
ide
you
with
an
imm
edia
te r
espo
nse
to y
our
satis
fact
ion.
Con
tact
det
ails
will
be
prov
ided
on
corr
espo
nden
ce t
hat
we
or o
ur r
epre
sent
ativ
es h
ave
sent
you
. If
we
cann
ot r
esol
ve y
our
com
plai
nt s
trai
ght
away
we
will
aim
to
reso
lve
your
con
cern
s as
soo
n as
pos
sibl
e an
d w
e w
ill k
eep
you
info
rmed
of
prog
ress
whi
le o
ur e
nqui
ries
are
cont
inui
ng.
The
maj
ority
of
com
plai
nts
we
rece
ive
are
reso
lved
with
in f
our
wee
ks o
f re
ceip
t.
Nex
t ste
ps if
you
are
not
hap
py w
ith th
e re
spon
se p
rovi
ded
We
are
dedi
cate
d to
our
cus
tom
ers
and
seek
to
do w
hat
is r
ight
how
ever
som
etim
es w
e m
ay n
ot b
e ab
le t
o re
ach
an a
gree
men
t w
ith y
ou.
If th
is is
the
cas
e an
d yo
u re
mai
n di
ssat
isfie
d on
ce
you
have
rec
eive
d ou
r re
spon
se t
o yo
ur c
ompl
aint
we
will
ref
er y
our
com
plai
nt t
o ou
r C
usto
mer
Rel
atio
ns T
eam
for
a s
epar
ate
revi
ew. T
he C
usto
mer
Rel
atio
ns T
eam
will
con
tact
you
to
let
you
know
the
y ha
ve r
ecei
ved
your
com
plai
nt
and
whe
n th
eir
revi
ew is
com
plet
e th
ey w
ill p
rovi
de y
ou w
ith a
fin
al r
espo
nse
on o
ur b
ehal
f.
The
Fina
ncia
l Om
buds
man
Ser
vice
(FO
S)
If w
e ar
e un
able
to
reso
lve
your
com
plai
nt t
o yo
ur s
atis
fact
ion
with
in e
ight
wee
ks o
r if
you
rem
ain
diss
atis
fied
follo
win
g re
ceip
t of
our
fin
al r
espo
nse
lett
er y
ou c
an a
sk t
he F
OS
to f
orm
ally
re
view
you
r ca
se, p
rovi
ded
your
ann
ual t
urno
ver
is le
ss t
han
£1,0
00,0
00. Y
ou m
ust
cont
act
the
FOS
with
in s
ix m
onth
s of
our
fin
al r
espo
nse.
Th
e FO
S co
ntac
t de
tails
are
as
follo
ws:
Fi
nanc
ial O
mbu
dsm
an S
ervi
ce
Sout
h Q
uay
Plaz
a 18
3 M
arsh
Wal
l Lo
ndon
E1
4 9S
R Yo
u ca
n te
leph
one
for
free
on:
080
00 2
34 5
67 fo
r pe
ople
pho
ning
fro
m a
‘‘fix
ed li
ne’’
(for
exa
mpl
e, a
land
line
at h
ome)
030
0 12
3 9
123
for
mob
ile-p
hone
use
rs w
ho p
ay a
mon
thly
cha
rge
for
calls
to
num
bers
sta
rtin
g 01
or
02
Or
e-m
ail:
com
plai
nt.in
fo@
finan
cial
-om
buds
man
.org
.uk
This
is a
fre
e an
d im
part
ial s
ervi
ce a
nd w
ill n
ot a
ffec
t yo
ur le
gal r
ight
s.
The
FOS
can
help
with
mos
t co
mpl
aint
s if
you
are:
o
a co
nsum
er
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
195
o a
busi
ness
em
ploy
ing
few
er t
han
10 p
erso
ns t
hat
has
an a
nnua
l tur
nove
r or
bal
ance
she
et t
hat
does
not
exc
eed
€2 m
illio
no
a ch
arity
with
an
annu
al in
com
e of
less
tha
n £1
mill
ion
o a
trus
tee
of a
tru
st w
ith a
net
ass
et v
alue
of
less
tha
n £1
mill
ion.
If
you
are
unsu
re w
heth
er t
he F
OS
will
con
side
r yo
ur c
ompl
aint
ple
ase
cont
act
them
dire
ctly
for
fur
ther
info
rmat
ion.
You
are
ent
itled
to
cont
act
the
FOS
at a
ny s
tage
of
your
com
plai
nt.
The
Fina
ncia
l Ser
vice
s C
ompe
nsat
ion
Sche
me
(FSC
S)
We
are
cove
red
by t
he F
inan
cial
Ser
vice
s C
ompe
nsat
ion
Sche
me
(FSC
S). Y
ou m
ay b
e en
title
d to
com
pens
atio
n sh
ould
we
be u
nabl
e to
mee
t ou
r ob
ligat
ions
. Fur
ther
info
rmat
ion
is a
vaila
ble
on
ww
w.f
scs.
org.
uk o
r yo
u m
ay c
onta
ct t
he F
SCS
on 0
800
678
1100
. Fo
llow
ing
this
com
plai
nts
proc
edur
e do
es n
ot a
ffec
t yo
ur le
gal r
ight
s.
How
we
will
use
you
r dat
a W
e ho
ld y
our
pers
onal
dat
a in
acc
orda
nce
with
the
Dat
a Pr
otec
tion
Act
199
8. T
he in
form
atio
n su
pplie
d to
us
by y
ou m
ay b
e he
ld o
n co
mpu
ter
and
pass
ed t
o ot
her
insu
rers
for
und
erw
ritin
g an
d cl
aim
s pu
rpos
es. Y
ou s
houl
d sh
ow t
his
to a
nyon
e w
hose
per
sona
l dat
a m
ay b
e pr
oces
sed
to a
dmin
iste
r th
is p
olic
y.
Polic
y A
dmin
istr
atio
n In
ord
er t
o ad
min
iste
r yo
ur in
sura
nce
polic
y an
d an
y cl
aim
s m
ade
unde
r th
is p
olic
y w
e m
ay s
hare
per
sona
l dat
a pr
ovid
ed t
o us
with
oth
er c
ompa
nies
with
in t
he X
XX
XX
XX
Fin
anci
al S
ervi
ces
Gro
up a
nd w
ith b
usin
ess
part
ners
incl
udin
g ov
erse
as c
ompa
nies
. If
we
do t
rans
fer
your
per
sona
l dat
a in
clud
ing
whe
re w
e pr
opos
e a
chan
ge o
f un
derw
riter
we
mak
e su
re t
hat
it is
app
ropr
iate
ly p
rote
cted
. C
laim
s H
isto
ry
Whe
n yo
u no
tify
us a
bout
a c
laim
or
circ
umst
ance
we
may
pas
s in
form
atio
n re
latin
g to
it t
o th
e re
leva
nt d
atab
ase.
We
may
sea
rch
thes
e da
taba
ses
whe
n yo
u ap
ply
for
insu
ranc
e, in
the
eve
nt
of a
ny c
ircum
stan
ce o
r cl
aim
, or
at t
ime
of r
enew
al t
o va
lidat
e yo
ur c
laim
s hi
stor
y or
tha
t of
any
oth
er p
erso
n or
pro
pert
y lik
ely
to b
e in
volv
ed in
the
pol
icy
or c
laim
. Fr
aud
Prev
entio
n an
d D
etec
tion
In o
rder
to
prev
ent
and
dete
ct f
raud
we
may
at
any
time:
a)
sha
re in
form
atio
n ab
out
you
with
oth
er o
rgan
isat
ions
incl
udin
g th
e po
lice
b) u
nder
take
cre
dit
sear
ches
c) c
heck
and
sha
re y
our
deta
ils w
ith f
raud
pre
vent
ion
and
dete
ctio
n ag
enci
es.
If fa
lse
or in
accu
rate
info
rmat
ion
is p
rovi
ded
and
frau
d is
iden
tifie
d de
tails
will
be
pass
ed t
o fr
aud
prev
entio
n ag
enci
es. L
aw e
nfor
cem
ent
agen
cies
may
acc
ess
and
use
this
info
rmat
ion.
We
and
othe
r or
gani
satio
ns m
ay a
lso
acce
ss a
nd u
se t
his
info
rmat
ion
to p
reve
nt f
raud
and
mon
ey la
unde
ring
for
exam
ple
whe
n:
a) c
heck
ing
deta
ils o
n ap
plic
atio
ns f
or c
redi
t an
d cr
edit
rela
ted
or o
ther
fac
ilitie
s b)
man
agin
g cr
edit
and
cred
it re
late
d ac
coun
ts o
r fa
cilit
ies
c) r
ecov
erin
g de
bt a
nd t
raci
ng b
enef
icia
ries
d) c
heck
ing
deta
ils o
n pr
opos
als
and
clai
ms
for
all t
ypes
of
insu
ranc
e e)
che
ckin
g de
tails
of
job
appl
ican
ts a
nd e
mpl
oyee
s.
Plea
se c
onta
ct u
s if
you
wan
t to
rec
eive
det
ails
of
the
rele
vant
fra
ud p
reve
ntio
n ag
enci
es.
We
and
othe
r or
gani
satio
ns m
ay a
cces
s an
d us
e fr
om o
ther
cou
ntrie
s th
e in
form
atio
n re
cord
ed b
y fr
aud
prev
entio
n ag
enci
es.
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
IPS MINIMUM WORDING APPENDIX 11
197
COMPENSATION FUND RULES APPENDIX 12
APPENDIX 12
COMPENSATION FUND RULES
198
COMPENSATION FUND RULES APPENDIX 12
IPS COMPENSATION FUND RULES Interpretation 1. In these Rules, unless otherwise provided:
Applicant: means a person applying for a Discretionary Grant;
Authorised Body: has the same meaning as in the IPS Authorisation Rules;
CILEx: means the Chartered Institute of Legal Executives;
Discretionary Grant means a Discretionary Grant made by CILEx under Rule 4 (1)(a) or (b);
the Fund: means the CILEx Compensation Fund; and
IPS: means ILEX Professional Standards Limited.
regulated legal activity: means: (a) a reserved legal activity; or (b) immigration advice or immigration services;
reserved legal activity: has the same meaning as in the Legal Services Act 2007. The Fund 2. (1) CILEx shall establish and maintain the CILEx Compensation Fund (the Fund)
which shall be applied to the payment of Discretionary Grants and for the other purposes provided for under these Rules.
(2) Every Authorised Body shall make contributions to the Fund. The rate, amount
and payment arrangements for those contributions shall be such as IPS may from time to time prescribe.
(3) Any contribution which is not paid in accordance with paragraph (2) may be
recovered by CILEx as a debt. Management of the Fund 3. (1) The Fund shall be managed by IPS, which may:
(a) hold and distribute any monies raised for the purposes of the Fund;
(b) invest the Fund in any investments in which trustees may invest under section 3 of the Trustee Act 2000 (general power of investment);
(c) insure in relation to the Fund, and pay premiums in respect of such insurance from the Fund, for such purposes and on such terms as it considers appropriate;
COMPENSATION FUND RULES APPENDIX 12
(d) borrow for the purposes of the Fund, pay interest on any money so borrowed, repay any money so borrowed and use investments which form part of the Fund as security for such borrowing; and
(e) use the Fund to pay any other costs, charges or expenses incurred by CILEx in establishing and administering the Fund.
(2) The payments which may be made under Paragraph (1)(e) include any
expenditure, including the payment of any award of costs or damages, incurred by CILEx, IPS, their employees or agents as a result of proceedings against any of them for any good faith act or omission in the exercise or purported exercise of powers under these Rules.
Discretionary Grants 4. (1) The Fund may be used by IPS to make Discretionary Grants to a person who is a
client of an Authorised body to:
(a) replace money which an Authorised Body has misappropriated or for which an Authorised Body has otherwise failed to account; or
(b) compensate a person in respect of the civil liability of an Authorised Body which, contrary to the Indemnity Insurance Rules, does not have in place a policy of qualifying insurance against which a claim in respect of that civil liability can be made.
(2) A grant may not be made in respect of any loss:
(a) arising solely by reason of the professional negligence of an Authorised Body;
(b) which is a personal debt or trading debt or liability of an Authorised Body;
(c) arising from practice by the Authorised Body outside of England and Wales;
(d) which is a claim for interest under a contract between the Applicant and an Authorised Body; or
(e) which did not arise from the performance or purported performance of a regulated legal activity by an Authorised Body.
(3) Any Discretionary Grant shall be made in the absolute discretion of IPS and no
person shall have a right to such a grant which is enforceable at law. Applications 5. (1) An application for a Discretionary Grant shall be made:
(a) in such form as IPS may from time to time prescribe; and
199
COMPENSATION FUND RULES APPENDIX 12
(b) not more than one year after the Applicant first knew, or with reasonable diligence should have known, about the misappropriation, failure to account or events giving rise to a civil liability (as the case may be).
(2) An Applicant must provide evidence to satisfy IPS that, in consequence of the
misappropriation, failure to account or events giving rise to a civil liability (as the case may be), the Applicant has suffered or is likely to suffer loss and hardship.
(3) The Applicant has the burden of proving a claim and must provide IPS with such
documents or other information as it may require in respect of that claim. (4) Failure to provide documents or other information or to co-operate with IPS
may be taken into account when determining the merits of an application. Other remedies and subrogation 6. (1) A Discretionary Grant may be refused in respect of all or any part of a loss that
is:
(a) an insured risk; or
(b) capable of being made good by any other means.
(2) Before deciding whether to make a Discretionary Grant, IPS may require an Applicant to:
(a) pursue any civil remedy against the Authorised Body who is the subject of the application;
(b) commence insolvency proceedings against that Authorised Body;
(c) make a formal complaint to the Police or other agency against that Authorised Body; and
(d) assist in the taking of any action against that Authorised Body.
(3) If a Discretionary Grant is made, any rights or remedies of the recipient shall be subrogated to CILEx and, if required by IPS (whether before or after the making of the grant) the Applicant shall:
(a) prove in any insolvency or winding-up of the Authorised Body;
(b) sue for recovery of the loss in the name of the Applicant but on behalf of CILEx; and
(c) comply with any other reasonable requirement for the purpose of giving effect to CILEx's rights.
200
COMPENSATION FUND RULES APPENDIX 12
7. A Discretionary Grant may not exceed £500,000. Refusal of an application 8. If an application for a Discretionary Grant is refused, whether in whole or part, IPS will
inform the Applicant in writing of its decision and the reasons for that decision.
201
Grant Limit